ad twee,
A, SGN rag ON Nitty Aap tle we cahoots
patent Vaated Reat bln tey on enn tee

PED OL A Dig OR eee ee ed
Preis et eA We
tacoma Ai ete apt ht Sli Stone Bie Df the Mtn bg nsttehin dP seen Re
<A Mg Net lotr” tie deaths &

a Athenee

oe ait daniel aii, dial
raaradahg bine yg to ete wen ane i
aA agg these abe thew Seach Ae hae ete mass eye neil nM claro se pee lt ate Daag Bee sect gel athny mip line ttnep om Soe g( Me
io peeks Mt Chaat AD oo aw gh al noe st ees Manan ate ey mye Pe Daeg Mone be Rig wom tone Po Sole tay MS
FA Meng iestr— Merch SAS rblcy Thay atin aon atonement cinemas somaithninotrgitog Mor iver thee? ™A ve Meh: sistent 0 itaton tras weet
ped apt lenin tin titra Aitcerhns ny Resirettegire aero mee m eb eta thon A oy he tary aye oe Beg
mipthig enc n2mttrrt nly trinity artes te a oy Roe thaarthy Hee hfe tw Mag th ain eng aM
Span chet yee Moen nib Mente Memphtiy are Heat awl ee My Bra Mosetog ley aaa a es a
gltiehna tin! iain tons Va Rag Naie on na mag Mgration ost ting ert’ 9a Meet othe
ig mtg pce mg” 0 My Tenn ARTs mere
Peet Sng ag Beg
ee
Apt Paging V arg 80 gy
te ety tg "ns

pe 2 ena hp te oat
cme ttn nee aN s Net
aa ees
Sa AA Pde Ane

Src, Sangean Ra A MH
Sh ae pt mn tn ea Nem acre A
rtm Rigsthanst yp titan ett pan ihe netgear foe a tt the see Nant
ae eRe Pete ight ms ttle) enn eda Oe te ae et ~~ NAD ate Be my
Lest hg le tei aH ng ena ew ee ee
om Ay ey Pa ta a ee eg Be rar Pe toe Ri nny aaah AER RD ha 1 Peta hy
ee pe dee Randell nttycinn NM OE te acre Rin ha Nam He
Sect agen enter ew hg ind tte toe te AOD rm ee Ee
ie eee startet th ccha Nah gg nla ete Hh Sie Pag OA se
tl EP aT ea iil aie een area Se
iss im en amy LI i A Hine Pay mesg ne he: an ai ne ee eee ee
aA tpt cin Mn in a tin en eg i tom a tonite aio to te HteWim\
‘ose tether ay Pe NS lh: "tay ta NS i infra ee i ee Poa
me (ttre orem a The tll Nglew Vinrtho aad Far the Sam 5 cogs tos Ps Aw tan endian nt ho
ee ee ee ee se ee Paes! ee ete Aen is — Sinshtranlben Sacchi
nt Sg Pa ng a Amt Pn na PN
Fine Pep en pay Renton hg thy BS tg INO thom th gg or ane

oe eg Seg met caren he
MR Fan gg itana tn he apetig Oa Ra My

ir ee Ne
Ag ttny t nil NB tO ag tm to neh ANN A eA EN a Ne fh
A at ONAL AB Nw 9A od AN sdb, OR Um tne
cathe nt Pentti alana gti ng Aryans wre ath 1s eh pe yn Manne enn
21 %oesGeresiedy!hetae lastest ther cesta rel na tnitearhith aR ih. bet atin hea Sioa
ho ercten hs sn inthe eae nm ee eer het a
1PM Sb mgs eter” certo Act g Sage ekg rN Vg stone ihn r sania meni innn ine MG Mansions
ie pit Salemi hem tg et ie e 4 6 aa tig ep tn Bw Mag roar Ie ashy Poy inabbonmetSee
ee LA ah ew Mas ern teeta Le ee ee
De nde Pete at
dentate lien A ne etd Nem aoe ar RENN
tlie MLA Sain! ee nce AEA aM Net
on eh yenge i Pall Rhea AD Nb AD AD SR ete Ds
acre adh RPA Mehoases S oe Aga alee)
ik shanti lc i Sant Meet
im atten A ah aa BV EN I aa A ely nae MIR mead Ai ate ihr See
sat cl itn Ne th UR as Sh eer ee . pote AON AT s el
AO yf dgatlten hon Pina Ye 4 ee a ae nthe samen Ah AP yee eh hg
a tae eae i ead ye Ny in Nena rw CRAB AHS Retedie A
Nadia Aten Bide Ben Pea Pratt Wt wae imine
we ~~ aoe

A eh foe ned
Nate aA

regimen Abn Pet. Rl geen
ttn > Biogen Amt Bb lin tl Dh eg Ang AR ite tanto —
erate at p-2tth AM Nem tte fn «Sow a ee ttn Dam ie see tay ee ee ia
and Nome tare ii antenn he the aa agi es i Fea Fine Merten! «ay yee
~ Aisle Yet Sage ag eta etiam Netw fe :
a RN i aaa td em ih = re mgt oe Le Sateen Tete oe
ota ig” ee ag Hen Sentinels yt nce Sirs tp nme hen anstmetetn ty mw nn tina sath ome
ena Cae reer irae pera te See Se ee ee gag atm AnaAh sen wT ernie
e AN EA OE EON
tht ig nao tt ea At a ney came tQ Nal fil nt ent mam
oy tall Re Pow Sewer iennttn ee eee
Keg aieailigg 1%~ Met lh Mentha hgyteear tte atnagsinar ie ttawiSen hey
SET ee ey endanger eee
tow ih eae tng hm Tien Ag iam Ate <i eo Rn ene a
i ake mat RN hg ty Merten tase Me cae a a? et
<meta NRO a Thay gle ga eA etme Ay Mas toe rma
a0 an Sete

“a p> stim
eaten a te wens Ml
ap se ee

ety cate Sit hee "Mae Mette aw ie
sr tag TR ED he iN bee se Acton
ap lal ate A na

Po fe Paneth om art De a
ape ort en ene
SN
ge Na Ne ln —
a

= te tinea
Pn heme he
wee ete RE

ecto tgp aT tn a
ee ag ne Sing ti Yh aN

OR Re eI eit ele
vee ee Shee pg eh we Re eM Te 2
seseoutIena ic Rlan da een orion tin." ine nAtny too: Aa hey S

oa Ae Sea ROAM PE ee eo gl
ih opti ALN EN nen BONING A nA

- Ee ee as
aaa me a eae Sa eae
ON ee aie o fecnretro~stlien: ener at heat
abet SMe Rp Me teed Sie ON any! A Bin Beg eNDSyN

a NM nell 3g Toad er
ee
Sten Ten Phi am he

Peto ete Ran Ne ares
nh Sine he Nae "py. ng
Pa Se ean tang

Lage hm ey, ay A ty le Matin He ae oa

SS
site nnn fe mee ET wah eee

a ind
. in. Bch tastes?

fran, Seth a ity

a
- Pa Dae tig ee etng rin ity aw
ag RMSE, Sag Thy Neely Pm iene Nap Mw og ingyen Bere ee eine ty

me Miglin Aina Nite Me i
ae Pte te are

~ te rea rents

eee
Bens SoM

eee

Satish cada ginmmsenace ma tn
Becta PRS = Heater NAY chew My Ri nde at Mag tt
Dreeen Manage age

Se eee
er tee,

sro Dre itn EW tg bn

FW ee ae nennpe amt ae th ay Mie

co Ha IO ee RPT gn tn to ere Pt Ha > Wen

ccimtor ae nggttnsthig Amethyst tient ihr fr Het tact treatin ae i
cane te gett tgsngi plot i Rm noe iD

Perot seo

Sent Spa?= Secon na
Phen sa itradtn th “rs ere Marne Sanson te
tag aegis gly Han Rage thee A
Fiathan(emetn tearm en an ratte Meena Aha
wnt eg Meh gPSOANE Mae rpetan ny el
Seite etre ay Mag ne

ee ees

nacho
te AP Aen ewe’ “el

senna tng ttn Phim
ee age pe ete me Meee mam
etter nant thee etna an Parsee Ninh
Am a = i

yn
ee ne
Se eerieeiae ta aeieatiedeetin ts
neg tian gore hag tim

ate ete ie
Ia a ieee g ota
cote tteaha a= tesla
Nee a alge Ma TN Met A
ee et es
One Ne ee ee Pe

ee ee

Phe tage

Sen eae ae
ae ohmatn e Ma
aya ey ED ge Mr
ag et ng ay ee ONS
pti ig NIM GLAD go
aves

eee tome the
tte Nem AAS aR A Ce

sere ee

poe tar gah An A an

2 ge etn a

rat
oa a b
@ dani
ei ih 4
rT
5
hh RS ue}
a ’
i
}
i
i
i
}
\
ra
=

oo
“os

JOURNAL AND PROCEEDINGS

|
ROYAL

esis
+9)

OF THE

OF

NEW SOUTH WALES,

EDITED BY

THE HONORARY SECRETARIES.

THE AUTHORS OF PAPERS ARE ALONE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE OPINIONS EXPRESSED THEREIN.

PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY, 5 ELIZABETH STREET NORTH, SYDNEY.

LONDON AGENTS:
GEORGE ROBERTSON & Co., PROPRIETARY LIMITED,
17 Warwick Squarz, PaTERNOSTER Row, Lonpon, E.C.

1995.

SOCIETY

CONTENTS.

VOLUME XXXIX.

’ OFFICERS FoR 1905-1906... ee ws a. ee
Tast or Mumps, &o. 0. we
Art, I.—PresipentiaL ApprEss. By C. O. Burges, M. Tae CE, é a

Telford Medallist, Inst. C.E. ... 5... wi ON Neen a a
Arr. IT.—On the occurrence of Calcium Oxalate in the Barks of if

the Eucalypts. By Henry G. SMITH, F.c.s., Assistant .

Curator, Technological Museum, Sydney, [With ie et es

Art. III.—On so-called Gold-coated Teeth in Sheep. By an
LIVERSIDGE, LL.D., F-R.8., Professor of Chemistry, University
of Sydney ... ai BSS gees Bs Weer

ART. Ty badewratiene on the Thaktrations of the Banks and
Solander Plants. By J. H. Marpen, Government Botanist,
and Director of Botanic Gardens, Sydney espa ope Ute

ArT. V.—The refractive indices, with other data, of the oils of 118
species of Eucalypts. By Henry G. Smiru, F.C.8:5 Assistant

Curator, Technological Museum, Sydney, ae a =
Arr. VI.—Note on the drift of S.S. “ Pilbarra.” By a A.
LENEBAN, F.R.A.S. [With Diagram] ... . a aged ie

Art. VII.—Reinforced Concrete, Paper III. By W. a. Wasa
Wh. Se., M. Inst, C.E., M.Am,Soc.C.E., Challis Professor of Engi- ;
neering, Sydney University _... Pimp igre ets 'c, we «= 49
Art. VIII.—On the occurrence of Inclusions of Basic Plutonic al
Rocks in a Dyke near Kiama. By C. A. Sissminou, PGB... Gi i aie

IX.—Note on some simple Models for use in the Mie ah

Fromm observations made with the Meridian Circle ioe |
of the Sydney Observatory. By C.J. Mrnwigtn, »
measciee der Astronomischen Gesellschaft wha

eT

‘ JOURNAL

AND

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ROYAL SOCIETY

OF

NEW SOUTH WALES

FOR

1905.

(INCORPORATED 1881.)

pe ey xX Te.

EDITED BY

THE HONORARY SECRETARIES.

THE AUTHORS OF PAPERS ARE ALONE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE STATEMENTS
MADE AND THE OPINIONS EXPRESSED THEREIN.

PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY, 5 ELIZABETH STREET NORTH, SYDNEY.
LONDON AGENTS:
GEORGE ROBERTSON & Co., PROPRIETARY LIMITED,
17 Warwick SQUARE, PATERNOSTER Row, Lonpon, E.C.

1905.

NOTICE.

THe Royat Society of New South Wales originated in 1821 as
the ‘“‘ Philosophical Society of Australasia”; after an interval of
inactivity, it was resuscitated in 1850, under the name of the
** Australian Philosophical Society,” by which title it was known
until 1856, when the name was changed to the ‘“ Philosophical
Society of New South Wales”; in 1866, by the sanction of Her
Most Gracious Majesty the Queen, it assumed its present title,
and was incorporated by Act of the Parliament of New South
Wales in 1881. .

TO AUTHORS.

Authors of papers desiring illustrations are advised to consult
the editors (Honorary Secretaries) before preparing their drawings.
Unless otherwise specially permitted, such drawings should be
earefully executed to a large scale on smooth white Bristol board
in intensely black Indian ink, so as to admit of the blocks being
prepared directly therefrom, in a form suitable for photographic
“‘process.” The size of a full page plate in the Journal is 44 in.
x 6Zin. The cost of all original drawings, and of colouring plates
must be borne by Authors.

PUBLICATIONS.

O

The following publications of the Society, if in print, can be
obtained at the Society’s House in Elizabeth-street:—
Transactions of the Philosophical Society, N.S. W., 1862-5, pp. 374, out of print.

Vol. 1. Transactions of the Royal Society, N.S. W., 1867, pp. 83,
99 II, ” 9 ” or) ” 1868, ” 120, 29
39 Il. 99 99 99 99 99 1869, 99 173, 99
99 IV. 99 39 99 99 99 1870, 99 106, 99
99 Vv. 99 399 99 99 29 1871, 99 72, by)
939 VI. 39 99 be) 99 313, 1872, 99 123, be)
be) Vil. 39 99 39 99 99 1873, 99 182, 99
99 VIII. 99 99 39 99 99 1874, 99 116, 399
99 1X. 99 3° 99 99 99 1875, 99 235, 99
= x. Journal and Proceedings “ a 1876, ,, 333, os
99 XI. 99 99 99 99 99 STi; 99 305, 99
* XII. 95 ms < an as 1878, ,, 324, price 10s.6d.
99 XIII. 99 99 99 99 39 1879, 99 255, 99
” XIV. 39 99 99 99 99 1880, 99 391, 99
99 XV. 99 99 99 99 39 1881, 99 440, 99
99 XVI. 99 99 99 99 99 1882, be) 327, 9°
99 - XVII. 99 99 be) 99 be) 1883, 9) 324, 99
99 XVIII. 99 99 99 99 99 1884, 99 224, 99
99 XIX. 99 99 99 99 29 1885, 99 240, 99
99 XX. 99 99 99 99 99 1886, 99 396, 393
399 XXiI. 99 99 99 99 99 1887, 29 296, 39
99 XXII. >) 99 99 99 99 1888, br) 390. bh)
es OIG x 3 33 us As 1889, ,, 534, a
be) XXIV. 99 39 Hf) 99 bed 1890, be) 290, 99
” XXV. 99 399 99 99 99 1391; 99 348, 99
99 XXVI. 99 99 99 319) 99 1892, 99 426, 99
99 XXVII. 99 3° 99 99 399 1893, SY) 530, 99
ae XX VAT, 35 3 9 7 $5 1894, ,, 368, 5
99 XXIX. 99 99 99 99 99 1895, 99 600, 39
” XXX. 99 ” oF) 99 ‘ ” 1896, 29 568, 9
Pe) XXXI. 29 ” ” ” ” 1897, », 626, 99 ‘
99 XXXII. 99 399 399 99 99 1898, 29 476, ry)
99 XXXII. 99 99 39 99 399 1899, be 400, 99
99 XXXIV. be) 99 be) 99 99 1900, 9° 484, 99
99 XXXV. 99 99 bh) 39 39 1901, ”? 581, 39
9) XXXVI. ae be) 29 399 bi) 1902, 99 531, 399
os XXXVI: is 53 ss An oe 1908, ,, 663, er,
a) XXXVIII. oo) ” 29 oe) 29 1904, ” 604, 29

” XXXIX. ” i) ” 29 9 1905, »» 274, +)

CONTENTS.

VOLUME XXXIX.

OFFICERS FOR 1905-1906...

List

ART.

ART.

ART.

ART.

ART.

ART.

ART.

ART.

ART.

ART.

ART.

oF Members, &c.

I.—PRESIDENTIAL AppREss. By C. O. BURGE, M. Inst. CE,
Telford Medallist, Inst. C.E.
II.—On the occurrence of Calcium Oxalate in the Barks of
the Eucalypts. By Henry G. Smita, F.c.s., Assistant
Curator, Technological Museum, Sydney, [With Plate]
III.—On so-called Gold-coated Teeth in Sheep. By A.
LIVERSIDGE, LL.D., F.R8.S., Professor of Chemistry, eee
of Sydney pee ; ;
IV.—Observations on the Illustrations of the Banks ‘and
Solander Plants. By J. H. Marpen, Government Botanist,
and Director of Botanic Gardens, Sydney :
V.—The refractive indices, with other data, of the oils of 118
species of Eucalypts. By Henry G. Smiru, F.c.s., Assistant
Curator, Technological Museum, Sydney ee ae
VI.—Note on the drift of S.S. “ Pilbarra.” By Henry A.
LENEHAN, F.R.A.S. [With Diagram |

Vil.—Reinforced Concrete, Paper III. By W. H. Warren,
Wh. Sc., M. Inst. C.E., M.Am,Soc.C.E., Challis Professor of Engi-
neering, Sydney University

VILI.—On the occurrence of Inclusions of Basic Plutonic
Rocks in a Dyke near Kiama. By C. A. SussMILCH, F.G.S...

IX.—Note on some simple Models for use in the Teaching of
Elementary Crystallography. By W.G. WoounouG@H, D. Sc,
F.G.s. (Communicated by Prof. T. W. E. DAviIpD, B.A., F.B.8.)
X.—Provisional Determination of Astronomical Refraction
from observations made with the Meridian Circle Instrument
of the Sydney Observatory. By C. J. MeRFIELD, F.R.A.S.,
Mitglieder der Astronomischen Gesellschaft .

XI.—Latitude of the Sydney Observatory. By C.J. MzurFrizxp,
¥.R.A.S., Mitglieder der Astronomischen Gesellschaft.

23

33

34,

39

48

49

65

70

76

93

(vi.)

PAGE
Art. XII.—A method of separating the Clay and Sand in Clay
Soils, and those rich in organic matter. By L. Cowen,
Chemical Laboratory, Department of Agriculture. (Com-
municated by F. B. GuTHRIE, F.1.¢., F.C.8.) ... ay we 98

Art. XIII.—Sociology of some Australian Tribes. By R. H.
MatTueEws, u.s., Corres. Memb. Anthrop. Soc., Washington 104

Art. XIV.—On an undescribed species of Leptospermum and its
Essential Oil. By Ricwarp T. Baxksr, F.u.s., Curator, and
Henry G. Smita, F.c.s., Assistant Curator, Technological
Museum, Sydney. [With Plate] ie wae Bae we «= 124

Art. XV.—Note on a hollow Lightning Conductor crushed by
the discharge. By J. A. Pottock, Professor of Physics, and
S. H. BarractoueH, Lecturer in Mechanical Engineering,
in the University of Sydney, [With Plate.] ... sais re sl

ENGINEERING SECTION.
Art. XVI.—Annual Address. By 8S. H. BARRACLOUGH, B.H., M.M.E.,
Assoc M., Inst.C.E., Chairman of the Engineering Section sees Oeies

Art. XVII.—Some Notes on the Storage and Regulation of Water
for Irrigation Purposes. By T. WuircHuRcH SEAVER, B.E.

(Communicated by W. E. Cuoxkg, M.E.) Sys ee ooxX
ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS ae 4. Sul ai aa ae i.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENGINEERING SECTION ... es Fae safe Ts
INDEX TO VoLUME XXXIX. .... Bi ae ee oa (xxv.)

Royal Rociety of Hey Fouth dales.

OPE aes Oke 1905 = 1906:

Patron:
HIS EXCELLENCY HENRY STAFFORD, BARON NORTHCOTE,
G.C.M.G., G.C.LE., C.B.
Governor-General of the Commonwealth of Australia.

Vice-Patron:
HIS EXCELLENCY ADMIRAL SIR HARRY HOLDSWORTH
RAWSON, K.c.B.
Governor of the State of New South Wales.

President:
H. A. LENEHAN, F.B.a:s.

Vice-Presidents:
Prof. LIVERSIDGE, tu.p., F.r.s. F. B. GUTHRIE, F.1.c., F.c.s.
Prof. WARREN,M. Inst. C.E., Wh.Sc.| F. H. QUAIFE, m.a., M.D.

Hon. Treasurer:
D. CARMENT, @.1.4., F.F.A.

Hon. Secretaries:
J. H. MAIDEN, F.us. | G. H. KNIBBS, F.R.a.s.

Members of Council:

S.H. BARBACLOUGH, - T. H. HOUGHTON, M. Inst. C.B.
Prof. T. W. E. DAVID, pA. ¥ns, | H.C. RUSSELL, w.a., c.m.c., PRS.

H. DEANE, M.A., M. Inst. C.E. HENRY G. SMITH, F.c.s.
T. F. FURBER, F-.B.a.s. WALTER SPENCER, m.p.
W.-M. HAMLET, F.1.c., F.c.s. J. STUART THOM

Assistant Secretary:
W.H. WEBB.

FORM OF BEQUEST.

£ bequeath the sum of £ to the Royat Socrery or
New Soutn Watss, Incorporated by Act of the Parliament of
New South Wales in 1881, and I declare that the receipt of the
Treasurer for the time being of the said Corporation shall be an
effectual discharge for the said Bequest, which I direct to be paid
within calendar months after my decease, without
any reduction whatsoever, whether on account of Legacy Duty
thereon or otherwise, out of such part of my estate as may be

lawfully applied for that purpose.

[Those persons who feel disposed to benefit the Royal Society of .
New South Wales by Legacies, are recommended to instruct their

Solicitors to adopt the above Form of Bequest. |

LIST OF THE MEMBERS

OF THE

Aopal Society of Hew South Wales.

P Members who have contributed papers which have been published in the Society’s
Transactions or Journal; papers published in the Transactions of the Philosophical
‘Society are also included. The numerals indicate the number of such contributions.

t Life Members.
Elected.

1877
1895
1904:
1890

1898
1905
1903

1902
1899

1878

1894
1900
1894.
1596
1895

1903
1894

1877
1876
1900

1869
1905

1901
1905

PS

EZ

dca

Ps

P 10

P 2)

Abbott, W. E., ‘Abbotsford,’ Wingen.
Adams, J. H. M., Broughton Cottage, St. James’ Rd., Waverley.
Adams, William John, 1. Mech. E., 163 Clarence-street.
Allan, Percy, M. Inst. C.E., Assoc. M. Am, Soc. C.E., Engineer-in-Charge
of Bridge Design, Public Works Department, Sydney.
Alexander, Frank Lee, c/o Messrs. Goodlet and Smith Ld.,
Cement Works, Granville.

Anderson, Charles, m.a., Bsc, Edin., ‘Moa,’ Roslyn Gardens,
Darlinghurst.

Arnot, Arthur James, A.M.I.C.E., M.I.M.E., M.1.E.E., Electrical
Engineer, 83 Pitt-street.

Arnott, John M., ‘ Strathfield,’ Strathfield.

Atkinson, A. A., Chief Inspector of Collieries, Department of
Mines, Sydney.

Backhouse, Alfred P., m.a,, District Court Judge, ‘ Melita,’
Elizabeth Bay.

Baker, Richard Thomas, F.u.s., Curator, Technological Museum.

Bale, Ernest, c.z., Public Works Department.

{Balsille, George, ‘ Lauderdale,’ N.E. Valley, Dunedin, N.Z.

Barff, H. E., u.a., Registrar, Sydney University.

Barraclough, 8. Henry, B.E., M.M.E., Assoc. M. Inst.c.e. Memb.
Soc. Promotion Eng. Education; Memb. Internat. Assoc.
Testing Materiais; Lecturer in Mechanism and Applied
Thermodynamics, Sydney University; pr. ‘Marmion,’
Victoria-street, Lewisham.

| Bayly, Francis William, Assayer, Royal Mint, Sydney.

Baxter, William Howe, Chief Surveyor Existing Lines Office,
Railway Department, Bridge-street.

Belfleld, Algernon H., ‘ Eversleigh,’ Dumaresq.

Benbow, Clement A., 48 College-street.

Bender, Ferdinand, Accountant and Auditor, 21 Elizabeth-
street, North.

Bensusan,S. L., Equitable Building, George-st., Box 411,G.P.0.

Bignold, Hugh Baron, Barrister-at-Law, Chambers, Went-
worth Court, 64 Elizabeth-street.

Birks, Lawrence, B8.sc., Assoc. M. Inst.C.E., A-M.I.E.E., F.G.S., City
EHlectricai Engineer, Christchurch, New Zealand.

Blakemore, George Henry, General Manager for the Great
Cobar Mining Syndicate, Lithgow.

(x.)

Elected

1888 {Blaxland, Walter, F.R.c.s. Hng., u.R.c.P. Lond., Fremantle,
West Australia.

1893 Blomfield, Charles E., B.c.u. Melb., ‘ Woombi,’ Kangaroo Camp,
Guyra.

1898 Blunno, Michele. Licentiate in Science (Rome), Government
Viticultural Expert, Department of Agriculture, Sydney.

1905 Board, Peter, m.a. Syd., Under Secretary and Director of
Education, Department of Public Instruction, Sydney.

1879 tBond, Albert, 131 Bell’s Chambers, Pitt-street.

1904, Bosch, Ernest, Consulting Optician, Mutual Life Building,
Martin Place.

1891 Bowman, Archer S., B.z., ‘ Keadue,’ Elizabeth Bay Road.

1893 Bowman, John, Assoc. M. Instv0.E., c/o T. A. Kemmis, Esq., 163
Phillip-street.

1876 Brady, Andrew John, Lic. K. & Q. Coll. Phys. Irel., Lic. R.
Coll. Sur. Irel., 3 Lyons Terrace, Hyde Park.

1891 Brennand, Henry J. W., B.A., M.B., ch. M. Syd., F.R.A.S., F.C.S.,

; 231 Macquarie-street.

1902 Brereton, Victor Le Gay, Solicitor, Tattersall’s Chambers,
Hunter-st.; p.r. ‘Osgathorpe,’ Gladesville.

1878 {Brooks, Joseph, F.R.A.8., F.R.G.S., ‘ Hope Bank,’ Nelson-street,
Woollahra.

1876 Brown, Henry Joseph, Solicitor, Newcastle.

1903 Bruck, Ludwig, Medical Publisher, 15 Castlereagh-street.

1898 {Burfitt, W. Fitzmaurice, B.A., B. sc, M.B., ch. mM. Syd., 311 Glebe
Road, Glebe Point.

1890 Burne, Dr. Alfred, Dentist, 1 Lyons Terrace, Liverpool-street.

1880 Bush, Thomas James, m. Inst.c.z., Engineer’s Office, Australian
Gas-Light Company, 153 Kent-street.

1904. Cambage, Richard Hind, F.u.s., Chief Mining Surveyor, Park
Road, Burwood.

1904 Cameron, John Mindoro, Assoc. M. mst, c.£e., Engineer, Public
Works Department; p.r. Hotel Metropole, Sydney.

1900 Canty, M., ‘ Rosemont,’ 13 York-street, Wynyard Square.

1876 Cape, Alfred J.,m.a. Syd., ‘ Karoola,’ Edgecliffe Rd., Edgecliffe.

1897 | P 3| Cardew, John Haydon, Assoc. M. Inst. ¢.E., L.S., 75 Pitt-street.

1901 Card, George William, a.R.S.M.,F.G.8 , Curator and Mineralogist
to the Geological Survey, N.S.W., Department of Mines.

1891 Carment, David, F.1.a. Grt. Brit. & Irel., p.¥.a. Scot., Australian
Mutual Provident Society, 87 Pitt-st. Hon. Treasurer.

19038 Carslaw, H.S., m.a., pD. sc, Professor of Mathematics, Sydney
University, Glebe.

1879 | P 1 |{Chard, J. S., Licensed Surveyor, Armidale.

1878 Chisholm, Edwin, m.r.c.s. Eng., u.s.A. Lond., Victoria-street,
Ashfield.

1885 Chishoim, William, m.p. Lond., 1389 Macquarie-street, North.
1896 | P 1] Cook, W. E., u.c.z. Melb., m. mst. c.z., District Engineer, Water
and Sewerage Department, North Sydney.

1904 Cooksey, Thomas, ph. D., Bsc. Lond., F.1.c, Second Government

Analyst ; p.r. ‘ Clissold,’ Calypso Avenue, Mosman.
1903 Cooper, David John, m.a., ‘Grasmere,’ 151 Stanmore Road,
Stanmore.

Elected
1876

1876

1882
1891

1892

1886

(xi. )

Codrington, John Frederick, m.r.c.s. Eng., u.R.c.P. Lond.,
L.R.c.P. Edin., ‘ Wynwood,’ Wahroonga.

Colyer, J. U.C., ‘ Malvern,’ Collingwood and Seymour-streets,
Drummoyne.

Cornwell, Samuel, Australian Brewery, Bourke-st., Waterloo.

Coutie, W. H., ms, cn.B, Meld., ‘Warminster,’ Canterbury
Road, Petersham.

P1| Cowdery, George R., Assoc. M. Inst. c.E., Engineer for Tramways,

Phillip-st.; p.r. ‘Glencoe,’ Torrington Road, Strathfield.

Crago, W. H., m.R.c.s. Eng., u.R.c.P. Lond., 16 College-street,
Hyde Park.

Dampney, Gerald F., Fellow of the Society of Chemical
Industry, ‘ Doonbah,’ Hunter’s Hill.

Dangar, Fred. H., c/o Messrs. Dangar, Gedye, & Co., Mer-
cantile Bank Chambers, Margaret-street.

Dare, Henry Harvey, M.B., Assoc. M. Inst.c.E, Roads and Bridges
Branch, Public Works Department.

P 3| Darley, Cecil West, M. mnst.c.z, 834 Campden Hill Court, Camp-

den Hill Road, Kensington, London, W.

Darley, The Hon. Sir Frederick, G.c.m.a., B.A., Chief Justice,
Supreme Court.

1886 P 18) David, T.W. Edgeworth, B.a., F.G.8., F.R.8., Professor of Geology

1892
1885

1899
- 1894

and Physical Geography, Sydney University, Glebe.
P 1} Davis, Joseph, m.tmst.c.e, Under Secretary, Department of
Public Works.
P 2| Deane, Henry, u.4., M. mst.c.u.. Hoskins’ Building, Spring-st.;
p.r. ‘ Blanerne,’ Wybalena Road, Hunter’s Hill.
Deck, John Feild, u.p. Univ. St. Andrews, L.B.c P. Lond., M.R.C.S.
Eng., 203 Macquarie-st.; p.r. 92 Elizabeth-st., Ashfield.
P 1| De Coque, J. V., c/o Messrs. Gibbs, Bright & Co., 37 Pitt-st.
Dick, James Adam, B.a., Syd., M.D, o.M. Hdin., ‘ Catfoss,’
Belmore Road, Randwick.

1875 | P 12| Dixon, W. A., F.c.s., Fellow of the Institute of Chemistry of

1880 |

1876
1904

Great eeu and Ireland, 97 Pitt-street.

Dixson, Thomas Storie, u.p. Edin., Mast. Surg. Edin., 287
Elizabeth-street, Hyde Park.

Docker, Ernest B., u.a. Syd., District Court Judge, ‘ Eltham,
Edgecliffe Road.

Duckworth, A., A.M.P. Society, 87 Pitt-st.; p.r. ‘Trentham,’
Woollahra.

|'P1| Du Faur, E., F.n.G.s.,-* Flowton,’ Turramurra.

P 4| Etheridge, Robert, Junr., y.p., Curator, Australian Museum ;

p-r. 21 Roslyn-street, Darlinghurst
Evans, George, Fitz Evan Chambers, Castlereagn-street.
Evans, James W., Chief Inspector, Weights and Measures ;
p.r. ‘Glenthorne,’ 4 Railway-street, Petersham.

Elected
1877
1896
1868
1887

1902
1897

1881
1888

1990
1902
1879
1881

1905
1904

1899

1881

1899

1876
1879
1896

1859
1897

1891

1899
1891

1880
1899

1892
1887

1905
1881
1887
1884

Pil

Bez
Pat
P2

PZ

(xii, )

{Fairfax, Edward Ross, ’. M. Herald Office, Hunter-street.
Fairfax, Geoffrey E., 8S. M. Herald Office, Hunter-street.
Fairfax, Sir James R., Knt., 8. M. Herald Oftice, Hunter-st.
Faithfull, R. L., mp., New York (Coll. Phys. & Surg.), L.B.¢.P.,

L.s.A. Lond., 18 Wylde-street.
Faithfull, William Percy, Barrister-at-Law, Australian Club.

Fell, David, u.u.a.,c.a.a., Public Accountant, Equitable Build-

ing, George-street.
Fiaschi, Thos. m.p., m. ch. Pisa, 149 Macquarie-street.
Fitzhardinge, Grantly Hyde, ma. Syd., District Court Judge,
‘Red Hill,’ Beecroft, Northern Line.
{Flashman, James Froude, m.p. Syd., Jersey Road, Burwood.
Fleming, Edward G., a.u.1.E.z., 16 O’Connell-street.
{Foreman, Joseph, m.R.¢.s. Eng., L.R.Cc.P.Hdin.. 141 Macquarie-st.
Foster, The Hon. W. J., K.c., ‘Thurnby,’ 35 Enmore Road,
Newtown.

Foy, Mark, ‘ Eumemering,’ Believue Hill, Woollahra.

Fraser, James, M. Inst. c.E., Engineer-in-Chief for Existing Lines,
Bridge-street; p.r. ‘Arnprior,’ Neutral Bay.

French, J. Russell, General Manager, Bank of New South
Wales, George-street.

Garran, R. R., u.a., c.m.c., Commonwealth Offices, Spring-st.,
Melbourne.

George, W. R., 318 George-street.

Gerard, Francis, ‘The Grange,’ Monteagle, near Young.

Gibson, Frederick William, District Court Judge, ‘ Grasmere,’
Stanmore Road.

Goodlet, J. H., ‘Canterbury House,’ Ashfield.

Gould, Major The Hon. Albert John, Senator, ‘ Hynesbury,’
Edgecliffe.

Grimshaw, James Walter, M. Inst. C.., M. I. Mech. E., &., Australian
Club.

Gummow, Frank M., u.c.z., Vickery’s Chambers, 82 Pitt-st.

Guthrie, Frederick B.,, F.1c., F.c.s., Chemist, Department of
Agriculture, 136 George-street, Sydney. Vice-President.

Halligan, Gerald H., r a.s., ‘ Riversleigh,’ Hunter’s Hill.

Halloran, Aubrey, B.A., Lu.B., Savings Bank Chambers,
Moore-street.

Halloran, Henry Ferdinand, t.s., Scott’s Chambers, 94 Pitt-st.

Hamlet, William M., F.1.c., F.c.s., Member of the Society of
Public Analysts; Government Analyst, Health Depart-
ment, Macquarie-street, North.

Harker, George, pD. sc, 35 Boulevarde, Petersham.

tHarris, John, ‘ Bulwarra,’ Jones-street, Ultimo.

{Hargrave, Lawrence, Wunulla Road, Woollahra Point.

Haswell, William Aitcheson, M.A., D.Sc, F.B.S., Professor of
Zoology and Comparative Anatomy, University, Sydney ;
p.r. ‘Mimihau,’ Woollahra Point.

Furber, T. F., F.R.4.s.,‘Wavertree,’ Kurraba Road,Neutral Bay. |

Elected

1900

1890 | P 2

1891

1900
1902

1899
1899

1884
1904

1876
1896
1892
- 1901
1904
_ 1905

1905
1891
1894

1905

1903

1891 |
1904 |
1900 |

1903 |
1904.

1905
1902

1902 |

Pl

1884.

1867

Pil
P3

Pi

P2

Pe

(xill.)

Hawkins, W. E., Solicitor, 88 Pitt-street.

Haycroft, James Isaac, m.E. Queen’s Univ. Irel., assoc. M. Inst. C.E.
Assoc. M. Cam. Soc. C.E., Assoc. M. Am. Soc. C.E., M.M. &C.E., M. Inst. C.E.I., L.8.
‘The Grove,’ off Queen-street, Woollahra.

Hedley, Charles, F.u.s., Assistant in Zoology, Australian
Museum, Sydney.

Helms, Richard, Experimentalist, Department of Agriculture.

Hennessy, John Francis, Architect, Ashpitel Prizeman and
Silver Medallist, Royal Institute of British Architects,
City Chambers, 243 Pitt-street.

Henderson, J., F.B.E.S., Manager, City Bank of Sydney, Pitt-st.

Henderson, S., M.A., Assoc M. Inst. cE, Equitable Building,
George-street.

Henson, Joshua B., assoc. u. Inst.c-E, Hunter District Water
Supply and Sewerage Board, Newcastle.

Hill, John Whitmore, Architect, ‘Willamere,’ May’s Hill,
Parramatta.

Hirst, George D., F.R.A.8., 379 George-street.

Hinder, Henry Critchley, u.s., c.u. Syd., Elizabeth-st., Ashfield.

Hodgson, Charles George, 157 Macquarie-street.

Holt, Thomas S., ‘ Holwood,’ Victoria-street, Ashfield.

Holt, Rev. Wilfred John, m.a., ‘ Kiora,’ Blackheath.

Hooper, George, Registrar, Sydney Technical College; p.r.
‘ Branksome,’ Henson-street, Summer Hill.

Hoskins, George J., Burwood Road, Burwood.

Houghton, Thos. Harry, M. Inst. ¢.E., M. I. Mech. E., 63 Pitt-street.

Hunt, Henry A., F.R. Met. Soc, Acting Government Meteorologist,
Sydney Observatory.

Hyde, Ellis, Analyst, 27 York-street.

Irvine, R. F., m.a., Examiner for Public Service Board; p.r.
Musgrave-street, Mosman.

Jamieson, Sydney, B.A., M.B., M.R.C.S., L.R.c.P., 189 Liverpool-
street, Hyde Park.

Jaquet, John Blockley, a.ns.m., F.c.s., Acting Chief Inspector
of Mines, Geological Surveyor, ‘ Cromer,’ 91 Phillip-street.

Jarman, Arthur, a.r.s.m., Demonstrator in Assaying and
Chemistry, University of Sydney.

Jenkinson, Edward H., m.1. mech. u., 18 and 15 Macquarie Place.

Jenkins, R. J. H., Fisheries Commissioner, ‘ Pyalla,’ 13a Selwyn
street, Moore Park.

Jensen, Harold Ingemann, 8. sc, Macleay Fellow of the Linnean
Society of New South Wales, Sydney University.

Jevons, H. Stanley, m.a. Cantab., B. sc, Lond., University Col-
lege of South Wales and Monmouthshire, Cardiff.

Jones, Henry L., Assoc. M. Am. Soc. C.E., 14 Martin Place.

{tJones, Llewellyn Charles Russell, Solicitor, Falmouth Cham-
bers, 117 Pitt-street.

Jones, Sir P. Sydney, Knt., u.p. Lond., F.n.c.s. Eng., 16 College
street, Hyde Park; p.r. ‘ Llandilo,’ Boulevard, Strathfield.

Elected
1876

1878

1883

1873

1887
1903

1991
1891

1896
1892

1878

1881

1877
1878

1874

1901
1883
1901
1872

1884:

1887
1892

PZ

Pil

Pay

PZ

P 55

(xiv.)

Josephson, J. Percy, assoc. M. Inst. c.E., Stephen Court, 81 Eliza-
beth-street; p.r. ‘Moppity,’ George-street, Dulwich Hill.
Joubert, Numa, Hunter’s Hill.

Kater, The Hon. H. E., J P., u.u.c., Australian Club.

Keele, Thomas William, m.mst.c.z, President, Metropolitan
Board of Water Supply and Sewerage, 341 Pitt-street.

Kent, Harry C., m.a., Bell’s Chambers, 129 Pitt-street.

Kennedy, Thomas, Assoc. M. Inst. C.E., Railway Construction
Branch, Public Works Department.

Kidd, Hector, M.Inst.c.E. ‘Craig Lea,’ 15 Mansfield-street,
Glebe Point.

King, Christopher Watkins, Assoc. M. Inst.C.E., L.s., Assistant
Engineer, Harbours and Rivers Department, Newcastle.

King, Kelso, 120 Pitt-street.

Kirkealdie, David, Commissioner, New South Wales Govern-
ment Railways, Sydney.

Knagegs, Samuel T., m.p. Aberdeen, F.R.c.8s. Irel., 1 Lyons
Terrace, Hyde Park.

Knibbs, G. H., F.R.A.s.. Memb. Internat. Assoc. Testing
Materials; Memb. Brit. Sc. Guild; ‘Spottiswoode,’ 28
Bland-street, Ashfield. Hon. Secretary.

Knox, Edward W., ‘ Rona,’ Bellevue Hill, Double Bay.

Kyngdon, F. B., r.R.m.s. Lond., Deanery Cottage, Bowral.

Lenehan, Henry Alfred, ¥.n.a.s., Acting Government Astro-
nomer, Sydney Observatory. President.

Lindeman, Charles F., Wine Merchant, Jersey Rd., Strathfield.

Lingen, J. T., m.a. Cantab., 167 Phillip-street.

Little, Robert, ‘The Hermitage,’ Rose Bay.

Liversidge, Archibald, m.a. Cantab., Lu.D., F.R.S., Hon. F.R:S.
Edin., Assoc. Roy. Sch. Mines, Lond.; F.C.S., F.G.S., F.R.G.8.5
Fel. Inst. Chem. of Gt. Brit. and Irel., Hon. Fel. Roy.
Historical Soc. Lond.; Mem. Phy. Soc. Lond.; Mineral-
ogical Society, Lond.; Edin. Geol. Soc.; Mineralogical
Society, France; Corr. Mem. Edin. Geol. Soc.; New York
Acad. of Sciences; Roy. Soc., Tas.; Roy. Soc., Queensland ;
Senckenberg Institute, Frankfurt; Société d’ Acclimat.,
Mauritius; Foreign Corr. Indiana Acad. of Sciences; Hon.
Mem. Roy. Soc., Vict.; N. Z. Institute; K. Leop. Carol.
Acad., Halle a/s; Professor of Chemistry in the University
of Sydney, The University, Glebe; p.r. ‘The Octagon,’
St. Mark’s Road, Darling Point. Vice-President.

MacCormick, Alexander, u.p., c.m. Edin., m.R.c.s. Eng., 125
Macquarie-street, North.

MacCulloch, Stanhope H., u.s., c.m. Edin., 24 College-street. |

McDonagh, John M., B.a., M.D., M.R.c.P. Lond., F.B.C.S. Irel.,
173 Macquarie-street, North.

Elected

1897

1878 |

1868
1903
1891
1904

1891
1893

1876
1904
1880
1903
-1876
1901
1894.

1900
1899

1882

1883 |

1880
1897 |

1875

1903

1896
1905

Pi

P 9|

IPl

P 20

te 7

(xv.)

MacDonald, C. A., c.z., 63 Pitt-street.

MacDonald, Ebenezer, 3.P., c/o Perpetual Trustee Co. Ld., 2
Spring-street.

MacDonnell, William J., F.p.a.s., 4 Falmouth Chambers, 117
Pitt-street.

McDonald, Robert, y.p., Acting Under Secretary for Lands,
p-r. ‘ Wairoa,’ Holt-street, Double Bay.

McDouall, Herbert Crichton, m.R.c.s. Eng., L.R.c.P. Lond.,
D.P.H. Cantab., Hospital for Insane, Gladesville.

iMacFarlane, Edward, s.p., Under Secretary for Lands, 12
Fitzroy-street, Milson’s Point, North Sydney.

McKay, R. T., c.z., ‘Tranquilla,’ West-street, North Sydney.

McKay, William J. Stewart, B.Sc., M. B,, Ch.M., Cambridge-street.
Stanmore.

Mackellar, The Hon. Charles Kinnaird, M.L.c., M.B.,¢c.m. Glas.,
Equitable Building, George-street.

McKenzie, Robert, Sanitary Inspector, (Water and Sewerage

Board), ‘Stonehaven Cottage, Bronte Road, Waverley.

McKinney, Hugh Giffin, m.z. Roy. Univ. Irel., M. Inst. CE,
Exchange, 56 Pitt-street; p.r. ‘ Dilkhusha,’ Fuller’s Road,
Chatswood.

Mecuaughlin, John, Solicitor, Clement’s Chambers, 88 Pitt-st.
MacLaurin. The Hon. Sir Henry Normand, M.L.c., M.A., M.D,
L.R.c.s. Edin., LL.D. St. Andrews, 155 Macquarie-street.
McMaster, Colin J., Chief Commissioner of Western Lands;

p-.r. Wyuna Road, Woollahra Point.
McMillan, Sir William, ‘ Logan Brae,’ Waverley.
MacTaggart, A. H., p.p.s. Phil. U.S.A., King and Phillip-sts.
MacTaggart, J. N.C., u.z, Syd., Assoc. M.Inst.0.E., Water and
Sewerage Board, 341 Pitt-street.

Madsen, Hans F., ‘ Hesselmed House,’ Queen-st., Newtown.

Maiden, J. Henry, J.p., F.u.s., Hon. Fellow Roy. Soc., S.A.;
Hon. Memb. Nat. Hist. Soc., W.A.; Netherlands Soc. for
Promotion of Industry ; Philadelphia Coll. Pharm.; Pharm.
Soc. N.S.W.; Brit. Pharm. Conf.; Corr. Fellow Therapeu-
tical Soc. Lond.; Corr. Memb. Pharm. Soc. Great Britain ;
Bot. Soc. Edin.; Soc. Nac. de Agricultura (Chile); Soc.
d’ Horticulture d’ Alger; Union Agricole Calédonienne ;
Soc. Nat. etc. de Chérbourg ; Roy. Soc., Tas.; Government
Botanist and Director, Botanic Gardens, Sydney. Hon.
Secretary.

Manfred, Edmund C., Montague-street, Goulburn.

Marden, John, 8.a., M.A., LL.B. Melb., tu.p. Syd., Principal,
Presbyterian Ladies’ College, Sydney.

Mathews, Robert Hamilton, t.s., Assoc. Etran. Soc. d’ Anthrop.
de Paris; Cor. Mem. Anthrop. Soc., Washington, U.S.A.;
Cor. Mem. Anthrop. Soc. Vienna; Cor. Mem. Roy. Geog.
Soc. Aust.,Queensland; ‘Carcuron,’ Hassall-st., Parramatta.

Meggitt, Loxley, Manager Co-operative Wholesale Society,
Alexandria.

Merfield, Charles J., ¥.n.A.s., Mitglieder der Astronomischen
Gesellschaft, Observatory Sydney.

Miller, James Edward, Cobar.

Elected
1887

1903
1889

1879
IMSHO(P
1879

1887

1876

1893
1901
1891
1873

1893

1903
1896

1875
1891

1883
1903

1880
1878
1901
1899
1877
1899

‘1879

1896
1881
1879
1887

1896

P3

IPG

P2

(Xvi.)

Miles, George E., u.R.c.P. Lond., u.z.c.s. Hng., The Hospital,
Rydalmere, near Parramatta.

Minell, W. Percy, Incorporated Accountant, Martin Chambers,
Moore-street.

Mingaye, John C. H., F.1.c., F.c.s., Assayer and Analyst to the
Department of Mines, Government Metallurgical Works,
Clyde; p.r. Campbell-street, Parramatta.

Moore, Frederick H., Illawarra Coal Co., Gresham-street.

tMullens, Josiah, F.R.a.s., ‘Tenilba,’? Burwood.

Mullins, John Francis Lane, m.a. Syd., ‘ Killountan,’ Challis
Avenue, Pott’s Point.

Munro, William John, B.A., M.B., C.M., M.D. Hdin., M.R.c.8. Eng.,
213 Macquarie-street; p.r. ‘ Forest House,’ 182 Pyrmont.
Bridge Road, Forest Lodge.

Myles, Charles Henry, ‘ Dingadee,’ Burwood.

Nangle, James, Architect, Australia-street, Newtown.

Newton, Roland G., ‘ Walcott,’ Boyce-street, Glebe Point.

tNoble, Edwald George, Public Works Department, Newcastle.

Norton, The Hon. James, m.L.c., Lu.D., Solicitor, 2 O’Connell-
street; p.r. ‘Ecclesbourne,’ Ocean-street, Edgecliffe.

Noyes, Edward, Assoc. Inst. 0.E., Assoc. I, Mech, E., c/o Messrs. Noyes
Bros., 109 Pitt-street.

Old, Richard, Solicitor, ‘Waverton,’ Bay Rd., North Sydney.

Onslow, Lt. Col. James William Macarthur, Camden Park,
Menangle.

O’Reilly, W. W. J., M.D. M.Ch., Q. Univ. Irel., u.z.c.s. Eng., 197
Liverpool-street, Hyde Park.

Osborn, A. F., Assoc. M. Inst, C.E., Public Works Department,
Cowra.

Osborne, Ben. M., J.p., ‘ Hopewood,’ Bowral.

Owen, Rev. Hideeacds B.A., All Saints’ Rectory, Hunter’s Hill.

Palmer, Joseph, 96 Pitt-st.; p.r. Kenneth-st., Willoughby.

Paterson, Hugh, 197 Liverpool-street, Hyde Park.

Peake, Algernon, Assoc. M. Inst, C,E, 25 Prospect Road. Ashfield.

Pearse, W., Union Club; p.r. Moss Vale.

Pedley, Perceval R., 227 Macquarie-street.

Petersen, T. Tyndall, Member of Sydney Institute of Public
Accountants, Copper Mines, Burraga.

Pittman, Edward F., Assoc. R.S.M.. L.s., Under Secretary and
Government Geologist, Department of Mines.

Plummer, John, ‘ Northwood,’ Lane Cove River; Box 413 G.P.O..

Poate, Frederick, Lands Office, Moree.

Pockley, Thomas F. G., Commercial Bank, Singleton.

Pollock, James Arthur, B.n. Roy. Univ. Irel., B.Sc., Syd., Pro-
fessor of Physics, Sydney University.

Pope, Roland James, B.A. Syd., M.D., C.M., FRCS. Hdin.,.
Ophthalmic Surgeon, 235 Macquarie-street.

Elected

1893
1901

ina

iP

—

|

| P

Bt
Left

‘Pi
‘Pe

F 69

Bs!
PA)

(xvii. )

Purser, Cecil, B.A, M.B. Chu. Syd., ‘ Valdemar,’ Boulevard,
Petersham.
Purvis, J. G. S., Water and Sewerage Board, 311 Pitt-street.

Quaife, F. H., m.a., m.p., Mast. Surg. Glas., ‘Hughenden,’ 14
Queen-street, Woollahra. Vice-President.

Rae, J. L. C., ‘ Endcliffe,’? Church-street, Newcastle.

Ramsay, Arthur A., Assistant Chemist, Department of Agri-
culture, 136 George-street.

Ramsay, David, Surveyor, ‘ Liryclea,’ Lyons Road, Five Dock.

tRamsay, Edward P., uu.p. St. And., F.R.S.E, F.L.S., 8 Palace-
street, Petersham.

Raymond, Robert S., ‘ Yarroville,’ Goulburn.

Rennie, George E., B.a. Syd., m.pv. Lond, M.R.c.s. Eng., 159
Macquarie-street.

tRenwick, The Hon. Sir Arthur, Knt., uw.uc., B.a. Syd., M.D.,
F.R.C.S. Hdin., 325 Hlizabeth-street.

Richard, G. A., Mount Morgan Gold Mining Co., Mount
Morgan, Queensland.

Rooke, Thomas, a.m.1c.z., Electrical Engineer, Town Hail, .
Sydney.

Roberts, W. S. de Lisle, c.z., ‘ Kenilworth,’ Penshurst.

Rolleston, John C., Assoc. M. Inst. C.E. Harbours and. Rivers
Branch, Public Works Department.

Rossbach, William, Assoc. M. Inst.C.E., Chief Draftsman, Harbours
and Rivers Branch, Public Works Department.

Ross, Chisholm, m.p. Syd., M.B., c.m. Hdin., 147 Macquarie-st.

Ross, Herbert H., Consulting Engineer and Architect, Equit-
able Building, George-street.

Ress, William J. Clunies, B.Sc. Lond. & Syd., r.a.s., Lecturer in
Chemistry, Technical College, Sydney.

Rothe, W.H., Colonial Sugar Co., O’Connell-street, and Union
Club.

Russell, Henry C., B.A. Syd., C.M.G., F.R.S., F.R.A.S., F. R. Met. Soc,
Hon. Memb. Roy. Soc. 8. Australia, Sydney Observatory.

Russell, Harry Ambrose, B.A., Solicitor, c/o Messrs. Sly and
Russel), 369 George-street; p.r. ‘ Mahuru,’ Fairfax Road,
Bellevue Hill.

Rygate, Philip W., wa., B.E. Syd., Asaoc. M. Inst.C.E, Phoenix
Chambers, 158 Pitt-strect.

'Scheidel, August, Ph.p, Managing Director, Commonwealth

Portland Cement Co., Sydney; Union Club.
Schmidlin, F., 83 Elizabeth-street, Sydney.
Schofield, James Alexander, F.c s., A.R.S.mM , University, Sydney.
Scott, Ernest Kilburn, The University, Sydney.
{Scott, Rev. William, ma. Cantab., Kurrajong Heights.
Scott, William B., Principal, Homebush Grammar School, p.r
Albert Road, Strathfield.

=".

(Xvill. )

Elected ;
1877 ,P 4, Selfe, Norman, M. Inst, C.E., M.I. Mech, E., Victoria Chambers, 279

George-street.

1904 | P 1} Sellors, R. P., B.a. Syd., ‘Cairnleith,’ Springdale Road, Killara.
1891 Shaw, Percy William, M. Inst. c.E. Resident Engineer for Tram-
way Construction ; p.r. ‘ Epcombs,’ Miller-st. North Sydney.
1883 | P 3/| Shellshear, Walter, M. Inst.c.E, Inspecting Engineer, Existing
Lines Office, Bridge-street.

1905 Simpson, D. C., Divisional Engineer, N. S. Wales Railways,
Redfern; p.r. ‘Omapere,’ Lane Cove Road, North Sydney.

1900 Simpson, R. C., Technical College, Sydney.

1882 Sinclair, Eric, u.p., c.m. Glas., Inspector-General of Insane,
9 Richmond ‘Terrace, Domain; p.r. Cleveland-street,
Wahroonga.

1893 Sinclair, Russell, M. I. Mech.E., etc, Consulting Engineer, Vickery’s

Chambers, 82 Pitt-street.

1891 | P 3) Smail, J. M., M.mst.c.E., Chief Engineer, Metropolitan Board
of Water Supply and Sewerage, 341 Pitt-street.

1904 | P 1} Smail, Herbert Stuart Inglis, B.z. Syd., Bagan Serai, Feder-
ated Malay States. ©

1893 P 31} Smith, Henry G., ¥.c.s., Assistant Curator, Technological
Museum, Sydney.

1874 | P 1 |/f{Smith, John McGarvie, 89 Denison-street, Woollahra.

1899 | Smith, R. Greig, D. Sc, Hdin., M.se., Dun., Macleay Bacteriologist,
‘Otterburn,’ Double Bay.

1886 Smith, Walter Alexander, m Inst. c.E., Roads, Bridges and
Sewerage Branch, PublicWorks Department; 124 Phillip-st.

1896 Spencer, Walter, M.D. Bruz., 18 Edgeware Road, Enmore.

1904 Stanley, Henry Charles, M. Inst.c.E., Royal Chambers, Hunter

and Castlereagh-streets.
1892 | P 1| Statham, Edwyn Joseph, Assoc. M. Inst. C.E., Cumberland Heights,

Parramatta.

1900 Stewart, J. D., m.z.c.v.s., Government Veterinary Surgeon,
Department of Mines and Agriculture; p.r. Cowper-street,
Randwick.

1903 Stoddart, Rev. A. G., The Rectory, Manly.

1883 |P 3| Stuart, T. P. Anderson, m.p., Lu.p. Edin, Professor - of
Physiology, University of Sydney; p.r. ‘ Lincluden,’
Fairfax Road, Double Bay.

1901 | P 1} Stissmilch, C. A., Technical College, Sydney.

1905 Taylor, John M., m.a., uu.B. Syd., ‘ Eastbourne,’ Alfred-street,
North Sydney.

1893 {tTaylor, James, B. Se, A.R.S.M., Nymagee.

1899 Teece, R., F.1.4., F.F.A., General Manager and Actuary, A.M.P.

Society, 87 Pitt-street.
1861 |P 19) Tebbutt, John, F.r.a.s., Private Observatory, The Peninsula,
Windsor, New South Wales.

1896 Thom, James Campbell, Solicitor, ‘Dunoon,’ Eurella-street,
Burwood.

1896 Thom, John Stuart, Solicitor, Atheneum Chambers, 11 Castle-
reagh-street.

1878 Thomas, F. J., Newcastle and Hunter River Steamship Co.,

147 Sussex-street.
1879 Thomson, Dugald, u.H.R., ‘ Wyreepi,’ Milson’s Point.

+

Elected
1885 , P 2; Thompson, John Ashburton, m.D. Bruz., D.p.H. Cantab., M.R.C.S.

1896
1892

1894:

1894
1879
1900
1905

Et

Pi

P 16)

(xix.)

Eng., Health Department, Macquarie-street.

Thompson, Capt. A. J. Onslow, Camden Park, Menangle.

Thow, William, M. Inst. C.E., M.I. Mech. k., Locomotive Department,
Eveleigh.

Tidswell, Frank, M.B., M.Ch., D P.H. Cantab., Health Department,
Sydney.

Tooth, Arthur W., Kent Brewery, 26 George-street, West.

Trebeck, P. C., F. R. Met. Soc, 12 O’Connell-street.

Turner, Basil W., A.R.S.M.. F.c.s., Wood’s Chambers, Moore-st.

Turner, John William, Assistant Under Secretary, Depart-
ment of Public Instruction, Sydney.

Vause, Arthur John, m.B., c.m. Edin., ‘ Bay View House,’ Tempe.

Verde, Capitaine Felice, Ing. Cav., vid Fazio 2, Spezia, Italy.

Vicars, James, M.C.E,, M. Inst.C.E, City Surveyor, Adelaide.

Vickery, George B., 78 Pitt-street.

Vonwiller, Oscar U., B.Sc, Demonstrator in Physics, University
of Sydney.

Voss, Houlton H., J.v., c/o Perpetual Trustee Company Ld.,
2 Spring-street,

Vogan, Harold Sebastian, Assoc. M. Inst. 0.E.. Authorised Surveyor

N.Z.,Chief Draftsman, Existing Railways N.S.W.,Bridge-st.

Wade, Leslie A. B., Assoc. M. Inst.C.&.. Department of Public Works

Walker, H. O., Commercial Union Assurance Co., Pitt-street.

{Walker, Senator J. T., ‘ Rosemont,’ Ocean-street, Woollahra.

Walkom, A.J., A.m.1.£.E., Mem. Elec. Assoc. N.S.W., Electrical
Branch, G.P.O. Sydney.

Wallach, Bernhard, B.u. Syd., Electrical Engineer, ‘Oakwood,’
Wardell Road, Dulwich Hill.

Walsh, Henry Deane, B.£., T.c. Dub., M. Inst.C.E., Engineer-in-
Chief, Harbour Trust, Circular Quay.

Walsh, Fred., George and Wynyard-streets ; p.r. ‘ Walworth,’
Park Road, City E.

Walton, R. H., F.c.s., ‘ Flinders,’ Martin’s Avenue, Bondi.

Wark, William, 9 Macquarie Place; p.r. Kurrajong Heights.

Warren, William Edward, B.A., M.D., M.Ch., Queen’s University

Trel., M.D. Syd., 283 Elizabeth-street, Sydney.

_Warren, W. H., Wh.Sc., M. Inst.C.E., Professor of Engineering,
University of Sydney. Vice-President.

Watkins, John Leo, B.a. Cantab., u.a. Syd., Parliamentary
Draftsman. Attorney General’s Department, Macquarie-st.

Watson, C. Russell, u.p.c.s. Eng., ‘ Woodbine,’ Erskineville
Road, Newtown.

Webb, Frederick William, c.m.a., J.p., ‘ Livadia,’ Manly.

Webb, A. C. F., Consulting Electrical Engineer, Vickery’s
Chambers, 82 Pitt-street.

Webster, James Philip, Assoc, M. Inst. (.E., L.S., New Zealand, Town
Hall, Sydney.

Weigall, Albert Bythesea, B.a. Oxon., m.a. Syd., Head Master,
Sydney Grammar School, College-street.

Elected
1902

1881
1879

1892

1877
1883

1876

1901
1878

1879
1890

1873
1891

1876
1962

1879

1901

1875
1905

1900
1875

1905
1887

1875

1880
1892

1901

Pi

(xx.)

Welsh, David Arthur, M.D, M.A. B.Sc., Professor of Pathology,
Sydney University, Glebe.

tWesley, W. H.

tWhitfeld, Lewis, m.a. Syd., ‘ Glencoe,’ Lower Forth-street,
Woollahra.

White, Harold Pogson, F.c.s., Assistant Assayer and Analyst,
Department of Mines; p.r. ‘Quantox,’ Park Road, Auburn.

tWhite, Rev. W. Moore, a.M., LL.D., T.c.D.

Wilkinson, W. Camac, u.pD. Lond., M.R.c.P. Lond., M.R.¢.8. Eng.,
213 Macquarie-street.

Williams, Percy Edward, Comptroller, Government Savings
Bank, Sydney.

Willmot, Thomas, J.p., Toongabbie.

Wilshire, James Thompson, F.R.H.S., J.P., ‘Coolooli,’ Bennet
Road, Neutral Bay.

Wilshire, F. R., Police Magistrate, Penrith.

Wilson, James T., u.B.. Master Surgeon, Edin., Professor of
Anatomy, University of Sydney.

Wood, Harrie. 5.P., 10 Bligh-st.; p.r. 54 Darlinghurst Road.

Wood, Percy Moore, L.R.C.P. Lond., M.R.C.S. Eng., ‘ Redcliffe,’
Liverpool Road, Ashfield.

Woolrych, F. B. W., ‘ Verner,’ Grosvenor-street, Croydon.

Wright, John Robinson, Lecturer in Art, Technical College,
Harris-street, Sydney.

Young, John, ‘Kentville,’ Johnston-street, Leichhardt.

Honorary MEMBERS.
Limited to Thirty.
M.—Recipients of the Clarke Medal.

Baker, Sir Benjamin, K.c.M.a., D.Sc, LL.D., F.B.S., etc., 2 Queen
Square Place, London, S.W.

Bernays, Lewis A., 0.M.G., F.L.S., Brisbane.

Cannizzaro, Stanislao. Professor of Chemistry, Reale Universita
Rome.

Crookes, Sir William, F.z.s., 7 Kensington Park Gardens,
London W.

Ellery, Robert L. J., F.2.8., F.R.A.S., c/o Government Astrono-
mer of Victoria, Melbourne.

Fischer, Emil, Professor of Chemistry, University, Berlin.

Foster, Sir Michael, m.p., F.R.s., Professor of Physiology,
University of Cambridge.

Hector, Sir James, K.C.M.G., M.D., £.R.S., late Director of the
Colonial Museum and Geological Survey of New Zealand,
Wellington, N.Z.

Hooker, Sir Joseph Dalton, kK.c.8.1., M.D., C.B., F.B.S., &., ¢/o
Director of the Royal Gardens, Kew.

Huggins, Sir William, K.c.B., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., &e., 90 Upper
Tulse Hill, London, S.W.

Judd, J. W., c.B., F.R.S., F.G.S., Professor of Geology, Royal

College of Science, London.

Elected
1903

1903
1901
1905
1894.
1900

1895

1875
1888

1878
1877
1877
1856
1877
1897

M

(xxi.)

Kelvin, Right Hon. William Thomson, Lord, 0o.m., a.c.v.o.,
D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., etc., 15 Eaton Place, London, S.W.
Lister, Right Hon. Joseph, Lord, 0.M., B.A., M.B., F.R.C.S. D.C.L.,
F.R.S., etc., 12 Park Crescent, Portland Place, London, W.

Newcomb, Professor Simon, LL.D., Ph, D., For. Mem. R.S. Lond.,
United States Navy, Washington.

Oliver, Daniel, LL.D., F.R.s., Emeritus Professor of Botany,
University College, London.

Spencer, W. Baldwin, m.a., c.m.c., F.R.S., Professor of Biology,
University of Melbourne.

Thiselton-Dyer, Sir William Turner, K.¢.M.G., C.1.E., M.A., B.Sc.
F.R.S., F.u.S., Director, Royal Gardens, Kew.

Wallace, Alfred Russel, pD.c.L. Oxon., Lu.D. Dublin, F.R.S.,
Old Orchard, Broadstone, Wimborne, Dorset.

OBITUARY 1905.
Honorary Members.

Gregory, The Hon. Sir Augustus Charles.
Hutton, Captain Frederick Wollaston.

Ordinary Members.
Dean, Alexander
Hume, J. K.
Keep, John
Moore, Charles
Perkins, Henry A.
Portus, A. B.

AWARDS OF THE CLARKE MEDAL.

Established in memory of

THE LATE Revp. W. B. CLARKE, m.a., F.R.8., F.G.8., &C.,

Vice-President from 1866 to 1878.

To be awarded from time to time for meritorious contributions to the
Geology, Mineralogy, or Natural History of Australia.

1878
1879
1880

1881
1882

1883

Professor Sir Richard Owen. K.c.B., F.R.S., Hampton Court.
George Bentham, c.m.G., F.8.8., The Royal Gardens, Kew.
Professor Thos. Huxley, F.R.s., The Royal School of Mines, London.

4 Marlborough Place, Abbey Road, N.W.

Professor F. M‘Coy, F.z.8., F.c.8., The University of Melbourne.
Professor James Dwight Dana, uu.p., Yale College, New Haven,

Conn., United States of America.

Baron Ferdinand von Mueller, K.c.M.G ,M.D., PH.D., F.R.S., F.L.S.

Government Botanist, Melbourne.

(xxil.)

1884 Alfred R. C. Selwyn, LL.D., F.R.s., F.G.8., Director of the Geological
Survey of Canada, Ottawa.

1885 Sir Joseph Dalton Hooker, k&.c.s.1., ¢.B., M.D., D.C.L., LL.D., &¢.,
late Director of the Royal Gardens, Kew.

1886 Professor L. G. De Koninck, u.p., University of Liége, Belgium.

1887 Sir James Hector, K.c.M.G., M.D,, F.R.S., Director of the Geological
Survey of New Zealand, Wellington, N.Z.

1888 Rev. Julian E. Tenison-Woods, F.a.s., F.L.S., Sydney.

1889 Robert Lewis John Ellery, F.R.s., F.R.A.s., Government Astrono-
mer of Victoria, Melbourne.

1890 George Bennett, u.v. Univ. Glas., F.R.c.s. Hng., F.L.S., F.Z.8., William
Street, Sydney.

1891 Captain Frederick Wollaston Hutton, F.z.s., ¥.a.s., Curator, Can-
terbury Museum, Christchurch, New Zealand.

1892 Sir William Turner Thiselton Dyer, K.c.M.G.,¢C.1.E.,M.A., B.Sc, F.R.S.,
F.L.S., Director, Royal Gardens, Kew.

1893 Professor Ralph Tate, ¥F.u.s., F.¢.s., University, Adelaide, S.A.

1895 Robert Logan Jack, F.c.s., F.R.G.S., Government Geologist, Brisbane,
Queensland.

1895 Robert Etheridge, Junr., Government Paleontologist, Curator of
the Australian Museum, Sydney.

1896 Hon. Augustus Charles Gregory, ¢.M.G., M.L.C., F.R.G.S., Brisbane.
1900 Sir John Murray, Challenger Lodge, Wardie, Edinburgh.

1901 Edward John Eyre, Walreddon Manor, Tavistock, Devon, England.
1902. F. Manson Railey, F.u.s., Colonial Botanist of Queensland, Brisbane.

1903 Alfred William Howitt, p. sc. Cantab., F.a.8., Hon. Fellow Anthropol.
Inst. of Gt. Brit. and Irel., ‘ Eastwood,’ Bairnsdale, Victoria.

AWARDS OF THE SOCIETY’S MEDAL AND MONEY PRIZE.

The Royal Society of New South Wales offers its Medal and Money
Prize for the best communication (provided it be of sufficient merit)
containing the results of original research or observation npon various
subjects published annually.

Money Prize of £25.

1882 John Fraser, B.a., West Maitland, for paper on ‘ The Aborigines
of New South Wales.’

1882 Andrew Ross, m.p., Molong, for paper on the ‘ Influence of the
Australian climate and pastures upon the growth of wool.’

1884.

1886

1887

1888

1889.

1889

1891

1892

1894:

1894

1895

1896

(xxill.)

The Society’s Bronze Medal and £25.

W. E. Abbott, Wingen, for paper on ‘ Water supply in the Interior
of New South Wales.’

S. H. Cox, F.a.s., F.c.s., Sydney for paper on ‘The Tin deposits of
New South Wales.

Jonathan Seaver, F.a.s., Sydney, for paper on ‘ Origin and mode of
occurrence of gold-bearing veins and of the associated Minerals.

Rev. J. E. Tenison-Woods, F.G.s., F.L.S., Sydney, for paper on‘ The
Anatomy and Life-history of Mollusca peculiar to Australia.’

Thomas Whitelegge, Fr.z.u.s., Sydney, for ‘ List of the Marine and
Fresh-water Invertebrate Fauna of Port Jackson and Neigh-
bourhood.

Rev. John Mathew, m.a., Coburg, Victoria, for paper on ‘The
Australian Aborigines.

Rev. J. Milne Curran, F.a.s., Sydney, for paper on ‘The Microscopic
Structure of Australian Rocks.’

Alexander G. Hamilton, Public School, Mount Kembla, for paper
on ‘The effect which settlement in Australia has produced
upon Indigenous Vegetation.’

J. V. De Coque, Sydney, for paper on the ‘ Timbers of New South
Wales.’

R. H. Mathews, t.s., Parramatta, for paper on ‘The Aboriginal
Rock Carvings and Paintings in New South Wales.’

C. J. Martin, B.Sc, M.B. Lond., Sydney, for paper on ‘The physio-
logical action of the venom of the Australian black snake
(Pseudechis porphyriacus).’

Rev. J. Milne Curran, Sydney, for paper on ‘The occurrence of
Precious Stones in New South Wales, with a description of the
Deposits in which they are found.’

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS.

By ©. O. BURGE, ». mst. c.z., Telford Medallist, Inst. C.H.

[Read before the Royal Society of N. S. Wales, December 7, 1904. ]

As to the main subject of my address, I have been con-
fronted with the usual difficulty of choosing it. Ordinarily,
the annual address has been either a resumé, during a
definite period, of the work of science generally, or of that
section of it with which the avocations of the particular
president befits him best to deal. The first method neces-
sarily involves a good deal of second hand information,
given by one who is necessarily not an expert in all, andas
it is, of course, a large subject, dealt with in a compara-
tively small space, it must be scrappy and unsatisfactory.
Such a treatment of the subject would be like the discharge
from an ancient bell mouthed blunderbuss, which scatters
all round, but hits nobody very effectively. Thealternative
of dealing with the president’s own speciality may be com-
pared to the bullet from the modern rifle, which deals with
one object effectively, but leaves the rest untouched. Such
special subjects had best be left to the annual addresses of
the chairmen of the Sections of this Society, which its
hospitable policy throws open to all branches of science.

Between this Scylla and Charybdis, however, there is a
middle course, which, unlike such generally, is not a weak
one, owing to two recent facts to which I shall presently
refer. The subject I have chosen is the connexion between
Engineering and Science, as a whole, and the two facts
just mentioned which have brought this connexion into
prominence, are firstly, the establishment of examinations
in scientific subjects, by the Institution of Civil Engineers,
as a condition of entry, and secondly, the cordial recoznition

A—Dec, 7, 1904,

2 Cc. O, BURGE.

by this Society, which is the chief and oldest representative
of science in Australasia, of engineering as one of its
branches, emphasized by the fact of the election to the
high office of President, of two engineers previously, and
now a third, in‘my own person.

In the earlier ages, we may surmise, that the connexion,
which is the subject of this address, was closer than in
later times, for though, as regards the great ancient
engineering works now extant in Hgypt, and throughout
the Roman Hmpire, the names of the designers are, to a
large extent lost, we may yet be fairly sure that, it being
before the age of specialism, the science of engineering,
necessary for those monuments of human skill, were con-
centrated in the same individuals. As scientists whose
theories helped engineering in the classic period, might be
mentioned Thales, Anaxagoras, Ptolemy, Huclid, Hippar-
chus, Appolonius, but above all, Archimedes.

After the work of the Ancients, we find that of the Moors
of Spain, prominent in this connection, as illustrated by the
survival of several scientific terms such as algebra and
chemistry, which are Arabic in origin. Leonardo da Vinci,
whose fame as an artist makes us forget that he was also
a scientist and engineer, treated of the laws of motion,
before the end of the 15th century, though his works were
not printed till 100 years later. Euclid was translated
from the Greek early in the 16th century, and Cardan and
Tartaglia, in the same age, became the founders of the
higher algebra. An Hnglishman, Robert Record, invented,
in 1557, the signs since used for plus and minus, and the
two parallel horizontal lines for equality, and though this
seems to usa small thing, we must remember that facilities
of this sort were no trifles, in the birth of the science.

Astronomy, in its help to geodesy, has had much to do
with engineering, so that Copernicus can hardly be left out

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 3

in a summary of this kind, nor can we forget Tycho Brahe
in his self exile for 20 years, in his lonely Baltic isle, and
his observations there, unassisted as he was, by modern
telescopes.

Cardan and Tartaglia, already mentioned, as well as
Ubaldi, may be said to have created the science of
mechanics, which has, more than any other, helped engin-
eering, while the great name of Galileo, who for versatility
of genius, is one of the greatest of human names, advanced
it largely by his experiments in statics and dynamics, and
in the invention of the telescope. It was finely said of
him, at the time, that by this feat, he had seen more than
all the eyes that had gone before, and had opened the eyes
of all that were to come after him.

Hydrostatics, which, with hydraulics, governs the oper-
ations of water supply and sewerage engineering, and in
which no advance had been made since the time of
Archimedes, was investigated in the same century by
Stivinius, and from William Gilbert, an Englishman of
@ueen Hlizabeth’s reign, we have a Latin treatise on the
magnet, in which the dawn of electrical science is dimly
perceived, and in which so little was done, since, up to the
middle of the last century.

But all this had no interest for the constructing engi-
neers, or mechanics, as they were then called, of that time.
The great rule of thumb reigned supreme and undisputed.
Francis Bacon, in his Filum labyrinthi, wrote, ‘‘ The
mechanics take small light from natural philosophy, and do
but spin on their own little threads,’’ and the reproach, in
which his far-seeing intellect is well shewn, might have
been justified for many generations after him.

James Watt, notably, and some others in the early days
of modern engineering, did, undoubtedly, bring the dim
lamp of the science of their day to light up their work, but

4. C. O. BURGE.

many ignorant men relied on their native wit, and practical
experience, to achieve results which, though wonderful, as
operations in the dark, would have been so much better, if
their earlier training had led them to ask for the illumin-
ating aid of science.

Many a laborious scientific investigation of the present
day, is looked upon as only abstractedly interesting, and
of no practical advantage outside the walls of an institution
like this in which we meet, and it is thought that money
Spent upon it is taken from some more practical immediate
use. So said the so-called practical men of 300 years ago.
Now we know how grievously they were mistaken, and how
the Merry Monarch, who is said to have never said a foolish
thing, nor done a wise one, certainly did a wise thing, in
founding our great parent, the Royal Society of London,
to which is due so much of the practical science of the last
two centuries.

The Elizabethan mechanics knew not of their great con-
temporary Napier of Merchistoun, who, by his invention
of logarithms, has so greatly lightened the labours, not only
of the astronomer and through him, the navigation of the
world, but also those of the engineering designer. Indeed
without Napier’s aid, the vast work of these callings, at
the present day, would be impossible. Though hinted at
by an earlier German writer, Michael Stifelius, this inven-
tion of the 17th century was undoubtedly one of the greatest
intellectual feats of the human mind, and it is remarkable
in having issued complete, like the birth of Pallas Athene,
ready armed and equipped, from tbe author’s brain, and it
has not received any material improvement since. Nor
were the mechanics and millwrights of succeeding gener-
ations more aware of the scientific achievements, affecting
their work, of Kepler, Galileo, Cavalieri, Harriott, Descartes,
Newton and others, in conic sections, algebra and mensur-

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 5

ation, as Well as in statics and dynamics. Later, it was
due solely to the conceptions of Joseph Black, chemist,
physician, and professor, in Glasgow and HKdinburgh, as to
the action of pressure on boiling point, and absorption of
heat by vapour, that James Watt was enabled to effect a
revolution in the construction of the steam engine.

Pambour, Katon Hodgkinson, Clerk Maxwell, Kelvin,
and Lodge, with many others, have more recently con-
tributed to the achievements of the engineer.

In the last half of the century just passed, however, the
tendency of the education of the engineer being undertaken
by technical institutions, rather than by the older pupilage
system, has, so to say, married engineering to science. It
has been truly a marriage at a mature age, but now that
the parties to it are old enough to know their own minds,
surely it is a love match, which is being blessed with an
ample progeny.

The Odyssey of Homer is considered by some authorities
to have been written solely as an allegory of man’s life
through this world of temptations and dangers, and of his
protection from them by the heavenly powers. The tale
of the great hero Odysseus, in his temptations by Circe and
Calypso, his struggles with the monster Polyphemus, and
the loosening of the windbag of Atolus, but ever helped by
the divine influence of the goddess of Wisdom, to the arms
of the faithful Penelope, personifies the life of every man,
through his mortal existence here on earth. As to the
windbag, we have in the present day, unlettered and small
knowing souls, as Shakespeare calls them, who loosen on
us many windbags, which waste our energies for real
advancement, as the reporting columns of our newspapers
shew, and who, one would almost think, were within the
prophetic insight of old Homer when he composed the
allegory. May we not take this wonderful story of old,

6 Cc. O. BURGE.

more vivid and entertaining than any novel written since,
as an illustration of our subject. Odysseus, working
onward to his goal, but, even though he is called the man
of many devices, the engineer of his age, blindly falling into
difficulties, often of his own making, nevertheless ever
rescued and sustained by the fair goddess of all science,
the grey eyed Athene.

The fairy tales of science may well be read for their own
sweet sake, but when studied with a utilitarian end in view
as in connexion with our subject, they have also their
absorbing interest. Huxley’s definition of science was
‘* Organized Common Sense,’’ but though true, this does
not strike one as sufficiently distinctive, as this should
describe other subjects with which science has nothing to
do. The latter has one great distinction from those three
other subjects which so largely employ the human mind,
law, literature and art, that is the distinction of originality.
Law is chiefly made up of precedents; listen to the finest
poetry of modern times, and, in the ears of those who
remember the ancient classics, familiar echoes are con-
stantly ringing; inthe great library of the British Museum

and in the Bibliotheque Nationale of Paris, we see crowds

of persons, called by courtesy, authors, constantly making
new books out of old ones. These are the importers and
retail tradesmen, not the producers of thought. <A great
Elizabethan writer speaks of books as ‘‘Ships passing
through the vast seas of time, and making ages so distant,
to participate of the wisdom, the one of the other.’’ But
he had only in view the classics of old, not those numerous
worthless productions of to day which might be fitly com-
pared to frail craft launched forth, to be wrecked on the
shores of time, through their own weakness and instability.
Greece and the middle ages have exhausted our ideas in
art and architecture, and the invention of a new archi-

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 7

tectural style seems to be only a vision of despair—all is
imitation, which though it may be the best flattery, is
undoubtedly the confession of mediocrity. Not so in science.
The galaxy of its brilliant originators still shine supreme
in the great heaven of scientific discovery, and periodically
there gleams from it some bright particular star, leading
us to some epoch making achievement in the betterment,
and in the progress, of mankind.

The discovery of the secrets of nature are generally
individualistic, and lead to the laws of nature, laws which
are interpreted by the scientist and regulated in their
action, to benefit of mankind, by the surgeon, the navigator,
but above all, by the engineer. The discoverer, the scien-
tist, and the executant, this great trinity, is necessary for
the physical well being of the world. In this music of the
spheres, we must have the inventor of the principles of
harmony, the composer to apply them, and the performer
to delight our ears and our intellect.

The absolute necessity of the man of science to modern
life, has recently been well illustrated by the production
of an amusing comedy, where, among a party cast on a
desert island, he, alone, who knows, is king. Rank, and
worth in other respects, have to go under. The man who
can, from his knowledge, create, he who holds command of
the sources of material existence, he it is who leads the
party; to rebel against him would mean misery and
starvation. The greater part of the material, and: not a
little of the moral, progress of the world is due to the
scientist and the engineer. They have lightened the tasks
of life, and enabled men to find leisure from the drudgery
of the mere struggle for existance. In the days of the
Spinning wheel, the hand-loom, and the carrier’s waggon,
the poor man’s cottage was the scene of perpetual toil,
even the small children had to work, with no time for

8 C. O. BURGE.

education or self improvement. It was only when the
steam engine spread over sea and land, enabling one man
to do the work of many, that mental.and bodily comfort
was attainable. It is the universal experience that, as
machinery advances, not only wages, but the purchasing
power of wages, rise, and with them the standards of life.
A recent writer says that most people would resent it, as
a bad joke, if told that the steam engine was the author
of their being, and that they were more nearly related to
it than to their uncles and aunts. Yet were it not for the
machines worked by steam, probably more than half of us
would never have existed.

Yet, among the young men of our day what are the hames
of Kelvin, of Lodge, of Rayleigh, of Dewar, and others,
beside that of a famous cricketer, or of the man who can
kick a ball further and straighter than another? We may
allow that mental culture cannot stand alone, it must be
the outcome of sufficient physical training. The old maxim
‘**Mens sana in corpore sano,”’ is ever true, but are we not
overloading the latter part of the prescription? The
traditional Irishman is sneered at for regarding fighting as
an end, and not a means, but are not the Australians earn-
ing the reputation of confounding means and ends, in an
even more absurd way ? The combination is as old as Plato,
who laid down music and gymnastics as the twin bases of
education, the word Movo.xy, of course, including all art and
literature, but the gymnastics were regarded as means
only, for the double purpose of efficiency in-war, and for
the training of the body, so that it should be intellectually
vigorous.

The man of science is unappreciated, because his gifts
are unsought, and when conferred, are rapidly rendered
commonplace by constant use, and often that use does not
become available for some years after the invention has

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 9

left the author’s brain. Till we get proper appreciation of
scientific work, or are rudely awakened from self com-
placency by some crushing loss in trading, or in war, we
shall not see the urgency of arming our citizens, in the
great rivalry of nations, with better technical education.
If the money spent on this in the British Hmpire were
equal to that in Germany, we should hear no complaints
of threatened loss of commercial supremacy. Professor
Perry, indeed, recently proposed that £1,000,000 be granted
by the British Government to encourage men of science to
devote their energies to the increase of efficiency in the
steam engine, and to the great economy of fuel, which
forms so large a portion of the national assets, and if we
could induce some foreign nations to dump down, on our
shores, some of that common sense which guides them in
such matters, it would be well for us here in Australia, as
well at at home.

There is no doubt that we want more and better technical
education in the Colonies. Progress has been made in this
in Hurope and America, and more especially in Germany,
to which is probably owing the fact that, according to
recent statistics, the original scientific papers published in
that country, amount in number up to date, to 43% of the
whole of those of the world. While the male population
of Germany increased from 1870 to 1900, by 40%, the
students at universities and technical colleges increased
by 1647; but it is not the provision of educational means
which is enough, we must have the desire to use them, as
indicated by these German figures. It has been well said
that the question is not whether a man has gone through
the university, it is whether the university has gone through
him. Training in habits of exact observation and intelligent
inference is wanted, not that interest which is expressed
by the observation of a man of unscientific temperament,

10 C. 0. BURGE.

who once spoke of a proposition in Huclid, as a happy end-
ing to a mildly exciting plot. At the same time, it must
not be forgotten that technical education is for the selected
few, not for all, and the selection is a matter of great
importance. For the average child’s skull is not, as some
educationalists seem to think, constructed of india rubber,
into which unlimited quantities of knowledge can be thrust.
The Japanese understand this, in selecting boys from the
lower schools, for the higher, and then again from the
higher for special attention, either by sending them abroad
at Government expense, or otherwise, and leaving the dull
ones to be the hewers of wood and drawers of water.

One of the most curious features of scientific history is
the fact that the Anglo Saxon race, in the Hmpire and in
the United States, has been always preeminent in original
invention, while, latterly, the Germans have been more
assiduous and painstaking in that education, which brings
out the value of the scientific progress, which the inventions
of others produce, and the same is due of other branches
of human thought. It was the English Francis Bacon that
said “ knowledge is power,’’ but it is the German of to-day
who most realizes and profits by that weighty and now
obvious aphorism. It was the Hnglish Shakespeare who
wrote the mightiest plays; it is at Berlin where they are
chiefly acted and appreciated. When I was there recently,
two of his plays were running, and at the same time in
London, which is nearly three times as populous, there was
not one.

Notwithstanding the neglect, until latterly, of science
in engineering, great strides have been taken, perhaps the
greatest, in recent times, have been in connexion with
light; mechanical contrivances and energy, through the
medium of electricity; and the disposal of the refuse of
cities. As to light, there is a question which is more one

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 1l

for the anatomist than the engineer, whether the human
eye is developing the power to withstand, without injury,
the intense brightness provided by modern electrical and
gas engineers, for the aim seems to be, not the same light
at less expense, but increased light even at increased
expense. Some of the old and widely read books of 300
years ago, such as the first English Bibles, which must
have been largely read by rushlights and without spectacles,
are of such small print as to tax our eyes even now with
this aid, and by modern lights. I remember, when I first
visited Paris, nearly 40 years ago, one of the first impres-
sions received was being almost dazzled by the brilliancy
of the street lamps and shop lights, yet they consisted of
the now despised dull yellow gas jets. In those days,
spectacles on children were absolutely unknown.

Electricity has been said to be the most versatile and
controllable means of conveying power yet discovered by
man, and, in each phase of its activity, it represents an
advance in the conquest of nature by means of its own
laws, and by bending its forces to the improvement of all
conditions of life. What that advance has been, is shewn
by the fact that in the United Kingdom in 1896, 1901, and
1903, there were sold respectively 30, 110, and 345 millions
of B.T. units, all this being due, primarily, to the scientists,
from the humble beginnings of the Hlizabethan William
Gilbert, to the brilliant but more specialized men of the
present age.

Chemical welding is a notable instance of quite recent
adoption, where science has had the chief part, in an
engineering contrivance of great value and widespread use.

The compounding of steam engines, and the improve-
ments in the turbine, have gone along way towards economy
in mechanical power, where they are applicable, and

especially in the latter, in reducing weight and vibration,
as well as superintendence.

12 C. 0. BURGE.

In gas engineering, both as regards light, heat, and power,
the Welsbach and Mond systems have shewn what may be
done by healthy rivalry. |

The improved treatment of sewage of late years, in con-
junction with bacteriology, has no doubt saved an enormous
number of lives, valuable, and otherwise. Then the analyst
has rendered incalculable service to the engineer, in investi-
gating the properties of materials, and in the adjustment
of them to the requirements of his art—quite a modern
combination.

In this summary, and it would be the same, if treating
of literature, one thing strikes us, that is when we consider
the slight foundations on which they had to build, that the
great men of old stand high in the background of the mental
landscape of the past, while the foreground of the present
is comparatively paltry and insignificant. It would seem
as if nature had furnished a constant average amount of
original intellect, in equal periods of time, and that, though
population increases largely, that great gift does not increase
with it, but is, through education, spread over a larger
number of individuals, tending, in the far future, to a hope-
less and uninteresting universal mediocrity. In this future
democracy of brains, one man will, intellectually, be no
better than another. Plato is said to have made havoc
among our originalities, but without going so far as this,
we may allow that the subtle fluid of original genius is
gradually becoming rarified into a sort of cerebral hydrogen,
so tosay, in its enormous distribution. To this is due, that, .
in the later sciences, electricity for example, we can point
to few great outstanding figures. Invention has been
piecemeal. .

So much for the past. Now for thefuture. Carlyle truly
says:—"* The man who cannot wonder, were he President
of innumerable Royal Societies, and carried the whole

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 13

** Mécanique Céleste,’’ and *“‘ Hegel’s Philosophy,” and the
epitome of all laboratories and observatories, with their
results, in his single head, is but a pair of spectacles, behind
which there is no eye.’’ Let me not, as one of those
presidents, come under this withering condemnation, but
proceed to wonder what will come next, as the fruits of
science and engineering, no matter how unsuccessful I may
be. The field is great, the secrets of nature, still to be
solved, are inexhaustible, an ever larger and larger number
of fertile brains are continuously at work, in discovery and
invention, as the various patent offices shew; and these
fresh brains start from an ever widening vantage ground
of accumulated reséarch and experience, which was absent
-in a great measure, as a support, to the giants of science
and engineering of the old time.

First in importance, perhaps, though owing to practical
difficulties, still far off, is the conversion of the working of
our main line railways to traction by means of electricity,
in which great force of nature, the physicist has inspired
the engineer. In this application of it, it is to be hoped
that the initial mistake of placing power houses in wrong
sites will be avoided. It is well to remember that the
electric fluid can be conveyed cheaper than coal, within
limits, so that the power should originate near the coal
mine. The old proverb, of the uselessness of sending coals
to Newcastle, must take the form, rather, of the waste of
carrying them away from such great sources of supply.
Electricity, applied to long distance railway traffic, may
also relieve us of the waste now going on, by which over
200 tons of train are moved, in order to carry 2 or 3 tons
of passengers. Greater separation must also be made
between express train service, and that of the slower
passenger and goods. It was stated recently that, on the
Midland Railway of Hngland, a large proportion of the

14 Cc. O. BURGE.

14,000,000 annual train miles of shunting, was incurred to
clear the line for expresses. Hence we may expect to see,
as the first development, the establishment of special lines,
more or less parallel to the existing main ones, for fast
traffic only, worked by the latest electrical methods. As
to suburban traffic, the nature of the new means of power,
points to the adoption of uniform short intervals between
trains, all day, the variation in traffic being met by increas-
ing and diminishing the number of cars in each of the trains
rather than their frequency, most of the cars being self-
propelling. The enormous amount of the rolling stock,
which would be rendered useless by the change to electricity
is certain to bea great obstacle to it, and as this will make
the change gradual, the evils of piecemeal installation can
hardly be avoided.

It may not be generally known that, as far back as in
the book of Job, Chap. xxxviii., v. 35, we have an allusion
to wireless telegraphy. ‘This is now, after so many ages,
an accomplished fact, but there are also now promises of
the most wonderful character, through the investigations
of Tesla and others, as to the transmission, by electricity
without wires, of power, the possibilities of which it is
difficult to foresee. That, by the mysterious power of an
intangible and invisible agency, great machinery, thousands
of miles away, can be driven without visible connexion, is
stimulating to the imagination in the highest degree. We
seem to be peeping into the coming wireless age, when
man will be, more and more, Lord of the Creation, and
when the vassals of his intellect will come, at his beck and
call, to provide for wants and comforts, hitherto either
unknown, or furnished by the bodily toil of his fellow man.

Next, it is almost certain that the adoption of wide and
straight streets in large cities, will be a work of the future,
even at the cost of much reconstruction, so as to enable

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 15

the tram and motor car to expel altogether the more costly
horse, which is slow and dirty. In crowded London, the
omnibus and its horses scarcely utilize half the space they
occupy, and it takes 50 minutes to crawl from the nearest
residential parts, to the city. By combined extra speed
and economy of space, the same business could be done by
electric tram cars and motor cars, at much less cost and
crowding if the streets were suitable. The horses in our
streets are a continual offence to sanitation, and cause
great expense in street maintenance, which would largely
disappear if traffic were mechanical only, altogether inde-
pendently of the great reduction in the cost of traction, for
the same results. It is to be hoped that, in fixing the site’
for the Commonwealth city, within the Federal area, due
attention will be given to the importance of level ground,
which bears so much on this matter.

In an earlier part of this address, allusion was made to
a proposal, that a million of money should be an endowment
of research, as regards increased economy in dealing with
the application of heat to mechanical power. It is humili-
ating to reflect on what a small percentage of the energy
of fuel reaches its ultimate work, or what is called the
Brake Horse Power. The turbine, and various forms of
internal combustion engines, show better results than the
ordinary reciprocating steam engines, and, as it is never
too late to mend, and always too soon to despair, we may
look to the science of the future, tosave our rapidly dimin-
ishing fuel supply, in this matter.

It may be thought that the application of the various
means of mechanical power to such an apparently insig-
nificant matter as domestic service, is beneath the dignity
of science or engineering, but when we consider how many
families keep, at least, one servant, who might be doing
useful work elsewhere, the question becomes more impor-

16 C. O. BURGE.

tant. There is no doubt that from £30 to £100 and over,
per annum, in each family, making an enormous sum in the
total, might be saved by the invention of machinery to do
a considerable part of domestic work. Health also is con-
cerned, as, for instance, in the general use of pneumatic
dusters, by which dust, including all sorts of wicked germs,
is completely removed, instead of, as at present, being
lightly wafted from one resting place to another in the
same room. Hitherto, domestic work, large in the aggre-
gate, has been too much divided into small areas of action,
to make the application of existing methods of mechanical
power suitable, but, with the convenient electrical energy
laid on, like water or gas, this objection will be got over.
The cry of so many persons being thrown out of employ-
ment thereby, may be disregarded. The great engineering
works and factories, of the present age superseded the
local millwrights of 100 years ago, and the locomotive drove
out the teamster, without ultimate harm to any class of
worker, so we need not fear the consequences in this par-
ticular case, as the substitution, like others of the kind,
would be gradual.

Again, we may possibly look for another fruit of the con-
nexion between science and engineering, in the direct
utilization for mechanical power of the sun’s rays, by some
more effective means of concentration than has hitherto
been tried. We know, of course, that the sun’s heat in
past geological ages, is now producing practically all our
power, chiefly through the instrumentality of coal, but coal
is not inexhaustible, and it has tobe mined. Experiments
have been made in this direction in South Africa and else-
where, but though the fuel cost nothing, tlle expense of
the installation has been so large in proportion to the
power obtained, that no practical success has been achieved.
Here in New South Wales, we would willingly spare a good

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 17

deal of our summer heat, to any enterprising syndicate, if
they could make use of it. At present, in such countries,
the sun’s rays are actually a source of waste in some ways,
as our perspiring bodies and languid minds, at some periods
of the year, sufficiently show. It is very difficult to con-
ceive how this enormous dissipation of energy is to be
prevented, but the concentration of potential energy exist-
ing in recently discovered substances, may give us hope.

The moon has hitherto been useless to all, except to poets,
beyond its occasional light; for its action on tides is as often
an impediment as a help to navigation, but could the oft
talked of utilization of the rise and fall of the tide, for
mechanical power, be made economically available, much
of our fuel would be saved.

As far as I know, not much seems to have been done in
in the direction of reducing skin friction in ships, though
Froude, Sir William White, and others, have made it the
subject of their investigations. There isnot a word of any
attempt to deal with the problem in the exhaustive historical
address of Sir William White to the Institution of Civil
Engineers last year. Yet the quantity of fuel consumed,
in overcoming this resistance, must be enormous, in the
great Atlantic liners of the day. And the worst of it is
that, aS we go on increasing size, we go on, simultaneously,
piling up greatly increased skin friction, due to the larger
surface and enhanced speed. Might not that important
branch of science, curiously called natural history, help us
in solving this problem? Observations could be made on
the scales of certain fishes, whose speed, in proportion to
their propelling power, is far greater than that of the fastest
ocean steamer, in order to see how their skin friction has
been reduced by natural selection. Long ages of quickness
_in seizing their prey, and in constant escape from their
numerous enemies, must have developed a very efficient

B—Dec. 7, 1904,

18 Cc. O. BURGE.

minimum of skin resistance. It is a large subject, with
room for great possibilities.

Akin to friction by water, is the resistance of air. Know-
ledge on this has been much advanced by experiments on
the Berlin electric express train trials, on the performance
of which I was enabled to give the Society some informa-
tion in two recent papers. The velocity of the cars, up to
130 miles an hour, is the greatest ever reached by any
conveyance, and afforded an unusual opportunity of measur-
ing air resistance, which was fully availed of. Some of
the ocean liners, of the present day, have an exposed cross
section of over 3,000 square feet, and, when steaming at
23 knots, each pound of air pressure per square foot, on
this surface, will absorb over 200 horse power to overcome
the resistance offered. The consideration of such facts as
these, in connexion with the results obtained on the German
train experiments, we may hope will lead to enquiry, as to
the best means of coping with this serious impediment to
economical speed, on sea and land.

The dispersion of smoke and fog, neither of which how-
ever trouble us much in Australia, is a pressing question
in some of the older countries, and electricity has been
‘brought into successful requisition for this purpose, in
experimental form. It has been estimated that a bad fog
in London may cost £5,000 a day for artificial light alone,
so that the importance of this question of the future is
undoubted. The difficulty lies in the great quantities of
electricity to be applied.

As regards the change in the physical qualities of metals
used for constructive purposes, especially through what is
called fatigue, we are looking for more information from
physicists. We owe much to the experiments of Wohler
and Bauschinger, some years ago, but much remains to be
discovered. Railway axles, marine shafts, and other

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 19

material subjected to constantly varying stresses, bending,
torsional, etc., especially require investigation, as to what
change of structure is produced by fatigue of this character,
and if made, a great scientific and engineering gain would
be brought about. Professor Arnold, who has designed a
special testing apparatus, gave some interesting particulars
on this matter, at the recent meeting of the British Associa-
tion, when he said the subject was a much more complicated
one than was generally supposed.

Great things are expected of single phase electrical
working in traction. The difficulties which have hitherto
attended this method are being successfully overcome,
especially in America, and two lines, Fort Wayne to Spring-
field, and another in the same State, are being equipped on
this system, and favourable results, as regards economy in
first cost and working, are confidently expected. The direct
current system, hitherto so largely used in such work, has
its limitations, in voltage, speed control, etc., and by the
alternating current, transforming properties can be brought
into use, while the further adoption of the single phase
working reduces the first cost, by its requirement of only
one conducting wire.

I spoke of the necessity of wonder, for the man of science.
One of the most beautiful things in nature is the wondering
and wistful look, in the eyes of a child, gazing at the strange
things in the glorious world into which it has been brought.
By continual questioning, it gradually acquires knowledge
of the outward semblances of the earth and sky, the trees
and flowers, and their uses to him. To the true scientist,
must be given this reverent wonderment, this constant
enquiry, in fact, the spirit of a little child, if he is to coax
from the great powers of nature, their inmost secrets, and
use them, by the aid of his fellow worker the engineer, for

the happiness, the well being, and the comfort of his
fellow man.

20 C. oO. BURGE.

Roll of Members.—The nnmber. of members on the Roll
on the 30th April, 1904 was 347. During the past year 19
members were elected; the deaths numbered 6, resigna-
tions 16, and 8 members were struck off the Roll for non-
payment of their subscriptions, leaving a total of 336 to
date. The following is a list of members who have died
during the year :—

Allworth, J. Witter; elected 1885.

Dean, Alexander; elected 1878.

Gipps, F. B.; elected 1876.

King, Hon. Philip Gidley ; elected 1874.
Mackenzie, Rev. P. F.; elected 1876.

Trebeck, P. N.; elected 1873. |

Financial Position.-—It is with regret we have to an-
nounce that for the first time since receiving a subsidy
from the Government of N. 8. Wales in 1877, the amount
has been reduced by one half, e.g., from £500 to £250.
This is due to the very straitened condition of the finances
of the State. The sudden withdrawal, without notice, of
this amount has necessarily placed the Society in a very
difficult position, so much so, that instead of being able to
discharge its engagements as heretofore, the Society finds
itself in the position of having to commence the new session
with outstanding accounts to the amount of £125 2s. 1d.
To carry on its work at all will necessitate the exercise
of the most rigid economy ; to cope with the difficulty will
not be easy, and inany case the efficiency of the Society’s
work will be seriously impaired.

Library.—From the Hon. Treasurer’s balance sheet it
will be seen that during the past year the sum of £54 3s. 3d.
was expended on books and periodicals; the binding
amounted to £3 19s. 6d. The large and increasing number
of periodicals that remain unbound is a matter of urgent
need, affecting the convenience of members consulting the
library and causing great waste of time to the Librarian.

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 21

When funds are available the Council intend to adopt a
cheaper style of binding than formerly and will thus
minimise the difficulty.

Hxchanges.—The number of kindred institutions at
present on the exchange list to whom copies of the Society’s
Journal and Proceedings are sent is 433. The following
publications were received last year in return:—375
volumes, 1,873 parts, 116 reports, 222 pamphlets, 2 maps,
and 1 engraving, total 2,589. This includes a complete set
of the Transactions of the American Society of Mechanical
Engineers, Vols. I. to xxiv., 1880 to 1903.

Papers read in 1904.—During the past year the Society
held nine meetings at which 15 papers were read, the
average attendance of members was 36 and of visitors 3.

Art. I.—PRESIDENTIAL AppREss. By F. B.GuTHRIE, F.I.C., F.C.S.,
Chemist, Department of Agriculture, N.S.W.; Acting Pro-
fessor of Chemistry, The University, Sydney.

Art. II.—On the absence of gum and the presence of a new diglu-
coside in the Kinos of the Eucalypts. By Henry G. Smita,
F.c.s., Assistant Curator, Technological Museum, Sydney.

Art. III.—On some Natural Grafts between Indigenous Trees. By
J. H. Maipen, F.u.s., Government Botanist and Director,
Botanic Gardens. [With Plates]

Art. IV.—Possible Relation between Sunspots and Volcanic and
Seismic Phenomena and Climate. By H. I. Jmnsen, B.Se.,
Junior Demonstrator in Chemistry and Geology, University
of Sydney. (Communicated by Prof. T. W. E. Davin, B.a.,
F.B.8., etc.)

Art. V.—On Eucalyptus Kinos, their value for Tinctures, and the
non-gelatinization of the product of certain species. By
Heyry G. Smird, F.c.s., Assistant Curator, Technological
Museum, Sydney.

Art. VI.—Notes on the Theory and Practice of Concrete-Iron Con-
structions. By F. M. Gummow, m.c.z. [With Plates]

Arr. VII.—Current Papers, No.8. By H. A. Lensaan, F.R.A.S.,
Acting Government Astronomer. [With Diagrams |

Agt, VIII.—Further Experiments on the Strength and Elasticity
of Reinforced Concrete. By W. H. WarREN, Wh. Sc, M. Inst:
C.E., M. Am. Soc. C.E., Challis Professor of Engineering.

Azr. IX.—The Flood Silt of the Hunter and Hawkesbury Rivers.
By Professor T. W. E. Davin, B.A., F.G.8., F.R.S., and Acting
Professor F. B. GurTuriz£, F.1.C., P.C.S.

22 C. O. BURGE.

ART. X.—Ethnological Notes on the Aboriginal Tribes of New
South Wales and Victoria. By R. H. Maraews, t.s., Associé —
étranger Soc. d’Anthrop. de Paris; Corres. Memb. Anthrop.
Soc., Washington, U.S.A., ete.

Art. XI.—Preliminary Observations on Radio-Activity and the
Occurrence of Radium in Australian Minerals. By D.
Mawson, B.E., Junior Demonstrator in Chemistry, and
T. H. Lasy, Acting-Demonstrator in Chemistry in the
University of Sydney.

Art. XII.—Pot Experiments to Determine the Limits of Endur-
ance of different Farm-Crops for certain Injurious Substances.

By F. B. GuruRis, F.1.c., F.c.s., and R. Heums.

Art. XIII.—The Occurrence of Isolated Augite Crystals at the top
of the Permo-Carboniferous Upper Marine Mudstones at
Gerringong, New South Wales. By H.G. Foxauu. (Com-
municated by Prof. T. W. E. Davip, B.A., F.G8., F.R.S.)

Art. XIV.—The Approximate Colorimetric Estimation of Nickel
and Cobalt in presence of one another. By R. W. CHALLINOR.
(Communicated by Acting Professor J. A. SCHOFIELD, ¥.1.C.,
F.C.S., A.R.S.M.)

ArT. XV.—Note on aj Combined Wash-Bottle and Pipette. By
J.W.HogartH. (Communicated by Acting Professor J. A.
SCHOFIELD, F.1.C., F.C.S., A.R.S.M.)

Sections.—The Engineering Section held two Sessions at

which three papers were read and discussed :—
Arr. X VI.—Tacheometer Surveying with an Ordinary Theodolite.
By THomas KENNEDY, Assoc. M. Inst. C.K,
Art. XVII.—Water Filtration. By J. M. Smatt, M. Inst, C.E,
Arr. XVIII.—Filtration of Water at the Hunter District Water
Works, West Maitland. By J. B. HENSON, Assoc, M. Inst. C.E.

Lectures.—A course of five Popular Science Lectures
was delivered during the Session 1904, which were well
attended :— |

June 23—The Distribution of Life in Australasia, by CHARLES
HEDLEY, F.L.S.

July 28—The Fabric of the Universe, by Actg. Prof. G. H. Knrpss,
F.B A.S.

September 22—The Solar System and Southern Sky, by H. A.
LENEHAN, F.R.A.S.

October 27—The Steam Engine and its Modern Rivals, by S. H.
BARRACLOUGH, B.E., M.M.E., Assoc. M. Inst. C.E,

November 24—The Nervous System in its genesis and development,
by J. FRouDE FLASHMAN, M.D.

OCCURRENCE OF CALCIUM OXALATE IN EUCALYPTUS BARKS. 23

On THE OCCURRENCE or CALCIUM OXALATE IN
THE BARKS oF THE KUCALYPTS.

By Henry G. SMITH, F.C.S., Assistant Curator,
Technological Museum, Sydney.
[With Plate I.]

[Read before the Royal Society of N. S. Wales, May 3, 1905.]

THE present inquiry is the outcome of an investigation of
four West Australian Hucalyptus barks, to determine their
value for tanning purposes. The results, which are pub-
lished in the April number of the Agricultural Journal of
that State, were from the following species :—‘‘Salmon
Gum” (Eucalyptus salmonophloia), ‘‘Gimlet’’ (EH. salubris),
“Mallet ’”’ (HE. occidentalis), ‘‘ White Gum”’ (E. redunca).

The results, particularly those from E. salmonophloia
and from H. salubris, were such that it was considered
desirable to proceed further, and it was thought that by
investigating the barks of the Mallees of New South Wales,
information might probably be obtained, not only as regards
their tanning value, but which would also help towards
elucidating some of the problems connected with these
dwarf species of Hucalyptus, and which form such a pro-
nounced feature in many parts of Australia.

The HKucalypts are, generally speaking, forest trees, and
often reach large proportions both in height and in circum-
ference, and the prevalence of these dwarf forms, which
resemble other species in their morphological characters,
is, therefore, somewhat remarkable, and the new facts
which have been brought to light during this investigation
may assist, perhaps, in their deeper study. The barks of
the following Mallees, growing in New South Wales, were

24 | HENRY G. SMITH, .

investigated for the purpose of this inquiry :—‘“‘ Grey
Mallee”’ (Eucalyptus Morrisi), ‘Water Mallee”’ (E.oleosa),
‘‘ Bull Mallee” (E. dumosa), “‘Green Mallee” (E. viridis),
‘‘Blue Mallee ” (E. polybractea), ‘‘ Mallee”’ (E. Behriana),
“Mallee ”’ (E. gravilis), “‘Mallee”’ (E. stricta). The vari-
ous stages of the bark of the tall smooth barked tree,
growing on the Blue Mountains, Hucalyptus oreades, were
also examined.

When the powdered bark of E. salmonophloia was heated
with water, white crystals separated in some quantity, of
which a considerable amount floated on the top of the
water. When boiled for some time the bark débris pre-
cipitated, and the crystals could then be removed with a
spatula. They were collected in as pure a condition as
possible, well washed and dried on a porous slab. Chemical
determination showed them to consist of calcium oxalate.
Under the microscope they were seen to be well defined
monoclinic crystals, consisting principally of stout micro-
scopic prisms. Many of the crystals were twinned, the
twinning plane being, apparently, parallel to the basal
plane, thus giving the twin a geniculate form. This form
of twinning was very apparent with some species, as for
instance, E. polybractea. The crystals polarised exceed-
ingly well in bright colours. The bark of H. salubris gave
an abundance of crystals identical in every respect with
those obtained from EH. salmonophloia, and the few crystals
from E. redunca and from E. occidentalis were also
identical. From all the barks of the New South Wales
Mallees the same characteristic monoclinic crystals were
obtained, and in form and appearance they were identical
with those from the West Australian barks, with the excep-
tions that the crystals from EH. gracilis were generally
shorter and stouter, and those from E. polybractea were
longer; in other respects they were the same. This form

OCCURRENCE OF CALCIUM OXALATE IN EUCALYPTUS BARKS. 25

of crystallised calcium oxalate seems, therefore, to be
common to the barks of the Hucalypts, but while in some
of these the calcium oxalate is present in great abundance,
in other species it occurs only in very small amount, as in
the bark of E. Morrisi, for instance. The mallees which
contain the crystals in greatest abundance, seem to be
those species which have a very thin smooth bark, or at
most a little persistent bark at the base, this is shown with
E. Behriana, EH. gracilis, and E. oleosa. It does not follow,
however, that the thin barks always contain calcium oxalate
in abundance, because the barks of H. stricta and of EH.
polybractea are both thin and smooth, and contain but a
small amount of that salt. Inthe thicker and more fibrous
barks of E. Morrisi and E. viridis (the thin barks of these
species were not determined) crystals were sparsely
distributed.

Mr. S. J. Johnston of the Technological Museum has
kindly measured crystals of various species, the mean
results being as follows :—

General type, length 0°01746 mm. breadth 0°00776 mm. |

E. gracilis 3 0°01552_—,, - 0°01164 ,,
Ditto, prisms 5 0017S ,, ni 0°00679 ,,
E. polybractea ,, 070291 __s, A 0°00582 sy,

Mr. R. T. Baker, the Curator (to whom I am indebted
for botanical assistance in preparing this paper) had already
informed me that on botanical evidence of buds, fruit,
leaves, and timber, he could distinguish no difference
between EH. salmonophloia of West Australia and £. oleosa
of this State. Through the kindness of the authorities of
West Australia, the leaves of £. salmonophloia were for-
warded to the Museum for investigation, and the oil of
this species was found to consist of the same constituents
as had previously been obtained from £. oleosa, and allow-
ing for rather more pinene in the oil of Z. salmonophloia,

26. HENRY G. SMITH.

practically no difference could be determined between the
oils of these two species, as they both consisted largely of
eucalyptol and pinene, with an entire absence of phellan-
drene. The aldehyde aromadendral was present in both
oils. The barks of the two species, however, differed con-
siderably in thickness, but as will be shown later not in
chemical constituents,’ both were identical in this respect
and the tannins were alike in both barks. But even with
this close botanical similarity and chemical agreement
between the constituents of the oils and the barks, it was
difficult to understand why a forest tree like that of #.
salmonophloia should degenerate into the stunted Mallee
growth of EH. oleosa. From the results now obtained it
may be possible, perhaps, to offer a feasible suggestion as
to the origin of this peculiarity, and there seems no reason
to suppose that this alteration into the Mallee form is an
isolated case. H. salmonophloia and E. oleosa being
apparently the same tree in different forms of growth, it is
probable that the latter is a stage in the slow and per-
manent degeneration of the larger tree. Although &. oleosa
is generally seen as a stunted shrub, yet, it often occurs
as a persistent tree, and even in New South Wales it is
often found having a height of 40 to 50 feet, with a corres-
ponding size of trunk. Mr. R. H. Cambage informs me
that in his experience, #. oleosa is found in tree form
more often than any other species of Mallee. In both £.
viridis and in £. Morrisi trees are often found which
have reached to a fair size, but the tendency to early decay
appears to be marked in HKucalyptus species which most
often take the Mallee form of growth.

It is generally accepted by physiologists that oxalic acid
is poisonous to plants as well as to animals, and in Sachs’

1 This was also the case with the thin and the thick barks of the
“ Mallet” of West Australia, E. occidentalis.

OCCURRENCE OF CALCIUM OXALATE IN EUCALYPTUS BARKS. 27

Text-book of Botany, p. 700, the following appears :—‘‘ The
importance of calcium must, therefore, be sought partly in
its serving as a vehicle for sulphuric and phosphoric acid
in the absorption of food material, and partly in its fixing
the oxalic acid which is poisonous to the plant, and renders
it harmless.’’ Dr. Sorauer says much the same in his
Physiology of Plants, Weiss’ translation, page 33.

Dr. W. Pfeffer (Physiology of Plants, Hwart’s translation
page 489) says, “‘as regards oxalic acid, its affinities,
poisonous character, feeble heat of combustion, and the
insolubility of its calcium salt are all points to be taken
into consideration.”’

Such generally accepted conclusions must throw doubt
upon the possibility of any particular species of Kucalyptus,
or in fact of any other genus, to continue to form and
dispose of such a large amount of oxalic acid without
eventually suffering degeneration both in size and in robust-
ness. In the bark of Eucalyptus gracilis, for instance, no
less than 16°667> of the entire dried bark consisted of the
particular form of calcium oxalate occurring in Kucalyptus ©
barks, and some other species have been found to contain
almost as much. If the theory advanced isa feasible one,
and obtains support by further evidence, then F. gracilis
is also the degenerate form ofa larger tree. Perhaps this
efiect is due to the formation of oxalic acid at too rapid a
rate to enable the tree to continue to use it without any
ill effect, and other conditions be favourable, in the case of
certain species, the result becomes apparent in the depo-
sition of an increased amount of calcium oxalate in their
barks, which eventually brings about this stunted form of
growth.

It may be thought that the shedding of the bark by
certain species of Eucalyptus is an effort to throw off this
accumulation of calcium oxalate, but the investigation of

28 ' HENRY G. SMITH.

the three stages of the bark of one individual tree of £.
oreades rather discounts this supposition, and suggests the
idea that under ordinary conditions the Hucalypts use up
the calcium oxalate first formed. Certainly it does not
appear to be shed with the bark, and in this respect differs
from trees which throw off with their leaves the calcium
oxalate formed. |

The following results show this clearly :—
(a) Fresh living bark 2 cm. thick; calcium oxalate=1°37?
(b) Thin ribbon bark 1 mm. thick; Bees = 0'025%
(c) Thicker dead bark at base of
trunk which was quite brown
and 3 to 6 mm. thick; ve nil
A smooth-bark tree was chosen because most of the
Mallees have a smooth bark, or at most a little persistent
bark at the base of the tree, or resemble the Boxes, and
all have the general characteristics belonging to the larger
trees of these classes. The Stringybarks do not appear to
take on the Mallee form of growth, and some of the largest
trees in Australia are species approaching this class.

That the solution from which the crystallised calcium
oxalate was formed must have contained oxalic acid in
excess, and thus be more or less poisonous, is indicated by
the symmetrically formed crystals, and these crystals, too,
belong toa form and have a constitution different from the
calcium oxalate usually found in plants. The form peculiar
to Eucalyptus barks contains one molecule of water, and
has the composition and crystalline form of the mineral
Whewellite, with which substance it is perhaps identical.

In the banana and other plants calcium oxalate occurs
in needle-like crystals or raphides. In the root of the
Turkey rhubarb, as well as in other plants, it occurs in
crystals having a conglomerate form, and these are also
found in some members of the cactus tribe, in Phytolacca

OCCURRENCE OF CALCIUM OXALATE. IN EUCALYPTUS BARKS. 29

spp., in certain alge and in other small plants. I cannot
find, however, that crystallised calcium oxalate has pre-
viously been found occurring in quantity in the bark of
plants belonging to genera which often occur as immense
trees, and in this respect, therefore, the HKucalypts are
peculiar. Crystals of carbonate of lime (crystoliths) have
been found in the epidermis of some plants, as in a few
species of Ficus, but the constituents of this salt are not
considered to be poisonous.

The presence of calcium oxalate in quantity in Hucalyptus
barks may eventually be found to have some bearing on the
formation of the particular tannin present. It has already
been determined that in those barks which contain much
calcium oxalate the tannin is decidedly superior to that
found in species in which the crystals are present only in
small amount. Some of these barks should make excellent
leather, and the amount of available tannin in some species
is considerable. The bark of the “‘Gimlet,’’ Eucalyptus
silubris, for example, gave by extraction with hot water
30°5% of total extract, and 18°6% of tannin absorbed by hide
powder; these were calculated on the air dried bark. The
tannin extracts from this class of Kucalyptus barks do not
readily decompose or even darken much when evaporated
to dryness at the temperature of boiling water, and the
manufacture of excellent tanning extracts from Hucalyptus
barks is, therefore, possible.

The amount of calcium oxalate in the bark of £. salubris
was 167, and it should be possible to profitably extract this
from the bark residue, and thus manufacture oxalic acid
very cheaply as a by-product. The oxalic acid should also
be obtained fairly pure at the first separation, because the
other salts and organic substances precipitated at the same
time in the alkaline solution, are readily dissolved by acetic
acid. Hucalyptus barks rich in calcium oxalate are easily

80 HENRY G. SMITH.

ground to a fine powder, so that extraction should be
practically complete.

The calcium oxalate.

The crystals which were removed from the surface of
the water were almost white, and in appearance an im-
palpable powder. 0°1279 gram of air dried crystals suffered
no loss when heated for two hours at 100—110° C., but
when heated to constant weight at 170—180° C., they lost
0°0149 gram, equal to 11°65; C.0,Ca+H-,0 contains 12°33%
water; on igniting and fully carbonating the residue the
calcium carbonate formed was 0°0835 gram. This shows
that only one molecule of water was present, because with
two molecules only 0°0779 gram could theoretically be
obtained, and by the method of collecting, the crystals
could not have been quite pure. No magnesia was detected.

The calcium oxalate was determined quantitatively in
4 grams of bark, ground as fine as possible. The barks
were boiled with dilute hydrochloric acid, the filtrate made
alkaline with ammonia and then acid withacetic acid. The
precipitate was determined as calcium carbonate in the
usual way. Volumetric determination with permanganate
was not satisfactory.

The percentage amounts of calcium oxalate (O.0.Ca +
H.O) in the anhydrous barks of the several species was as
follows. They are calculated from the calcium carbonate
found. It is assumed that the whole of the calcium oxalate
existed in the crystallised condition, the form and appear-
ance of which can be seen from the micro-photograph
attached, for which I am indebted to Mr. J. W. Tremain
of the Technical College.

Following are the percentages of calcium oxalate :—
Eucalyptus gracilis 16°66, £. Behriana 16°50, £. salubris,
16°00, #. oleosa, 10°64, “#. dumosa 9°80, £. salmonophloia

ae

OCCURRENCE OF CALCIUM OXALATE IN EUCALYPTUS BARKS. oi

8°34, E. occidentalis 6°82, FE. viridis 5°01, £. redunca 4°46,
E. polybractea 2°14, £. stricta 0°69, £. Morrisi 0°08.

The total amount of ash in the barks does not always.
correspond to the calcium oxalate present ; for instance in
E. salubris the total ash was 18°59%; in E. gracilis it was
only 13°98%, of which amount 11°417>represents the calcium
oxalate.

The general appearance and thickness of the several
barks tested were as follows :—

Eucalyptus gracilis—a thin, mostly smooth bark, light
in colour and not fibrous. Thickness 2 to 3 millimetres.

Eucalyptus Behriana—a very thin, smooth bark, light
in colour, easily powdered and not fibrous. Average thick-
ness 2 mm.

Eucalyptus salubris—a hard, thin, close, brittle bark,
brownish to grey externally. Thickness 2 to 5 mm., but
rarely more than 3 mm.

Eucalyptus oleosa—a somewhat thin and fibrous bark,
separating in layers and of a light brown colour. Thickness
from 3 to 5 mm.

Eucalyptus dumosa—a very thin, smooth bark, of a
brownish to grey colour, powders easily. Thickness about
2mm.

Eucalyptus salmonophloia—a thick, smooth bark, salmon
to grey externally,somewhat hard and compact, but inclined
to be fibrous, powders fairly well. Thickness from 7 mm. to
1 centimetre.

Eucalyptus occidentalis—a fairly light coloured bark
and having layers of kino in the thicker portions, powders
readily. Thickness from5 mm.tolcm. (This bark also
oceurs much thinner, 2 to 4 mm.)

Eucalyptus viridis—a bard, compact bark but interlocked
and fibrous; it was taken from a large tree. Externally

+ 30) HENRY G. SMITH.

it had the general appearance of a “‘box’’ bark, and was
somewhat dark coloured. Thickness about 1 cm.

Eucalyptus redunca—a somewhat thick bark, grey to
brown externally with a yellowish fracture. It was quite
brittle and fibrous, and not compact. Thickness from 7 mm.
to 1 cm.

Hucalyptus polybractea—a thin, smooth bark, greenish
externally, and in places coated with a brownish tissue-
like coating. The thicker portion had a layer of kino.
Thickness from 1 to 2 mm.

Kucalyptus stricta—a thin, smooth, somewhat fibrous
bark, greenish externally. Thickness from 1 to 2 mm.

Eucalyptus Morrisi—a thick, fibrous bark, of a dull
salmon colour right through, grey and scaly externally.
This specimen was from a large tree, the thin bark not
being procurable. Thickness from 1°5 cm. to 2 cm.

ON SO-CALLED GOLD-COATED TEETH IN SHEEP. $5)

On SO-CALLED GOLD-COATED TEETH In SHHEP.

By A. LIVERSIDGE, LL.D., F.R.S.,
Professor of Chemistry, University of Sydney.

[Read before ithe Royal Society of N. 8. Wales, June 7, 1905. ]

PARAGRAPHS have appeared recently in the newspapers
stating that gold coated teeth have been found in sheep ;
and within the last week I received the lower half of a
sheep’s jaw bone from Mr. Charles G. Alford, the teeth of
which are more or_less completely incrusted witha yellow
metallic looking substance, but more like iron pyrites
(marcassite) or brass than gold. The incrustation is brittle
and readily comes off in scales when even lightly scratched
with the point of a penknife.

The surface of the tooth under the scale was found to be
black, but apparentfy not decayed, for when the black
coating is scraped off, the surface of the tooth is white;
the thickness of the deposit does not apparently exceed the
gz of an inch, or less thanimm. Only one tooth was
scaled so as to destroy the specimen as little as possible.
The scale partly dissolves in dilute acid. The residue con-
sists of filmy organic matter, still possessing a metallic
sheen although white in colour instead of yellow. When
heated on platinum foil the scale blackens, partly fuses and
leaves a white residue soluble in dilute hydrochloric and
nitric acids. The residue contains phosphoric acid and
apparently consists mainly of calcium phosphate. Under
the microscope the scale is seen to be translucent and of
a pale brownish colour, and under a half-inch objective it
is seen to be made of thin layers, but there is no recognis-
able organic structure. The metallic lustre is due to the
way in which the light is reflected from the surfaces of

C—June. 7, 1905.

34 A. LIVERSIDGE.

the superimposed films. The incrustation on the teeth is
apparently a deposit of tartar, and perhaps partly due to
superficial decay of the tooth. .I. think similar coatings
on sheeps’ teeth have been recorded even in classical times,
but I cannot recall a reference. It would be interesting
to know whether this deposit on sheeps’ teeth is common
or not.

I also exhibit a calculus of a similar metallic looking
character from a sheep’s stomach, deposited in distinct
layers round a piece of twig, but of rather a darker bronze
tint than the substance on the teeth—this specimen belongs
to the Sydney Technological Museum and was kindly lent
by the Curator, Mr. R. T. Baker.

OBSERVATIONS on tTHE ILLUSTRATIONS oF THE
BANKS anp SOLANDER PLANTS.

By J. H. MAIDEN, Government Botanist and Director of
Botanic Gardens, Sydney.

[Read before the Royal Society of N. S. Wales, July 5, 1905.]

THE issue of the third and final volume of the plates con-
temporaneously prepared by Banks’ artists, is an event
which assuredly demands the most marked emphasis that
we Australians can give it. It is, to usat least, an impor-
tant historical event. New South Wales was settled 17
years later as a consequence of Cook’s voyage, and the

1 «Tllustrations of Australian plants collected in 1770 during Captain
Cook’s voyage round the world in H.M.S. “ Endeavour,” by the Right
Honorable Sir Joseph banks, Bart, K.B., P.R.s., and Dr. Daniel Solander,
-F.R.S., with determinations by James Britten, F.u.s., Senior Assistant,
Department of Botany, British Museum, Part 111.,1905.” [Parti., 1900;
Part ii., 1901].

OBSERVATIONS ON ILLUSTRATIONS, BANKS AND SOLANDER PLANTS. 35

only place (Botany Bay—called by Cook Stingray Harbour)
in modern New South Wales visited by the expedition is a
suburb of Sydney. This voyage, therefore, has special
interest for us, and it would be regrettable if the appear-
ance of this work were ignored by Australian scientific men.

Through the good offices of Mr. Britten, the Trustees of
the British Museum recently presented nearly 600 specimens
collected by Banks and Solander to the National Herbarium,
Sydney. Many of them are depicted in the work before us.

Mr. Britten’s “‘ Introduction ’”’ is very interesting. It
describes what preparations had been made by Banks for
an extensive work to be illustrated by many hundreds of
plates and how the issue of it fell through, partly because
of Solander’s death in 1782 and partly on account of Banks’
devotion to his duties as President of the Royal Society.
Then follows some description of the various MSS connected
with the voyage, including Solander’s notes on “ Plantze
Novee Hollandiz ’’ which are in two volumes (small quarto)
and are in the British Museum.

“The Australasian collections are represented by 412 sketches;
from these 362 finished drawings were prepared, of which 340
were engraved. From the copper plates of these, the plates illus-
trating this volume have been lithographed ; they represent 328
of the engravings, most of the remainder being unfinished or
imperfect representations. Three of the drawings of which no
plates exist—TZribulus Solandri, Pleiogynium Solandri, and
Myrmecodia Beccarii—being of special interest, were drawn on
stone by the late Robert Morgan, and raise the number of plants
represented to 331.”

That the copper plates of the present work should have
remained in the British Museum unpublished for nearly 130
years is a remarkable occurrence, and shows how leisurely
the progress of British science can be. While grateful for
its belated appearance it seems difficult to believe that this
most regrettable delay has been unavoidable.

36 J. H. MAIDEN.

The excellent illustrations are from contemporary copper-
plates engraved from drawings executed by (a) Frederick
Polydore Nodder, “ Botanic painter to Queen Caroline ”’
whose drawings date from 1777-1783 ; 173 drawings are
from his pencil. (b) John Cleveley’s drawings date from
1773—1775, and he is represented by 18 in the present
work. (c) James Miller’s drawings date from 1773 —1775
and there are 47 of them. (d) John Frederick Miller’s
drawings were also executed from 1773—1775 and are 61
in number.

Useful notes are given of the engravers D. Mackenzie
(“who probably did most of the work’’) and G. Sibelius.
Information is given in regard to Mackenzie’s other
botanical work. But few of the plates are marked by the
engraver’s name. The value of the work is enhanced by
the fact that it includes representations of many plants
which have not been hitherto figured, so far as I am aware.

Mr. Britten gives for each plate a Latin description of
each plant depicted (this is the work of Solander) also notes
on the localities whence the specimens were obtained, and
critical notes. We are informed that descriptions of other
plants by Solander are extant, but only those are printed
of which there are plates.

The work contains a reduction of Captain Cook’s original
chart of Kast Australian coast-line (1770), from originals
in the British Museum. This is ina North Sheet and South
Sheet. Alsoa chart of the coast-line of Hast Australia, as
determined by recent surveys to 1890 (inserted for com-
parison with Cook’s coast-line). Also a chart of New
Zealand, explored in 1769 and 1770 by Lieutenant J. Cook,
Commander of His Majesty’s Bark “* Endeavour,”’ engraved
by J. Bayly. These maps, which render reference to the
localities whence Banks and Solander collected exceedingly

OBSERVATIONS ON ILLUSTRATIONS, BANKS AND SOLANDER PLANTS. BY f

easy, are reproductions of those which were issued with
Wharton’s ‘‘ Captain Cook’s Journal ’’ (1893).

In another place’ I have given some notes on the synonymy
adopted in this work, and herewith continue these obser-

vations:

No. Name on Plate. Name in Flora Australiensis.

251 Myristica cimicifera R.Br. M. insipida, R.Br.

Bentham (and Mueller) unite M. cimicifera R.Br. and M. insipida,

R.Br. under the name M. cimicifera. Britten maintains they are dis-
tinct species, so the name M. insipida should be added to the flora by
the side of M. cimicifera.

253 Atylus anethifolius,O. Kuntze. Isopogon anethifolius, Knight

254 4, anemonifolius, O. Kuatze Be anemonifolius, Knight
256 Linkia falcata, O. Kuntze Persona falcata, R.Br.
257 Linkia levis, Cav. © Personia lanceolata, Andr. var. levis

Bentham states that Linkia levis, Cav. is syn. with P. lanceolata,
var. levis. Britten says it is identical with P. salicina, Pers. In my
opinion the illustration is clearly P. salicina, Pers. and not P. lanceo-
lata var. levis, unless they are both identical. Seefull notes by Britten,
and also by Bentham in “ Flora Australiensis.”

258 Linkia lanceolata, Britten Persoonia lanceolata, Andr.

261 Grevillea pteridifolia, Knight Grevillea chrysodendron, R.Br.

263 a parallela, Knight nF polystachya, R.Br.

264 pA glauca, Knight Pe gibbosa, R.Br.

268 Isostylis ericifolia, Britten Banksia ericifolia, Linn. f.

269 ee integrifolia, Britten as integrifolia, Linn. f.

270 es serrata, Britten w serrata, Linn. f.

271 = dentata, Britten 3 dentata, Linn. f.

272 Banksia cornucopie, O. Kuntze Pimelea cornucopie, Vahl.

273 a linifolia, O. Kuntze ae linifolia, Sm.

277 Santalum oblongatum, R.Br. Santalum lanceolatum, R.Br.

296 Omalanthus Leschenaultianus, Carumbium populifolium, Reinw.
A. Juss.

303 Hemodorum corymbosum, Vahl. Hemodorum coccineum, R.Br.
309 Chlamysporum Banksii, R.Br. Thysanotus tuberosus, R.Br. var.

312 Lomandra longifolia, Labill. Xerotes longifolia, R.Br.
313 ae multiflora, Britten » multiflora, R.Br.
314 Zs filiformis, Britten » jiliformis, R.Br.

The part includes figures of Piper Betle, Linn. and
Blephocarya involucrigera, F.v.M., which are not in the
Flora Australiensis. Figures of recently described plants

* Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1903, pp. 711-716.

38 J. H. MAIDEN.

in the present part are Petalostigma Banksii, Britten and
S. Moore, and Eugenia Banksii, Britten and 8S. Moore.

Some of the propositions of nomenclature gives us a shock.
Our familiar Banksia is to be suppressed in favour of
Isostylis. A new Banksia is to spring up from the ashes
of the almost as familiar Pimelea. Our Persoonias, in
every one’s mouth, are to give way to Linkia; our Isopo-
gons to Atylus. Thysanotus is to become Chlamysporum,
while the well-known Xerotes is to be Lomandra. But the
whole of the changes can only be understood by examina-
tion of those also proposed in Parts i. and ii.

As I write, the International Botanical Congress
(adjourned from Paris, 1900) is meeting at Vienna, and, as
the result of its deliberations, it is to be hoped that we
shall have the authority of such an influential Congress for
a settled nomenclature. When this Congress reports the
names proposed in the present work will be passed in review.

Mr. Britten throughout the work, doubtless rightly,
attributes to Banks and Solander plants for which in many
instances Solander was originally quoted. He says:

‘“‘A careful study of the various memoranda and MSS preserved
in the Department of Botany makes it clear that Banks, who had
come to be regarded as a patron of science rather than as a man
of scientific attainments, had much more botanical knowledge

than was at one time supposed.”

In conclusion, the publication of these fine folio volumes
simply whets the appetites of Australians for more. We
yearn for the publication of Solander’s and Brown’s manu-
scripts, and trust that they will not be kept back from any
considerations of nomenclature of species. Such a reason,
if advanced, seems to us inadequate in the case of priceless
historical documents of the deepest interest to Australians.
We would have liked our fathers to have had the privilege
of seeing them; shall the privilege be denied to the living

REFRACTIVE INDICES WITH OTHER DATA OF EUCALYPTUS OILS. 39

and only be bestowed on a generation yet to be born? With
all respect to the eminent specialists forming the scientific
staff of the British Museum, we feel sure that these manu-
scripts must contain observations which can only be fully
interpreted and appreciated by Australians.

THE REFRACTIVE INDICES, with oTHER DATA, oF
THE OILS or 118 SPHECIHS or HUCALYPTUS.

By Henry G. SMITH, F.c.s., Assistant Curator,
Technological Museum, Sydney.

[Read before the Royal Society of N. S. Wales, August 2, 1905. }

THIS work has been undertaken to determine whether
results of value could be obtained by the investigation of
the physical constants of eucalyptus oils in this direction.
The oils worked upon have—with a few exceptions, added
under particular species for comparison—all been distilled
at the Technological Museum, from material which was
botanically investigated by my colleague Mr. R. T. Baker,
F.L.S., before distillation. All the specimens were thus
authentic and true toname. The whole of the oil contained
in the leaves was distilled over as far as possible, and not
the more volatile constituents only, which result can be
largely accomplished by regulating the method and time
of distillation. The richer commercial oils of #. polybractea
under No. 22 have been thus obtained.

The general results, concerning most of this material,
have already been published by Mr. Baker and myself in
our work “‘Research on the Eucalypts and their Essential
Oils,’’ Sydney 1902, so that this paper may be considered

40 HENRY G. SMITH.

an addendum to that publication. Since that work was
published the oils of many other species of Hucalyptus have
been obtained, some of which were from West Australia ;
these are included here also.

In the Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria 1894,
page 195, Mr. W. Percy Wilkinson records the refractive
indices, and other data, of the oils of 18 species of Hucalyptus,
several specimens of some of the species being determined.
It is very probable, however, that afew were of doubtful
origin, as they were obtained from various sources. The
oil of £. globulus, if true to name, should hardly give so
low a refractive index as there recorded with Nos. 36
and 46, which is almost that of eucalyptol itself; nor,
should the oil be leevo-rotatory to the extent of 6°2 degrees.
Again £. pauciflora (=£. coriacea) Nos. 28 and 60, con-
tained no phellandrene. The oils of species having the leaf
venation characteristic of #. pauciflora may reasonably be
expected to contain phellandrene, and not to be dextro-
rotatory to the extent recorded for No. 28. With un-
doubted species of Eucalyptus there is a marked agree-
ment in chemical results within certain limits, not only
with their oils but with their kinos.

It was thought advisable to determine the refractive
indices, and the other necessary data, in the colder months
of the year, so as to secure the least variation in temper-
ature. During a large portion of the months of June and
July the temperature of the laboratory did not vary more
than half a degree from 16° O. either way. The specific
gravities were mostly taken at the same time as the refrac-
tive indices, but where that was not done the slight cor-
rection necessary for 16°C. was made. The solubilities in
70% alcohol were also taken when the room temperature
was at 16° C. The alcohol had a specific gravity 0°8722 at
15°5° CO. and the method adopted was to transfer 2 cc. of

REFRACTIVE INDICES WITH OTHER DATA OF EUCALYPTUS OILS. 4]

the oil to a dry test tube, using a narrow pipette, and then
to run in 2 cc. of the alcohol from a burette, graduated in
tenths, and afterwards by drops until the end was reached,
agitating between each addition. The solubilities of the
oils in alcohol are given in the previously mentioned work,
but only in + volumes. The solubility results being of
some value, this was not sufficiently delicate, so the more
soluble oils were again determined. In no instance, with
the crude oils, was solubility reached with an equal volume
of 70% alcohol. For the more insoluble oils the previously
recorded resuits were used. Although the specific refrac-
tive energy has been calculated for each sample, yet these
results do not appear to be sufiiciently distinctive, or by
themselves of any very great value, but if the solubilities
are used in conjunction with the refractive indices, very
good results are obtained. The best method appears to be
to multiply the refractive index by 10 times the solubility
result. As the solubility, diminishes the figures increase
considerably. Those Kucalyptus oils richest in eucalyptol
have the greatest solubility in 70% alcohol, and have also
the least refractive indices, consequently they stand at the
top of the list. Only in one instance—that of a highly
rectified commercial oil of #. polybractea—was a less figure
than 15 obtained. This method seems to be a good one by
which to determine the quality of a Kucalyptus oil of the
eucalyptol class, and would be fatal to sophistication. It
might, perhaps, be thought preferable to dispense with the
factor, and to use the solubility test simply as an indepen-
dent check on the refractive index. A standard partly
based on these determinations, together with a qualitative
test for eucalyptol, might be arranged, and if desired an
ester determination might also be made. That the ester
content has some influence may be assumed, because in
the first 30 of the list of eucalyptol oils, no less than 11
contained esters giving a saponification number between

42 HENRY G. SMITH.

14 and 27. In many species the ester is most probably
geranyl-acetate.

The results have been classified in groups. Those of the
first, or eucalyptol oils, are arranged according to the figure
obtained by multiplying the refractive index by ten times
the solubility; those of the other groups are in alphabetical
order. If the perfumery oils like #. Macarthuri and £. _
citriodora are omitted, then nearly all those oils which
consist principally of eucalyptol and pinene, without phel-
landrene, (with the exception of H. Risdoni and L£. amyg-
dalina) have a refractive index over 1°47; those not reach-
ing that figure are only just below. The specific gravities
of the oils in this group are, in most instances, above 0°91.
The solubility in 70% alcohol is a useful means of graduating
the members of this group. The yields of oil are, of course,
a commercial factor, and these can be obtained from the
table of yields published in the work previously mentioned,
page 273.

Those oils in which pinene predominates, and in which
the sesquiterpene is not pronounced, have alsoa refractive
index over 1°47, but only in one instance did the specific
eravity reach 0°91. The comparative insolubility of these
oils in 70% alcohol sharply separates them from those of the
first group. The phellandrene oils all have a refractive
index over 1°48, and in some instances over 1°49 or even
higher if the sesquiterpene is in excess. Those oils in
which the aldehyde aromadendral is a pronounced con-
stituent all have a refractive index over 1°48, while some
of them exceed 1°49. Aromadendral also occurs in small
quantity in many oils of the eucalyptol class, but is not
present in sufficient amount to exert much influence. The
sesquiterpene oils have, as a rule, the highest refractive
indices, exceeding 1°5 in several instances. The solubilities
in alcohol of the terpene oils appear to have little distinc-

REFRACTIVE INDICES WITH OTHER DATA OF EUCALYPTUS OILS. 43

tive importance, with the exception that with those
which are somewhat soluble in 80% alcohol, the presence
of alcohols, esters, aldehydes, or eucalyptol is indicated.

The oil of #. Risdoni is rich in eucalyptol, but contains,
when freshly distilled, a small amount of phellandrene.
The saponification number for the esters was 27. There
seems to be no just reason why the terpene phellandrene
should be objected to when occurring in Hucalyptus oils,
any more than the terpene pinene, providing the desired
amount of eucalyptol is present also. Dr. Hall of Parra-
matta has shown that the objection to phellandrene as such
is not warranted by results. It is, however, unusual to
find phellandrene present in oils rich in eucalyptol, as the
terpene is usually pinene. The other exception to the
general rule is the oil of Z. amygdalina, (not the oils from
its associated species L. radiata and £. dives). The oil of
this species has always appeared to be an abnormal one,
and is worthy of special study; it has, however, many dis-
tinctive features by wh ch it may easily be determined.

It will be noticed by referring to the original figures that
most of the oils have increased a little in specific gravity
since they were first distilled, those richest in eucalyptol
have, as a rule, increased the most, and the formation of
an insoluble deposit in those eucalyptol oils like £. globulus,
E. pendula, E. oleosa, etc., seems to be associated some-
what with this slight increase in specific gravity.

The refractive indices were taken with a Fuess refracto-
meter, true for water, and using asodium light; the results
were read to minutes of arc only. The crude oils were
used in all instances except where otherwise stated.

The refractive indices of the following constituents
occurring in the ordinary types of Hucalyptus oils are :—

Kucalyptol (Schimmel) ... ee ... 1°45961

Pinene (Wallach)... Be. re w.. 1°46553

44 HENRY G. SMITH.

Phellandrene (Wallach) ... i ... 1°488

Cymene (Bruhl) ... he sine .. 1°48465

Aromadendral ... 6 oe .. 1°5141 at 16° O.

Piperitone ... sts se ch ... 1°4893 at 16° C.

Sesquiterpene (prepared by distillation) 1°5116 at 16° C.

These constituents vary much in amount in the oils of
the several species, but it is possible to form groups such
as the eucalyptol group, the phellandrene group, etc. The
refractive index of the predominant constituent will, of
course, influence the result, but there isa marked uniformity
between the members of the several groups, agreeing
strongly with the indications suggested by the study of
the leaf venations.

Hucalyptol-pinene oils; phellandrene. usually absent.

Refractive index mostly above 1°47 and below 1°48.

Specific | Solubility

in aleohol| 10 times
Refractive| Specific voteactire (8722 at | solubility

No. Species, index gravity energy | 15°5°C.) 1] x refra
C-
My 16°C. | 48°C. "p—l | volume |tive index,
d requires
1 | E. Smithu _... .| 1:4706 "9238 °5094 1:05 15°44

Ditto, oil of ‘ suckers’ 1°4707 9151 "5144, 1°15 16°91
Ditto, com. crude 5:03] 1°4689 ‘9172 *5112 1°05 15°42

2 | E. Bridgesiana veal L°4d23 "9327 "5064 1:05 15°46
3 | ,, Risdoni nes .| 14733 9375 "5049 1:05 15:47
4 | ,, pulverulenta ...| 14686 | ‘9280 "5049 11 16°15
5 i), @ealbata 9. ..| 14705 | +9268 5077 ie 16°17
6 | ,, stricta Ass | L4711 | -9254 *5090 11 16:18
‘ict Eee Rebieceene ..| 14786 | :9346 "5067 Loh 16°21
8 | ,, oleosa* ake we| L4746 ‘9319 5093 1-1 16°22
9|.,, cordata ... ...| 1°4695 | °9265 5067 1°15 16°89
10 | ,, cinerea aa ...| 14706 9198 5116 1:15 16°91
1l |, populifolia... ...| 14709 | -9246 | -5093 | 1-15 1691
12 | ,, Cambagei* ... | 1°4720 9243 "0106 1°15 16°92
13 | ,, sideroxylon... .. | 1°4725 | +9219 "5125 1°15 16°93
14 | ,, pendula... | 14732 "9337 "5068 1°15 16°94
15 | >, bicolor ae .-.| 14784 *9266 *5109 1:15 16°94
16 | ,, Maideni .... ...| 147386 | °9253 “DVL. 1°15 16°94
17 | ,, cneorifolia* 1°4747 | *9194 5163 1:15 16°96

Ditto, F. & Co., crude 14774 | +9375 5092 11 16°25
18 | EH. maculosa ... 1°4741 | °9278 "5109 eZ 17°24
19 | ,, Morrist ... ...| 1°4698 | °9191 5106 1:2 17°63
20 | ,, squamosa* .., ...| 14692 | :9202 °5099 1:2 17°63
21 | ,, globulus... 1°4720 "9243 °5106 1:2 17°66

Do. Platypus bd. 4 yrs 1:4697 | °9153 51381 1:15 16:90

Do. do. 8 years old | 1°4738 | :9892 5044 1:15 16°95

REFRACTIVE INDICES WITH OTHER DATA OF EUCALYPTUS OILS. 45

Hucalyptol-pinene oils—continued.

No. Species.

Refractive

index
Q
n, 16° C.

Specific
gravity

Specific

energy
Np—l

ee ————

22 | E. polybractea*
Do. commer. dist. 6:04
Do, do. crude dist. 7:05
Do, same oil rectified

23 | EH. hemilampra |

24 | ,, longifolia ...

25 | ,, wntertexta ...

26 | ,, Behriana

27 | ,, Stuartiana...

28 | ,, eugenioides...

29 | ,, amygdalina

30 | ,, punctata* ..,

31 | ,, Rossit

32 | ,, resinifera ...

33 | ,, Seeana

_ 84 | ,, camphora ...

35 | ,, rostrata var. borealis

36 | ,, viminalis var. (a) ...

37 | ,, goniocalyz ...

38 | ,, ovalifolia v. inuecolata

39 | ,, salmonophloia*

40 | ,, quadrangulata

41 | ,, Bosistoana ..

42 | ,, melliodora....

43 | ,, redunca

44 | ,, conica

45 | ,, propinqua*...

46 | ,, odorata* (Faulding)

47 | ,, occidentalis* ,

48 | ,, dumosa*

49 | ,, microcorys ...

50 | ,, gracilis*

ol 2” paludosa

Pinene oils; phellandrene absent.

above 1°47 and below 1°48.

No. Species.

52 | HE. botryoides ...
53 | ,, calophylla ..,
54 | ,, dextropinea
55 | ,, diversicolor
56 | ,, levopinea ...
57 | ,, saligna

58 | ,, Wilkinsoniana

Refractive

index

p 16°C.

14787

1°4788
1°4741
1°4747
1:4769
14760
1°4774

Specific

Specific {refractive

gravity

energy
Np—

Solubility

-- |in alcohol] 10 times
refractive) (.g799 at | solubility
15°5° C.) 1] x refrac.
volume /tive index.

requires 3,
12 17°68
1:0 14°68
1°05 15°42
1°05 15°41
1:2 17°68
1:2 17°68
1:2 17°69
12 WZ
1°25 18°35
1:25 18°43
1°25 18°45
1°25 18°46
1:35 19°90
1°35 19°91
1:37 20°14
1:4, 20°62
1°4 20°64
1°45 21°33:
1:8 26°54
2°0 29°42
3°5 51°58
4°O0 58°76
5:0 73°66
6:0 88°23
6:0 88°32
6:0 88°39
8:0 118°30

Pos
122.|| <3.
isa sll 2oa
req s|fe es
ae CN Grae
mien Wks

Refractive index

None soluble in
less than 7 vol-
umes of 80 per
cent. alcohol

46 HENRY G. SMITH.

Pinene-sesquiterpene oils; phellandrene absent. Refrac-_
tive index above 1°48.

Specific
Re ractive| Specific | refractive
No. Species. ‘index gravity | energy
n, 16°C.| 18° ¢ Np—l
d
59 | EB. affinis* 1°4921 9270 53801 | None soluble in
60 | ,, apiculata 1°4934 | °912 5408 less than one
61 | ,, Baeuerlent... 1°4841 | °8890 0445 volume 80 per
62 | ,, corymbosa*... 1°4895 8867 °5520 cent. alcohol,
63], ewimia 14889 | -8999 | -5433 | the majority
64 | ,, intermedia* 1:4878 | 8838 “5519 insoluble in 10
65 | ,, lactea 1°4898 | °8794 5570 volumes 80 per
66 | ,, maculata 1°4861 °9085 "5380 cent. alcohol.

67 | ,, nova-anglica 1:4900 | 9062 5407

68 | ,, paniculata ... 1°4801 | -9096 5278

69 | ,, patentinervis 1°4948 "8784, °5633

70 | ,, rubida 1°5011 "9089 5513

71 | ,, tesselaris 1°4881 "8062 5446

72,| ,, trachyphloia* 1°4901 | °8915 5497
Oils in which aromadendral isa pronounced constituent;
phellandrene is absent. Refractive index above 1°48.
73 | E. albens 1°4836 | °9188 *5263 | With the excep-
74 | ,, hemephloia... 1°49 10 "9084 5405 tion of No. 74,
75 | 5, marginata ... ...| 14946 , °9112 5428 all are soluble
76 | ,, punctata var didyma| 1:4868 "9068 -5368 in either one or
77 | ,, rostrata 1°4896 ‘9018 *5429 two volumes of
78 | ,, saluoris 1°4841 90138 5308 80 per cent.

79 | ,, tereticornis... 1°4934 -9308 5301 alcohol. :

80 | ,, viridis 1°4828 "9027 5348

81 | ,, Woollsiana... 1°4895 *8998 5440
Phellandrene oils containing piperitone. Refractive

82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92

index above 1°48, several above 1°49.

E. coriacea

», delegatensis
>, dives

»» fraxinoides ..
>» Luehmanniana
», obliqua*

>> oreades

» priperita

» radiata

», Sieberiana ...
»» vitrea

1-4902
1:4881
1:4894
1:4908
1:4937
14934.
1:4945
1:4838
1:4863
1:4886
1:4828 |

*9120
864.5
"8883
"8762
"8846
"8944
*8935
"9221
8814
"894.7
"8967

5375
5646
*5509
*5601
5581
5528
5534
5247
"5517
5461
"5384

| Mostly insoluble
in 10 volumes
80 per cent
alcohol ; none
more __ solubl
than with on
volume 80! per
cent. alcohol.

REFRACTIVE INDICES WITH OTHER DATA OF EUCALYPTUS OILS. 47

Phellandrene oils in which the sesquiterpene is a pro-
nounced constituent. Refractive index is above
1°48 and in some instances above 1°5.

Specific
Refractive] Specific | refractive
No. Species.. index gravity energy
m, 16°C. | 18° ¢, Np—

PE MAS eet tees, dai iio Vil) RED Ww whe aus)
93 | EH. acmenoides ..| 15065 | -9266 5466 |No. 102 is the only
94 | ,, angophoroides ...| 14881 °9207 “NSO! oil less soluble
95 | ,, capitellata ... ...| 1°4828 °9176 5261 than with one
96 | ,, crebra ae ...| 14844 | -8989 5388 volume 80 per
97 | ,, Dawson ... ...| 15144 *9528 “5399 cent. alcohol; a
98 | ,, fastigata ... ...| 14873 | °8948 54.46 large number
99 | ,, Fletcheri* ... ...| 14881 “8882 5495 were insoluble

100 | ,, gomphocephala _....|_ 1°4815 8752 "5001 in ten volumes

191 | ,, hemastoma ...| 150138 ‘9196 5451 80 per cent.

102 | ,, macrorrhyncha ...|_ 14802 "9166 5239 alcohol.

103 | ,, melanophloia ...| 2£°4950 “8959 5526,

104 | ,, microtheca... ...| 14895 ‘8866 6521

-105 | ,, nigra 55 ...| 14871 °8838 “boll

106 | ,, ovalifolia ... woe| L497 “8911 "5522

107 | ,, Planchoniana ...| 14878 | -9166 "5322

108 | ,, pilularis... ...| 14961 | :8924 "5509

109 | ,, robusta ae: ...| 14801 "8899 5395

110 | ,, siderophloia : 1:°5000 "9081 "5506

111 | ,, sideroxylonv. pallens 1:4884 | -9167-| +5328

#72 | | stellutata -... of 14902 ‘8766 5589

113 | ,, viminalis ... ...| 174855 ‘9088 "53842

114 | ,, virgata “fe lool seis “9552 5363

Oils not classified; containing geraniol and its acetic
acid ester, citral, citronellal, etc.

115 | EZ. citriodora ... 1°4651 ‘8887 °5233 (Solublein1°5 vols.
Do. Mr. Ingham, Qld. 1:4678 | °8829 5298 |70% alco. at 16° C.
116 | #. Macarthuri Ags ‘9271 °5172 ~|Soluble in 1°3 vol-

Do. cont. 64°73% ester| 1°4763 | -9252 5148 jumes 70% alcohol
Do. cont. 68°8% ester | 1°4768 | ‘9287 5134

117 | E. Staigeriana ...| 14871 | °8708 °5594 |Insoluble in 6 vol-
umes 80% alcohol
118 | ,, aggregata ... 5.41 Les06Zs| “S701 ‘5218 |Insoluble in 10

vols. 80% alcohol

* Denotes the presence of a small amount of aromadendral in the oil.

48 H. A. LENEHAN.

NOTE on THE DRIFT oF S.S. “ PILBARRA.”’
By H. A. LENEHAN, F.R.A.S.
[With Diagram. |
[Read before the Royal Society of N. 8. Wales September 6, 1905. |

On March 3rd, 1905, the engineer reported to the captain
that the ship had cast one of the propeller blades. On the
4th, in Lat. 20° 10’ S., Long. 171° 38' H., the remaining
blades were lost. The boat then began to drift ina N.N.W.
direction for a couple of days, but on the 7th began to take
a course almost due W. Late at night on the 7th as the
** Pilbarra’’ was making direct for the 8.H. point of Hrro-
manga, and there seemed every probability of going ashore
at any moment, all boats were launched, and the ship
deserted to her fate. Next day the captain, when trying
to find a landing place, saw his ship some miles to the
westward of the island, and again set out to take charge.
The drift thereafter was principally to N.W., and the
‘*‘ Pilbarra ’’ was picked up by s.s. *‘ Induna”’ at 6°25 a.m.
on March 17th, and towed to port. I wish to record my
thanks to Captain W. R. Fleetwood for the loan of his log,
and also to Captain Lindeman, R.N., for placing the same
at my disposal.

Position at Noon. No. of | Condition

Date Course. | Miles of State of Seal| Wind.
Lat. S. ; Long. E. Drifted.| Weather.

1905 ° ' ° ' i

March5|19 37/171 18]... 37+ | very thick |
pe Oe ee etl e789 we 386F ditto a Bi
7 de 42 169 58 he 68+ a high S.E. str.
3;. 73:1 a9 6) 168- 43 x 75+ |mod., fine ate im
» 9118 54/168 O|N.73 W.| a1* - Lp
» L0| 18 «51/167 16/N.86 W.) 44* me moderate
» 11/18 36/166 44|N.63 W.| 34* ia
» 12/18 14/166 26|N.38 W.| 28* ve cd i
» 151.17 56 1166 60/1 N24 Wo ooie fine Be S.E. mod
» 14) 17 *40 7165 ‘SL IN. 60 W:)- 32* fine ane » light
AD.) LT 224 4 Tae aa ghia 17+ | cloudy |mod.swell|] ,, mod.

161.27 (22 | 164. Br) Hew 47+ | fine .. mod,
* From Ship’s Log. + No. of miles computed. |

REINFORCED CONCRETE. 49

REINFORCED CONORETH, Paper III.

The Adhesion of Concrete to the Steel Reinforcement. The
Experimental Determination of the Strain Curves and the
position of the Neutral Axis in a Reinforced Concrete
Beam subjected to Flexure. The form of the Stress Curves
derived from the actual Strain Curves. The Design of
Reinforced Concrete Structures. 7

By W. H. WARREN, wh. Sc., M. Inst. C.E., M. Am. Soc. C.E.,
Challis Professor of Engineering, Sydney University.

[Read before the Royal Society of N. S. Wales, September 6, 1905. ]

THE following matters will be dealt with :—

a. The adhesion of cement mortar and concrete to steel.

b. The experimental determination of the neutral axis in a
plain concrete and also ina reinforced concrete beam,
and the curves of strain for loads increasing from zero
to the load producing fracture, also the determination
of the true form of the stress curve from the actual
strain curve in a plain and in a reinforced concrete
beam.

ce. The safe working stresses and the fundamental equations
recommended for the design of reinforced concrete
structures.

a. The adhesion of cement mortar and concrete to steel.
The adhesion of cement mortar and concrete to steel
was referred to in a former paper,’ but the results obtained
are given in connection with direct tension tests in which
failure occurred by the steel bars pulling out of the heads
of the specimens. In the following experiments the adhesion

* Further Experiments on the Strength and Elasticity of Reinforced
Concrete—Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales, Sept. 7, 1904.

D—Sep.t 6, 1905.

50 W. H. WARREN. |

resistance was determined by pulling out specially prepared
bars of Bessemer steel 3? inch diameter, from prisms 12
inches long by 4 X 4 inches in cross-section, consisting of
one part of cement to three of builders’ sand, and also of
one part of cement to two parts of sand and two of stone
broken to # inch gauge.

The steel bars were prepared with parallel portions 6
inches long, abutting at the centre of the prism, and were
pulled out by means of a gradually applied load in the testing
machine. The results obtained are recorded in Table I.,
A, B, and CO.

Table I—ADHESIVE STRENGTH OF CONCRETE TO STEEL.
A. Bars with natural skin on. Hardened in air.

Surface

Composition— Age area of Total | Adhesion
Number in bars im- Load Pounds
Cement - Builders’ ,3 Nepean. Water Days bedded pounds | per sq. in.
* Sand ~° Shivers * percent. sq. in.
if Lie homie Ae mses Oe 45 11-78 | “2550 | 2165
II. Le aa eee ie 45 11°78 2600 221:0
ITI. Lhe Perales bee, ar oO 45 11°78 2175 184°5
LV. ee ey eee 45 11°78 2000 170°0
B. Bars cleaned with emery paper before embedding. Hardened in air.
ie 1: 8" 3 = 2 £25" AS 11°78 | 1400 118°0
II. L Ue Mar heh = be ab kh a5 11:78 850 72°0
III. 1 ee he i aha 44, 11°78 1820 | 154°0
TV: | edema ik Se 20) 44 11°78 1825 155°0
C. Bars cleaned with emery paper before embedding. Hardened in water.
I. 1 Bele, bode 12 45 11°78 1820 154-0
II. 1 eee eg) Ly 45 11°78 2255 191°0
ITI. 1 Ze 2 2 Mee oO 45 11°78 2410 204-0
IV. 1 2 2 : 10 45 11-78 2250 191°0

_b. The experimental determination of the neutral axis
in a plain and in a reinforced concrete beam, also
the curves of strain for loads increasing from zero
to the load producing fracture.

In deriving the equations for determining the position of
the neutral axis and the moment of resistance of a trans-
‘verse section in a reinforced concrete beam, it has been
-assumed by all authorities up to the present, that a trans-

REINFORCED CONCRETE. 51

verse plane section before flexure remains a plane section
after flexure. On this assumption the curves of stress on
each side of the neutral axis have been derived. The stress
strain curve obtained from testing plain concrete prisms
in compression under gradually applied loads, in which the
abscissee represent the strains and the ordinates the loads
producing them are of approximate parabolic form,’ and
this form is usually assumed for the curve representing the
compressive stress from the neutral axis to the extreme
fibre, where the maximum ordinate represents the intensity
of compressive stress at the extreme fibre.

In order to test the accuracy of this assumption, ten
beams were made 72 inches long, of square cross section
10 by 10 inches, one beam was of plain concrete, the others
were reinforced each with three rods, varying in diameter
from 2 of aninch tolinch. The beams were supported at
points 40 inches apart and loaded at each extremity, so
that the bending moments and corresponding stresses
between these points of support were nearly constant.
Four sets of Martens’ mirror extensometers’ were arranged
on each side of the beam to be tested, at equal distances
from the centre of the beam, and Martens’ sectors were
arranged at the top and bottom of the beam in order to
determine the strains produced by the loads applied, not
only at the extreme fibres, but at four other points in the
depth of the beam on each side. Martens’ sectors and
dials were also attached to the beam in order to determine
the end and centre deflections. The loads were applied at
the ends of the beam by means of two hydraulic presses,
and two rolled steel beams, resting upon the table of a

* Further Experiments on the Strength and Elasticity of Reinforced
Concrete.—Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales, Sept. 7, 1904.

* Apparatus for ascertaining the minute strains which occur in materials
when stressed within the elastic limit, by Prof. Warren. The theory of

the Reflecting Extensometer of Prof. Martens, by G. H. Knibbs—Proc.
Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales, July and August 1897.

52 W. H. WARREN,

special form of vertical Buckton testing machine, carry |
the knife edges upon which the concrete beam rests. |

Arrangement of Apparatus
Nos. 1 — 8, Martens’ Mirrors. Nos. 9 - 12, Sectors. Nos. 13, 14, Dials.

Tensile Stress, pounds per square inch.

REINFORCED CONCRETE. 53

The arrangement of the fourteen instruments used in
the determination of the various deformations is shown in
Fig. 1, but the number denoting each instrument was used
for convenience in tabulating the results from which the
diagrams Figs. 3 to 6 have been plotted, and has no refer-
ence to the numbers on these diagrams. Fig. 2 is a photo-
graph of the beam removed from the testing machine in
order to show more clearly the instruments attached to it.
In order to derive the stresses from the strains producing
them, recorded in the manner above described, experiments
were made, on plain concrete prisms, of the same age and
composition as the beams under consideration, subjected
to compression, and on briquettes of the same material
subjected to tension; the results obtained have been
plotted in Fig. 3, and from these curves the stress can be
determined for each inch in the depth of the beam when
the corresponding strain is known.

Fig. 3—Stress-Strain Curves from Tensile Test of Concrete Briquettes
and from Compressive Stress of Concrete Prisms (no reinforcement.)

7 2739

g12-5 pe 2490
2241

250 a 1992
Lee ee hae | 1743

1875 be 1494
1245

125 996
747

62-5 498

: 249

0 Lid Aa 0

0 | ee 3 4 5 Coots 8 oe Oey EE
Compression per inch in units of ‘0C01 inch.
Extension per inch in units of ‘00001 inch.

Compressive Stress, pounds per square inch.

54

‘OW. H. WARREN. ©

Some of the results obtained in testing the ten beams
are recorded in Table II., and in the briquettes and prisms
of the concrete used in the beams in Table ITI.

Table IIL.—TRANSVERSE TESTS OF REINFORCED CONCRETE

6 ft. by 10 in. by 10 in.

Reinforced with Bessemer steel bars, Elastic Limit =

Composition—
Number
coment : Puldar : #” Nepesn
1 LO aeiee : 2-
No bars ale ane
FL. Le eee ee 2
Three 2 inch bars
III. d eae 2 : 3
Three $ inch bars
IV. iba fg 62 : 3
Three ~ inch bars
iV ES ore : 2
Three ~ inch bars
VI. Le or ee 3
Three 1 inch bars
VIL. ieee ee : 2
Three 1 inch bars
VIII. Ll? op ws 2
Three 1 inch bars
IX. gee ieee 2
Three 1 inch bars
S46 ts Bee 2

Mhreo! 1 inch. Bare

BEAMS.
Supports 40 in. centres. Loaded at ends.
Ibs. per sq, in.
fS[—9 Mw 1 On
ago [228 (FA E| BES |pccture| BE
az Seas ase aos aT OE = a
Days| HE sols 8a 8| Sou | 45x >) go
SA sags A HES inch tons.) *~
Tons
342 | 0°01 45 45 32°6 | Fig. 4
357 | 0076; 15 16 116°0
353 | 0°099| 19 20 1450
..| 3853) 0°081| 18 19 137°75
.|357| 0146} 21 22 159°5
.| 865 | 9157 | 22 22 159°5
.|369) 0°109| 26 | 28 | 2030 | Fig. 5
.| 314| 0°074| 24 26 188°5 -)
.|820| 0:079| 26 29 210°25 ar
1319! 0-069! 24 | 27 | 195-75! _,,

Table III.—TENSILE TEST OF CONCRETE BRIQUETTES.

Composition—
Number e 4 2 Builders’ . 3/ Nepean
ement . Sand Shivers
TE, UI ee an ane 7
II. Pp ieee os

Age Cross Total | Load tbs. { Reference

in Section} Load _ j|per square to
Days | inches} pounds inch Curve
341 | 4x4) 6700 418°7 a Fig. 3a’
339 |4 x4) 6450 403°7 3

Table IV.—COMPRESSION TEST OF CONCRETE PRISMS.
Length equal 12 inches.

Composition—

; ENT,
Cement 2 iprtenes . 3 Nepean

° Shivers

Age
in
Days

340

Cross Total Load ibs. | Reference
Section} Load |per square to
inches] pounds inch Curve
6 x6] 104832 | 2912

94080 2613

337 |6 x6

REINFORCED CONCRETE. 55

Fig. 4—Distribution of Strain and equivalent Stress, over the Cross Section of a
Plain Concrete Beam as experimentally determined.

Extension on 40 Tensile Stress in
inches in inches. Ibs per sq. inch.
Si Sens S §
So oa 4oy 1S a s

S =

wn
|
oe)
a aad
g ae
< z
HE =
Oo as a!
z =
ae 2
ef a
© | }
A =)
% oe
= om
22-5 6
A pA
15°0
75
j=) S j=) js) Ye) D> Xe)
Sie) S §& ® 1
Compression on 40 Compressive Stress Extension or Compression on 40 inches
inches in inches. Ibs. per sq. inch. in Units of 0001 inches.

Fig. 4 shows the strain diagram and the stress diagram
derived from it, by means of Fig. 3, for a plain concrete
beam without reinforcement. The stress diagram showing
the distribution of stress in the depth of the beam is shown
on the right of the strain diagram.

The curves c, b, d, f, a, e, have been plotted from the
deformations obtained by the various instruments attached ‘
to the beam at the positions shown in Figs. 1 and 2, the
exact distances from the top and bottom and centre of the
beam are the same as described in the reference printed
under Fig.5. The results obtained havebeen used in drawing
the strain curves 1, 2, 3, and 4.

Bending Moment in inch tons.

56 W. H. WARREN.

Fig. 5—Curves showing the Extension (or Compression) of Fibres of a Reinforced
_ Concrete Beam. measured at several points over the depth of the beam. _

11885 |
174:0
159°5

5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
Extension or Compression on 40 inches in Units of ‘001 inches.

REFERENCE TO CURVES.

a—Extension measured 13 inch from tension face of beam

b—Extension measured 13 inch from centre of beam on tension side
c—Compression measured 1} inch from centre of beam on compression side
ad—Compression measured 13 inch from compression face of beam
e—Extension measured on tension face of beam

f—Compression measured on compression face of beam

It will be observed that the neutral axis remains in the
centre of the depth up to a bending moment of one-third
that necessary to produce fracture, and that it gradually
moves towards the compression face of the beam as the
bending moment increases, the maximum deviation being
0°8 of an inch. The strain curves 1, 2, 3, and 4, Fig. 4,
show how nearly a plane section before flexure remains a
plane section after flexure. The stress curves are more
curved on the tension than on the compression sides,
where they approximate very closely to a straight line.
The strains obtained from testing a reinforced concrete
beam are recorded in Fig. 5, which gives in each case the
mean of tests of four beams of the same material reinforced
in a similar manner; the results obtained in the four beams
were very consistent and differed very slightly from each
other. Fig. 6 shows the actual lengthening or shortening
plotted with reference to the depth of the beam in a similar
manner to that employed in the strain curves 1, 2, 3, and

Depth of Beam 10 inches.

Fig. 6—Distribution of Strain, and equivalent Stress, over the Cross Section of

REINFORCED CONCRETE. 57

4 in the plain concrete beam Fig. 4. In Fig. 6 five strain
curves are plotted for five corresponding bending moments,
and the stress curves derived from the strain curves by
means of Fig. 3 are complete on the compression side of
the neutral axis. The curves on the tension side are neces-
sarily incomplete as Fig. 3 does not furnish the data for
continuing the curves beyond the points shown, which is
the tensile strength of the plain concrete. The stress in
the steel reinforcement is determined from the extensions
measured, and the coefficient of elasticity of the steel.

Reinforced Concrete Beams as experimentally determined.

Extension on 40 in. in inches, Tensile Stress in Ibs. per sq. inch.
Metecias A & 2S 1 o/S SS So 6 2 86 yet)
o © Ste So OD Se 2 5 S Ss 5 8
SM otros o on 52) RoR So8 SS

Compressions on 40 Compressive Stress
inches in inches. in ibs. per sq. inch.

The curves 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5, in the strain diagram on the
left of Fig. 6, show that a plane section before flexure is
not a plane section after flexure, and that the deviation
from the plane is greater as the bending moment increases.
Again the neutral axis moves from the centre of the beam
towards the compression side as the bending moment

58 W. H. WARREN.

increases. The diagram shows that the neutral axis for a
bending moment of 181°25 inch tons is 1°9 inches from the
centre, and for the mean bending moment obtained, in
testing the four beams 199°4 inch tons, the neutral axis
would be nearer to the extreme fibre in compression. The
stress curves derived from the strain curves are fairly
straight for a bending moment about one-third of that pro-
ducing fracture, but they are curved for greater bending
moments, curves 4 and 5 being approximately parabolic.
Fig. 7 shows the results of testing beams III., [V., V. and

Fig. 7—Curves showing the distribution of the Compressive Stresses over the

Cross Section of a Reinforced Concrete Beam as obtained by experiment.
Compressive Stress pounds per square inch.

Se is Vey SS SS o.oo. eo te Reese
Ss SE SSS) = oS 6 © even
NX =) [o-) ite) =a N N (=) [e.6) ite) ai N
re _ — —
(ran
rs)
fad) .
£3
aS
o (2)
ce
ie
o
25
oo
24
oY )
A :
(
© . ;
1 R
+ Oo .
=
oo
og
EG
oF
25
ag
o's
=
“S20 1S = es 2 2 2 20cm.
Ye) (=) Ye) (=) Ye} =H x =) [o-) We) ~~ AN
N N re re rei ri ea s
Compressive Stress pounds per square inch.
REFERENCE.
No. III. 1 : 2 : 3 Concrete, three $ in. bars. 1 Bending Moment = 32°25 in. tons.
No: LV. den 2:3 ae >» in. bars. 2 e 3 =o By
No. V.1:2:2 a »» in. bars. 3 Se ne = 10875" ae
No. VE. 2523 - ',, 1 in, bars. 4 ; ms = 135:0 AS

Age about 360 days.

REINFORCED CONCRETE. 59

VI., but only the stress curves on the compression side of
the neutral axis are shown; they are very similar to the
stress curves on the compression side of Fig. 6. The neutral
axis moves from the centre of the depth of the beam in all
four cases, to more than 2 inches towards the extreme fibre
in compression, also the curves 1 are practically straight
lines, whereas 2, 3, and 4 are approximately parabolic.

The form of the curve of compressive stress in a reinforced
concrete beam tested to the breaking point is therefore
fairly represented by a parabolic curve, having its origin
in the neutral axis, andits maximum ordinate at the extreme
fibre in compression, and the equations given in a former
paper, express fairly well the conditions of stress in such
beams. In applying the foregoing results to the practical
design of reinforced concrete beams, we must remember
that the curve of stress on the compression side, for work-
ing stresses, is more nearly represented by a straight
line than a parabola, and that the tensile resistance of
the concrete should be neglected for the sake of safety,
more especially as it contributes very little to the moment
of resistance of the beam.

c. The safe working stresses and the fundamental
equations recommended to be used in the design of
reinforced concrete.

Pounds per
square inch

The extreme fibre stresses in concrete compression = 500
The shearing stress in concrete and the adhesion

of the concrete to the steel ... oral Be 50
The direct compression stress “ie a sia 300
The tensile stress in the steel Peni ceinent .. 16000
The compressive stress ,, gs .. 12000
The shearing stress a i ... 10000

1 Further Experiments on Reinforced Conerete—Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.
Wales, Sept. 7, 1904.

60

W. H. WARREN.

No tensile resistance must be taken for the concrete.

The ratio - = iS

Notz.—In the bottom line of this diagram for h (1-7) read h (1-4).
The fundamental equations are’:=—

CH sil
3 = FP)

£aR(2,) «0
ar =fp a ae a4
ae p? a ..(4)

To find the area ae the on Pee in a beam 10

inches wide .by 20 inches deep to carry 1000 pounds per
foot run on a span of 24 feet.

Take hu = 16 in order to allow sufficient concrete below
the steel bars, so that u =0°8.
The bending moment =A kt 864000 in. Ibs.
M _ 864000

= i Tbs.
“Dh? 4000 216 inch tbs
M 2 U-Xx oe 2°4—x att
552 = 16000 (“= ) p = 16000 (=== * ) p= 216
Take « = 0°5 as a first approximation,
then p (2°4 — x) = 0°0405
°040

ah dogs.
Let a denote the area of the steel then p= =~ = 0405

~ bh 200 19
*,.a = 4°26 square inches.

? Further Experiments in the Strength and Elasticity of Reinforced
Concrete by W. H. Warren—Proc. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales, Sept. 7, 1904.

REINFORCED CONCRETE. 61

We may use 4 bars each 14 in. x 14 in.
using this new value of p in the equation—

2 2
/ p Bs 9 om 2 H,

ay, z B, ? Ha,

we find x = 0°486

« - -20 --+,

= 16000 (24 sae )2

= 255°2
and M = 1020800 inch pounds.

M
Hence bh?

40

This result is nearly 207 greater than the bending moment
produced by the load of 1000 pounds per foot run on a span
of 24 feet. We may however, reduce the area of the steel
reinforcement thus—

= 4°22 square inches.

To find the safe load applied at the centre on a beam
10 x 10 in. when supported at points 10 feet apart: the
area of the steel reinforcement is 1°8 square inches. In

this case p = 0°018 and p? = 0000324. » = 0°85 “* =15

E,
x = (225 x 0°000324 + 25°5 x 0°018 — 0°27 = 0°45
Oo aerat Ei VEO eee
. <7 = 16000 x 0-018 je oe ) 201°60

*, M = 210600 inch pounds.

The actual bending moment which produced failure was
604800 inch pounds, so that the factor of safety is—

604800 _ »
201600

62 _ W. H. WARREN.

MOMENT OF RESISTANCE OF T SECTIONS,

Let P, = the total compressive strength in the concrete
,, P. = the compressive stress in the stem of the T -
», P.” = the compressive stress in the flange of the ,,
», P; = the tensile stress in the steel
,, S = the shearing stress in the concrete in pounds per
square inch |
a = the sectional area of the steel per inch width of the

beam
then— UO jig == IPs SIP.

fo}
Seale:

Let S, = the total shear between the rib and flange along
their plane of union
», Sv=the total vertical shear on the two planes 2-3 and 4-5

Assume that S = = and also P,"= S, = 8S, These as-
sumptions are on the safe side.

It is clear that for equal strength i in shear b should be
equal to 2d

If 1 = the span of the beam in feet

Be) U =
S=ZXbx Gxt 3081
HS Gs oi
Sv = 5 X2dx 5 x 12 = 6d81

REINFORCED CONCRETE. 63

Since the stress-strain curve is a straight line in com-
pression 6-7, and p, = the intensity of compressive stress
on the plane 3—5 we have

Cl ce(« —d)

ce x x
é anes ob 2 C
poe d __ ved
B= 5 (ep, + ec) = Fee (2% —d)
» _ bed
== 30s)== P. 2
S 3bsl = (2% —d)
s= ©
8
= 3 yer = OSE (2a d)
/_ __ 6blx
8d(2x —d)
aa... Gble ed(2a—d) __
Re Hand) Dax =; ble
a OC 3blc
— Ee = male
P= P. + rte ye Se

-.M = 72: (w—d) + Po (a—$) +P, (h-a'-2)
mages aye + 98 (20 d)’ + f.ab (h- a — a)

Example—Let h = 36 inches
b’ = 36 inches

b = 12 inches
a = 3 inches
d = 6 inches
LE,

i == Ny

E— 500

f2— 1c000
0)

ab = 7°5 square inches

64 W. H. WARREN.

x ec &,

33 — ar. 416000 seed eee
Smee oe =
12 x 500 ;,en\s , 36 X500 G5

M— S759 (8838) +

+ 16000 x 7°5 (22°47)
= 3,295,594 inch pounds.

The author wishes to thank Messrs. Gummow and Forrest
Steel Concrete Engineers, for their kindness in making the
concrete beams referred to in the tests given in this paper.
He also wishes to acknowledge the valuable assistance
rendered by Mr. A. J. Gibson, assce. mM. mst.c.z. and Mr. J.
M. OC. Corlette, B.E., in connection with the testing and
recording the results obtained.

INCLUSIONS OF BASIC PLUTONIC ROCKS AT KIAMA. 65

On THE OCCURRHNCH or INCLUSIONS or BASIC
PLUTONIC ROCKS In a DYKH NEAR KIAMA.

By ©. A. SUSSMILCH, F.G.S.
[Read before the Royal Society of N. S. Wales, September 6, 1905.]

THE inclusions (Xenoliths) referred to in this note were
obtained by Mr. H. A. Perry and myself from the Bombo
Quarries, which are situated at Bombo Point, about two
miles north of Kiama. They consist of rounded fragments
from 1 to 7 inches in diameter, embedded in a basic dyke
rock, which microscopic examination shows to be a monchi-
quite. The permo-carboniferous lava flows, in which the
Bombo quarries occur have recently been described by
Messrs. J. B. Jaquet, G. W. Card,’ and L. F. Harper, as an
orthoclase basalt, and in the same paper they also map and
describe a number of dykes of olivine basalt and monchiquite
intruding these flows at Bombo Point. The specimens con-
taining the plutonic inclusions were found near the north-
east of the quarry, as loose fragments on the quarry floor.
A careful search failed to obtain them in situ. A micro-
scopic examination of the monchiquite shows it to be
identical with that described from the dyke No. 36 on the
map accompanying the above mentioned paper, and if this
dyke continues in the direction indicated, it would cross
the quarry just about at the place where our specimens
were obtained. There is little doubt therefore that these
specimens formed part of a continuation of this dyke.

1 Geology of the Kiama-Jamberoo Districts.— Records of the Geological
Survey of N.S. Wales, Vol. vi11., part i., by John B. Jaquet, a.R.8.M., F.G.S.5.
George W. Card, a.z.s.M., F.a.s., and L. F. Harper, F.a.s.

E—Sept. 6, 1905.

66 Cc. A. SUSSMILCH.

PETROGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION OF THE INCLUSIONS.

The following plutonic rocks were found to occur (1)
hypersthene gabbro, (2) augite peridotite, (3) enstatite
peridotite (saxonite), (4) pyroxenite. These all occur in
the form of more or less rounded fragments and boulders
embedded in the monchiquite, the roundness being probably
the result of corrosion by the molten dyke rock.

I, HYPERSTHENE GABBRO.

a. Megascopic Characters.
Oolour, black and white, mottled
Fracture, rough
Crystallinity, phanerocrystalline

relative, even
absolute, medium, grainsizeabout 2mm.

Minerals visible, 1. plagioclase, 2. pyroxene.

Granularity,

b. Microscopic Characters.

{ 1. Crystallinity, holocrystalline
Texture ; 2. Fabric, allotriomorphic granular
| 3. Grainsize, 1°7 mm. |
Minerals present (in order of decreasing abundance)

a. augite
b. hypersthene

ii. Labradorite (medium variety)

i. Pyroxene \

iii. Magnetite
The combined pyroxenes predominate over the felspar.
The relative proportions of the former vary, in some slides
the hypersthene predominates over the augite, in others
the contrary is the case. The rock is remarkably fresh.

II. AUGITE PERIDOTITE.

ae Megascopic Characters.
Colour, brownish-black
Fracture, rough
Crystallinity, phanerocrystalline

INCLUSIONS OF BASIC PLUTONIC ROCKS AT KIAMA. 67

relative, uneven
Granularity, , absolute, medium to coarse, individual
| crystals up to 10 mm.

Minerals visible, i. olivine, ii. pyroxene, ili. biotite
b. Microscopie Characters.

Crystallinity, holocrystalline
Texture < Fabric, poecilitic for the most part
| Grainsize, very uneven, averages 2°3 mm.

Minerals present (in order of decreasing abundance)
i. Olivine, il. augite, iii. enstatite, iv. biotite, v.
magnetite.

The olivine occurs as more or less rounded grains from

1 to 2 mm. in diameter enclosed in the larger augite crystals;

more rarely it shows crystal outlines. The characteristic

alteration into serpentine is present, but the mineral is, on

the whole, remarkably fresh. The augite occurs as large

allotriomorphic crystal up to 10 mm. in diameter, enclosing

the olivine crystals giving the characteristic pcecilitic

structure. Enstatite is only sparingly present, as also is

the. biotite, although in one fragment the latter is fairly

abundant. The order of crystallization was 1. magnetite,
2. biotite, 3. olivine, 4. pyroxene.

IIJ. ENSTATITE PERIDOTITE.
a. Megascopic Characters.
Colour, yellow to yellowish-green
Fracture, rough

Crystallinity, phanerocrystalline
j relative, even
| absolute, medium

Minerals visible, olivine, pyroxene, picotite.

Granularity,

b. Microscopic Characters.

{ Crystallinity, holocrystalline
Texture < Fabric, allotriomorphic granular
Grainsize, average about 1°8 mm.

Minerals present (in order of decreasing abundance)
1. olivine, 2. enstatite, 3, augite, 4. picotite.

68 Cc. A. SUSSMILCH.

The olivine preponderates and in some examples the rock
consists almost entirely of this mineral. The pcecilitic
structure so characteristic of the previous rock is absent.
Augite is only sparingly present. The enstatite occurs in
allotriomorphic crystals ranging up to nearly 4 mm. in
diameter. The picotite occurs as small rounded granules
enclosed in the other minerals, but is not abundant.

IV. PYROXENITE. Consists practically of augite only with
an occasional small crystal of olivine; is phanerocrys-
talline and the fabric is allotriomorphic granular.

Besides these rocks several large isolated crystals of
augite were found, all of which have been corroded by the
enclosing rock. The largest example measured 3 inch by 2
inch by 1 inch. |

PETROGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION OF THE MONCHIQUITE.

a. Characters as seen in the hand specimen.

Colour, blue-black

Fracture, even

Cystallinity, aphanitic

Granularity, relative, even, not porphyritic
Minerals visible, none recognisable.

b. Microscopic Examination.
Crystalline, hypocrystalline
Fabric, the olivine and augite are automorphic
Mlexture the latter more or less lath-shaped and
together with the other mineral set in
a more or less isotropic base.
Grainsize, average about 0°2 mm.
Minerals present (in order of decreasing abundance)
1. augite (titaniferous), 2. olivine, 3. magnetite,
4. felspar, 5. biotite, 6. apatite and an isotropic
base. |

Mr. G. W. Card gives the following description of the
monchiquite from Dyke No. 36:—** Under the microscope

INCLUSIONS OF BASIC PLUTONIC ROCKS AT KIAMA. 69

the typical isotropic base of the monchiquites is well shown.
The olivine phenocrysts are more or less automorphic and
may be partly or entirely serpentinised. The augite is
automorphic and slightly pleochroic, some of the smaller
phenocrystalline individuals may form glomero-porphyritic
aggregates. Magnetite is abundant in small crystals,
Felspar occurs in the groundmass tosome extent. Altered
leucite is probably present. The base is abundant.” A
comparison of these two descriptions will show that the
two rocks are essentially the same.

SIMILAR OCCURRENCES.

In 1893 the presence of a ‘* Chromite-bearing Rock in
the Basalt at the Pennant Hills Quarry, near Parramatta
was pointed out by Prof. T. W. EK. David and Messrs. W. F.
Smeath and J. A. Wall, in a paper to this Society. Since
that time numerous fragments of gabbro, peridotite and
allied rocks have been obtained from this locality; the
basalt in which they are enclosed occurring in the form of
a volcanic neck. In 1902 Mr. G. W. Card’ in the Records
of the Geological Survey of N.S.W., wrote as follows :—‘‘ It
may be noted that enclosures of a basic character are by
no means uncommon in the basalts. traversing or overlying
the Hawkesbury formation. Thus boulders of gabbro occur
in this way at the Pennant Hills Quarry, Dundas, near
Sydney, and gabbro also occurs in olivine basalt from Glen
Alice, Capertee. Colourless pyroxene, resembling that of
eelogite has been detected in basalts from Mount Wilson,
Rooty Hill, Thirlmere and Long Bay near Sydney. In the
nepheline basalt from Burragorang a pyroxene containing
picotite has been noted. At Bulli a dyke coatains large
lumps of an aggregate of hornblende, olivine and picotite.

1 An Eelogite-bearing Breccia from the Bingera Diamond Field by
George W. Card, A.B.S.M., F.G.8., Records of the Geological Survey of New
South Wales, Vol. vir., part ii.

70 C. A. SUSSMILCH.

It would thus appear that masses of holocrystalline basic
rocks must exist at no great depth in this portion of
Australia.’’ Mr. Card informs me that in examining many
of the other dyke rocks he has noticed many inclusions of
foreign crystals (Xenocrysts) similar to those already quoted.

The occurrence of the fragments of gabbro and peridotite
in the dyke at Kiama points to a similar conclusion to that
arrived at by Mr. Card, and considerably extends the area
beneath which basic and ultrabasic plutonic rocks probably
exist in eastern New South Wales.

NOTE ON SOME SIMPLE MODELS FOR USE IN
THE THACHING OF HLEMENTARY
CRYSTALLOGRAPHY.

By W. G. WOOLNOUGH, D.Se., F.G.S.
(Communicated by Prof. T. W. E. DAVID, B.A., F.R.S.)

[Read before the Royal Society of N. 8. Wales, October 4, 1905. ]

In the course of nearly ten years’ experience in the teach-
ing of elementary crystallography, I have found it very
difficult to make the average student appreciate the con-
nection between the number of faces in a crystallographic
‘“‘form’’ and the elements of symmetry characteristic of
the group to which the crystal belongs. I have, therefore,
prepared .several very simple models which, I find, make
the understanding of this very important point perfectly
easy to everyone.

A plane of symmetry divides a crystal into two portions
which are to one another as an object and its reflection in

MODELS FOR USE IN TEACHING ELEMENTARY CRYSTALLOGRAPHY. 7 1

a mirror. The use of a mirror therefore explains the effect
of a plane of symmetry exactly, and the combination of
several mirrors reproduces the effect of the highest orders
of symmetry.

I have constructed models representing the symmetry
of the normal group of each of the six systems of crystals.
Those for the cubic, tetragonal, hexagonal and rhombic
systems consist of three mirrors each; that for the mono-
clinic system of a single mirror and a rotating axis; that
for the triclinic system simply of a cork.

Tke mirrors should be of the thinnest gauge of glass
obtainable, and must be cut very accurately to shape, and
very carefully assembled, or else the multiple reflections
give a distorted figure. I found it possible to get the
glass cut much more accurately if ordered in rectangular
shapes, than if triangles of given angles are specified. I
made six inches my unit of length and then the following
glasses were needed :—

5 squares, 6 inches x 6 inches (3 for rhombic, one each
for tetragonal and hexagonal).

1 square, 6 inches x 6 inches, cut across diagonally (one
part for cubic, one for tetragonal).

2 rectangles, 6 inches x 8°48 inches—6¥v2 inches—(one for
tetragonal, one for monoclinic).

1 rectangle, 6 inches x 8°48 inches, cut across diagonally,
(both parts for cubic).

1 rectangle, 6 inches x 6°93 inches—4v3—(for hexagonal).

1 rectangle, 6 inches x 3°46 inches—2v3—(one part for
hexagonal, one part wasted).

The pieces are fixed together by means of strips of paper
gummed across the edges of adjacent pieces at the back.
The figures (fig. 1) are of the nature of “‘nets’’ to indicate
the construction of the models for the first four systems.

72 W. G. WOOLNOUGH.

Fig. \. Cubic

Fig. 2. Tetragonal.

Fig. 3. Hexagonal.

Figs. 1, 2, 3, 4—Nets to show construction of the models for
cubic, tetragonal, hexagonal], and rhombic systems. The
edges indicated by dotted lines are to be joined.

A crystal face of the most general form is represented
by a triangle of cardboard of suitable size and shape. This
is placed in the solid angle between the three mirrors when
the multiple reflections will reproduce all the faces of the

MODELS FUR USE IN TEACHING ELEMENTARY CRYSTALLOGRAPHY. 73

form, forty-eight for the cubic, twenty-four for the hexa-
gonal, sixteen for the tetragonal, and eight for the rhombic.
For the rhombic model the card may take the form of any
acute angled triangle. For the tetragonal model the acute
angled triangle must have one angle less than 45 degrees,
for the hexagonal less than 30 degrees.

As it is rather difficult to cut a card which will fit into
the cubic model, I have calculated the shapes required for
some of tie principal forms. It will be noticed that in
figure 1 the mirrors are lettered H, V and 8, respectively.
The model should be placed with H horizontal and V ver-
tical. The following are suitable triangles, the edges
which are to come into contact with the mirrors being
indicated by means of similar letters:

Octahedron (111) sidesin proportion of H= v3 V=1 S=2

Cube (100) i" cr H=fV=1S= 2
Dodecahedron (110) ,, = B= 2)V=18=—73
Hexoctabedron (123) ,, » H="745 V="5708="915

Cards of the first three shapes show very instructively
the fact that the simpler forms of the system may be
regarded as limiting cases of the general form.

The models are instructive in other ways. For instance,
in the case of the cubic model, if a rod be held in the
position of a centronormal to any particular crystal face,
the multiple reflections show the positions of all the centro-
normals to all the faces of the form. It will be found that
there are seven distinct ways in which the rod may be
held corresponding with the seven types of form possible
in the group.

Thus, if the rod be laid in the dihedral angle of H and§8,
the positions of the six centronormals of the cube, coincid-
ing with the three quaternary axes of symmetry, appear.
If the rod is laid somewhere on the face H, the twenty-
four centronormals of a tetrahexahedron appear. If the

74 W. G. WOOLNOUGH.

rod is held so as not to touch any of the mirror faces, but
to project between them from the trihedral angle, the forty-
eight centronormals of a hexoctahedron appear, and so on.
Obviously the edges HS, S~-V, V-~H correspond respec-
tively with the positions of the quaternary, ternary and
binary axes of symmetry of the group.

A different procedure is adopted in the case of the
monoclinic model. Here we have a plane of symmetry at
right angles to it (and therefore also a centre of symmetry)
with a dyad axis of symmetry. Oneof the large rectangles
has a hole bored in its centre. Through this is passed an
axis, working freely in the hole, and kept normal to the
mirror by means of a cork on each side of the glass. These
corks, by their friction with the glass, keep the axis in
any position it may be placed. Two exactly similar pieces
of card of convenient size and shape are cut to represent
faces. One of these is fixed by one of its vertices to the
outer end of the axis, its opposite side supported just clear
of the mirror by means of two long pins fixed in the cork
to the card. With this card in any convenient position
the other card is fixed to the mirror by means of a paper
hinge in such a way that it exactly coincides with the
first one. A narrow “bridle’’ of paper is then fixed to the
free surface of this second card and to the mirror to keep
t in position when the other card is removed. With the
cards in coincidence the reflection in the mirror shows how
the plane of symmetry necessitates the development of
another face (fig. 1). Now lift the hinged card a little,
rotate the axis through 180 degrees and allow the hinged
card to drop into its former position (supported by the-
bridle), and the four faces of the most general form of
the normal group of the monoclinic system at once appears
in a way which appeals very forcibly to the imagination
of the pupil (fig. 6).

MODELS FOR USE IN TEACHING ELEMENTARY CRYSTALLOGRAPHY. 75

Fig. 7. Triclinic
Fig. 4. Rhombic

Fig.

Fig.

Fig. 5;

5—Model for monoclinic system showing effect of a single
plane of symmetry.

6—The same with the rotating axis turned through 180°,
showing the effect of a single plane of symmetry and an
axis of binary symmetry at right angles toit. d/—mirror
representing plane of symmetry ; A—rotating axis; /—
card to represent face of a crystal ; P—pins carrying J’;
A’, fF’, P’—+reflections of A, F, and P in M&M.

. 7—Model for triclinic system showing effect of a centre of

symmetry without any other element of symmetry. C—
cork carrying pins and representing centre of symmetry;
F—card to represent face of a crystal ; P—pins carrying F.

76 W. G. WOOLNOUGH.

The triclinic model consists simply of a spherical cork,
on opposite sides of which, supported by large pins are two
triangular cards in the positions necessitated by the centre
of symmetry, which is the sole element of symmetry of the

group.

PROVISIONAL DETERMINATION or ASTRONOMICAL
REFRACTION, FROM OBSERVATIONS MADE WITH THE
MERIDIAN CIRCLE INSTRUMENT OF THE SYDNEY
OBSERVATORY.

By C. J. MERFIELD, F.R.A.S.,
Mitglieder der Astronomischen Gesellschaft.

[Read before the Royal Society of N. S. Wales, November 1, 1905.]

CONTENTS.

. Introduction.

. Instrument.

The Observing Room.

. Meteorology.

Method of determining the Refractions.
. Observations.

. Errors of graduation of the Circle.
. Reductions of the Observations.

. Final Results.

. The Constant of Refraction.

. Conclusion.

HP OODNAMNRYNH

a

. 1. INTRODUCTION.

For some years past the meridian circle instrument of
the Sydney Observatory has been in constant use for
observing the transits and zenith distances of certain stars.
The working lists have been prepared for the purpose of
providing data for deducing the constants of reduction
for the photographic plates, taken with the astrographic
telescope. Eventually the positions of the stars, observed

DETERMINATION OF ASTRONOMICAL REFRACTION. (et

with the meridian circle, will be recorded in a catalogue
that may be used for other purposes. The value of such a
catalogue will depend largely on the final methods adopted
in discussing the data, and publishing the investigation for
the benefit of future research work in other directions.

No modern star catalogue is complete without appending
an investigation into the systematic corrections required
to reduce the observations to some acknowledged standard
or system, such as that of Newcomb, Boss, or Auwers.
An investigation of this nature is essential to define the
value of the whole work. In this connection Dr. Auwers
has perhaps done more than any other astronomer; through
his labours it is now possible to reduce the data of almost
every published star catalogue to a uniform system.

The present paper, together with another on the ‘ Lati-
tude of the Sydney Observatory,” is preliminary to the
question of preparing a star catalogue to be issued from
the Sydney Observatory.

My best thanks are due to Mr. Lenehan, F.R.A.s8., the
Acting Government Astronomer, who kindly granted per-
mission to use the meridian circle to obtain the necessary
observations. I have also to thank Mr. Raymond, F.R.A.S.,
together with Messrs. Olden and Cranney, officers of the
Observatory staff, for assistance in the observations and
reductions.

2. INSTRUMENT.

The instrument, with which the observations were taken,
is the meridian circle of the Sydney Observatory. This
instrument was constructed by Messrs. Troughton and
Simms of London, and erected in its present position, during
the year 1875, by the then Government Astronomer, Mr.
H. C. Russell, c.M.G., F.R.S.. A description of the instru-

* Retired from office 1905, February 28.

78 CG. J. MERFIELD.

ment? is given in “‘Astronomical Results, Sydney Obser-
vatory 1879-80-81.

The instrument does not conform to modern ideas of
construction, nevertheless it isa remarkably good one, and
built on a secure foundation, the instrumental corrections
remain normal during long intervals of time, in this con-
nection it has given no trouble.

3. THE OBSERVING ROOM.

The observing room for the meridian circle is situated in
the central part of the main building. The observing slit
measures only fifteen inches in width, and is provided with
shutters on the roof of the building, a door and sliding
windows are used for closing the opening in the northern
and southern walls respectively. The general arrange-
ment, originally very defective, is now much better, but
the room is too small and badly situated for the funda-
mental instrument of the Observatory.

4, METEOROLOGY.

The standard thermometer is exposed in a louvred shed
12 feet by 12 feet, with walls about 12 feet 6 inches high ;
the cover is in the form of a pyramid, the base of which
rests on the four walls, the apex being 13 feet from the
floor level. This shed is some 50 feet due south of the
meridian circle. The barometer is in the main building,
suspended on brackets attached to the southern face of the
equatorial instrument pier on the ground floor. The read-
ings of the barometer and attached thermometer were
obtained from the records of the meteorological branch of
the Observatory, as well as that of the standard ther-
mometer. The variations of these were obtained from the
self recording instruments. A thermometer was also read

2 A reproduction of a photograph of this instrument is given in the
volume noted, over the title “ Sydney Transit Instrument and Reverser.”

DETERMINATION OF ASTRONOMICAL REFRACTION. 19

at stated times during the evening’s work, the indications
showing that the observing room was generally between
three and five degrees higher in temperature than that
denoted by the external thermometer.

5. METHOD OF DETERMINING THE REFRACTIONS.

NOTATION.

2 = Apparent zenith distance.

& = Distance, in arc, from the equator, measured on a
ereat circle at right angles thereto, positive towards
the north.

@ = Latitude

vr = Refraction observed
v = Refraction calculated from tables.
The suffixes n and s refer to north and south.

If we put

and subtract equation (2) from (1) then
as Sex 0, — an =F FS ar Tr ae Ps

Put ae ae On
Y= 2,50 2.
then i
Ne a LAD ap Ne, oY
or eas (X= VE SE (ee a0.) oss. 3
In a similar manner
PT, = F(X — VY) HSE (t's — P'n).cccceeee 4

It will be noted from the above deductions, that if the
northern and southern zenith distances were the same, and
the meteorological data similar, then the refraction for
each would be the same, that is, we should have

in which case 27 = X —- Y

80 C. J. MERFIELD.

These ideal conditions could not be expected. In the
method here adopted, it is assumed that the error of the
quantity + r, * r,, deduced from the tables, can be
neglected, this assumption is very near the truth, if the
observed zenith distances of a pair of stars do not differ to
any great extent. In this respect much care was taken
in the selection of the stars to be observed, so that the
zenith distances of a pair approached equality.

In the Talcott method for the determination of latitude
the idea is to eliminate the refraction. To obtain the
refractions by the method here shown, the idea is to
eliminate the latitude from the equations.

To obtain values of r from equations (3) and (4) it is
necessary to know the correct declinations of the observed
stars, together with the sum of the zenith distances of a
pair and the difference between the amount of refraction.
The declinations of the stars adopted for this work are
those of certain fundamental ones contained in Newcomb’s
catalogue. The positions of these stars are reduced to an
absolute system and the values here used are considered
to be definitive. The sum of the zenith distances have
been obtained by observation with the meridian circle
instrument, the difference of the refractions being deduced
from a standard table. The tables here used are those
which form an Appendix to the “Greenwich Observations”’
for the year 1853. These tables are constructed from
Bessel’s Tabuloe Regiomontance; assuming that the reading
of the thermometer attached to the barometer is the same
as the external one, this assumption will seldom lead to
any sensible error. |

The method here outlined has some advantages, firstly
the complete elimination of the latitude and its variation ;
secondly the elimination of the nadir observations, since

DETERMINATION OF ASTRONOMICAL REFRACTION. 81

2’, + 2, the sum of the zenith distances is simply the
difference of the circle readings, and is therefore inde-
pendent of the zenith point; and finally the time necessary
to obtain sufficient data does not extend over a long interval;
also the simplicity of the reductions has much to commend
the method.

Tne disadvantage in this method is that the declinations
of the stars must be known. Taking fundamental stars
and a large number reduces this difficulty, which will be
almost eliminated in the final results.

Having obtained the refractions in the manner explained

in the preceding paragraphs, the correction to the constant
of the table can be deduced from the following equation *

dr = Ada — Bap... 2... 5
A= r/o.
[ao es inte) )
Be ae 2/8
Consulting an investigation by Professor Comstock,’ it will
be noted that the effect of the higher powers of 48, for the
barometric pressures here used, and involved in the factor

ae eee

ie Sin ae

b
=o =
[- = gee B

need not be taken into account. The quantities neglected
will not be sensible at zenith distances less than 80 degrees.
In these reductions no modification of the factor of the
refraction depending on the barometer need be made.

Therefore the coefficient 2 is asumed to be correct or that.
dp=o
Equation (5) reduces to the expression
dr = Ada = ~ da.

+ Chauvenet. Vol. 1., p. 672.
# Publications of the Lick Observatory, Vol. 1.

F—Sept. 6, 1905.

82 C. J. MERFIELD.

hence we have

a dr
Se og ton doe x
a Va
therefore
ad log a =" 10g tae. y

In this manner we obtain d log r which equals d log a,
hence obtaining da from equation (x) or the correction to
a of the tables.

6. OBSERVATIONS.

The following list of stars was observed between the
dates 1905 July 3 and 1905 July 25 inclusive. For most
pairs ten observations were obtained; in some cases,
especially those at large zenith distances, as many as four-
teen observations were taken. During the period of time
occupied in obtaining the data for this investigation, about
512 zenith distances and 24 determinations of the nadir
were taken, necessitating 2384 micrometer readings and
608 pointer indications. From this number only two obser-
vations of zenith distance had to be rejected.

Weights depending on the definition, and varying from
1 to 5, were assigned to each evening’s work. These were
used in the preliminary calculations and also in the discuss-
ion of the final ones obtained from the mean errors of
observation.

The evening’s work consisted in obtaining, as far as
possible, the circle readings for each star given in the list,
the nadir being taken just before and again at the con-
clusion of the observations. As stated previously, the
nadir readings were not here necessary, but were taken for
the object of deducing a value of the latitude of the merid-
ian circle instrument; the results of this determination
form the subject of ashort paper to be later communicated
to the Society.

DETERMINATION OF ASTRONOMICAL REFRACTION. 83

No times were recorded during the transits of the stars,
the whole attention being directed to bisecting the image
of the object under observation, with the horizontal wire;
the bisection was made at or near the intersection of the
centre wire of the transit system with the horizontal
thread. In a few cases this was impossible, but in no
instance was it found necessary to apply a correction for
curvature.

The positions of the stars given in the appended list are
taken from Newcomb’s “‘ Catalogue of Fundamental Stars
for 1875 to 1900, Reduced to an Absolute System,” the
numbers in the first column referring thereto. The positions
here given were reduced to the epoch 1905, adopting Pro-
fessor Newcomb’s precessions and proper motions. The
coefficients to be combined with the data of the ephemerides
to obtain the reductions to apparent places were computed
with the formule of the Nautical Aimanac. The declina-
tions of the stars between —77 degrees and the pole were
corrected for terms of the second order by the formula

5—6, = Ad, —[6°7367-—10] Sin 5, cos 6 Aa’

in which 6, is the mean and 6 the apparent declination,
Aa, Ad, being the star corrections exclusive of the second
order terms. The number within the brackets is a logarithm.

The heavy type indicates that the star transits below
the pole during the time of observation.

84

Cc. J. MERFIELD.
STAR CATALOGUE.

Proper
- 5 Motion ; ) ;
No. LS Log a Log. b Log.c
INg Til, — Sh LT 4 i ;
g92 | 14 11 37°48 |—83 13 59°38 | - 0-0136 | 9-6887,, | 9°9210 | 1:2261,,
148 | 2 20 3°33 |—69 5 29°68 |+ 0°0195 | 9:8394 | 9°8837,, | 1:2153
918 | 14 34 49°19 | —64 33 42°06 |—0°2387 9°5779, 9°8480 1:1943,,
927 |14 41 4°81 |—87 45 47-47 |-0:0651 9°7986,, 9°8822 1°1846,,
939 | 14 48 10°87 | — 82 39 29:80 |—0:0636 9°7845,, 9°8672 1°1728,
946 | 14 51 44°14) +14 49 47-91 | - 0°0109|9°7735 | 9:2728,, | 11666,
952 | 14 58 22°06 | + 40 45 54:09 | - 0:0399 | 98960 9°6674,, 1°1546,
198 | 3 1 0°34 |—88 33 10°35 |+ 0:0139 | 9:8579 9°8474,, | 1°1496
197 | 3 2 817 |—72 16 24°41 | - 0:0263 | 9:9094 9°8244,, | 11476
958 |15 5 19°44 )—48 22 36°61 | —0°0619 9°4024, 9°7128 ied
963 |15 10 1°81 |—68 19 44°53 | -0°0415 9°7202,, 9°7978 11317,
S71 lo 17 43°75 |—14 47 42°94 |+ 0:0026|9°3580 | 9:2203 1°1152,
975 | 15 20 54°10 | + 87 42 36°28 |+ 0:0814 | 9:91038 9°5925), 1:1081,,
980 | 15 23 54°74 | + 29 25 58°44 |+ 0°0783 | 9-8806 9°4905y 11011,
985 | 15 29 5°93) + 31 40 46°18 |—0:0247 | 9:8946 | 9°5070, | 1:0887,
986 | 15 30 12°64 | —14 28 22°35 |+ 0:0064| 9°:3456 | 9°1817 1:0860,,
991 | 15 34 24°93 | + 40 39 44°75 |+ 0°0483 | 99312 | 9°5878,, | 1:0754y
994 | 15 86 28°25|—19 22 15°44 |-0°1061|9:1477 | 9°2887 1:0700,,
995 | 15 87 18°88| + 19 58 33°42 | —0°0582 | 9-8358 9°2993, 1:0678y
1000 | 15 44 3967|— 3 8 23°33 |—0:0279|9:5885 | 84843 | 1:0477,
1004 | 15 46 45°97|—63 8 16°31 | - 0°4074 9°7400n 9°6901 10417,
246 | 348 42°16 | —74 31 48°81 |+ 0°1172|9°9664 | 9°7181,, | 10361
1023 |15 6 768|—78 27 25°77 |-0°0555 | 9°8890y | 9°6693 | 0°9803y
1030 |16 9 21°97|— 3 27 0:06 |—0°1440/9°5795 | 84461 0:9687,
1033 | 16 138 17°61|— 4 27 40°52 |+ 0:0869|9°5599 | 85431 | 09542,
1037 | 16 17 15°58} + 115 6°93 |+ 0:0409 | 9°6565 797635 0°9389,
1041 | 16 18 51°59)}—78 41 4°41 | -0°0820 | 9:9039y | 9°6220 | 0°9826,
1046 | 16 21 1°70)+14 15 5:96 |—0°0594)9-°8089 | 9°0130, | 0°9238,
984 | 4 24 22°92 | 80 26 12°47 |+ 0:0719 | 9:9884 | 9°6016, | 0°9097
1062 | 16 31 2°42|+ 42 37 57°38 |+ 0°0260/9°9759 | 9°4088,, | 0°8801,
293 | 433 52°53 | -83 6 18°38 |+ 0:0169 | 9:9893 | 9°5615,, | 0°8667
1069 | 16 89 38°32|}+ 389 6 9°35 | —0:0930 | 9:9680 9°3357y, 0°8379,
1080 | 16 49 30°74} + 10 19 16°97 | -0:0433 | 9-7764 | 8°7343,, 0°7831),
1083 |16 52 0°51/—53 O 53°83 |-0:0166 | 9:7015n | 9°3683 0°7679,
1086 |16 56 3:°05|— 4 4 49°67 |-0°0756|9:5615 | 8°2922 0°7420,
317 | 457 54°67 |—-75 459°40 |+ 0:0550| 0:0182 | 9°4126,, | 0°7295
1093 |17 5 2C°82|— 43 6 52°02 |-0°3059 9°5409,, 9°2080 06753,
1098 | 17 11 7:74| +2457 3:21 |—0-1582|9:9061 | 89507, | 0°6276,
1103 | 17 14 23°65 | + 37 23 26°80 |+ 9:0586)/'9:9731 9:0793,, 05980,

Log. d’

97350
9°7587,,
9°7961

'9°8105

9:8259
9:8332
9:84.64.
9°8514,,
9°8533,,
9°8593
9:8677
9:8806
9:8857
9:8904
9:8982
98998
9:9058
9-9086
9-9098
9:9194,
9:9221
9°9245,,
9°9440
9-94.73
99511
9:9548
9:9563
9-9582
99611,
9:9664
99686,
9°9727
9:9791
9-9806
9-9829
99839,
9:9875
9-9901
9:9913

ee eee

DETERMINATION OF ASTRONOMICAL REFRACTION. 85

7. ERRORS OF GRADUATION OF THE CIRCLE.

The errors of graduation of the circle, used in obtaining
the observations, have never been adequately determined.
A cursory examination of certain records found in the
Observatory books seemed to indicate that the errors
were not large, and that the circle is a fairly accurate one.
In this connection no corrections have been applied to the
observations used in this investigation. If circumstances
permit, it is intended to examine the circles of this instru- _
ment. The results may form the subject of a future com-
munication to the Society.

8. REDUCTION OF THE OBSERVATIONS.

- The first operation was to take the mean of the four
micrometer readings and apply the result to the reading of
the pointer, hence the complete circle reading denoted by
C in the tabular form prepared for the computation. The
errors of runs of the micrometers were taken several times
during the evening’s work, but these never became appreci-
able. From the values of C the quantity Y can now be
formed. The terms 0 and X being deduced from the
declinations, see equations (3) and (4). All numerical
work was checked, either by duplication or by differences
in some cases.

The calculated refractions were obtained by computation
from the tables, adopting the height of the barometer and
temperature of the air fora stated time. To correct these
quantities for the state of the air at the time of observa-
tion, a table was prepared, from which the corrections
could be easily interpolated.

The following examples give the reductions in the case
of the two stars 975 and 317. The same form was used
for all pairs without exception.

“( 4-84) % oats [TIM SotqtzURNhb rvjnqey oy 07 pottdde usis oaqyesoN »

/

€12-9F Z | 88-8P P12 Ze Le @ | 91-S3 SI-F9 26-19 19-6

@| 23 0G Z 09-1¢ Z 4 G0-68 18-2 ogo
Z19C.Lh & | 69-67 £0-2 EF-8F Z | 88-2e SI-19 G¢.19 18-6 =
@|G9-1S & GE-2S Z 08-88 SI-ZS Po
7|e9-cr Z | L6-LP 8-3 82.9F & | Sh FS €8-F9 88.09 6S-8 2
Ppl18-0S & 96-0S Z | ° 88-68 64-1 ies
; pi|Sl-9F @ | SP-8V 63-2 E8.LP Z | SL-2% GL-89 9¢.6 66-2 -
*|1L-0S 2 1P-29 Z 20-1 LG.1S 6.
zZ|00-Lh Z@ | Sb-6P SP-Z 76-6h Z% | £0-61 86 09 88-L¢ TL-9
Z|98-1S Z O8-FS Z 06-1P LI,TS Gi
A Z| OP-9F Z | 6P-8P 60-2 18-6 @ | SF-02 SP-19 GP-Lg 0-9 a
: = Z|8S-0 Z BFS Z 00.1h G0-1S Eas
a Z| 80-8h Z | 96-0 83-% 16-87 Z | 20-91 G9.FS 69.9 68. “
a G|6P-2S LE-89 89.88 41-09 5 a
= e|19-Sh @ |06-LP €6:2 Z8-9F &@ | L8-6T G8.1g L9-S¢ 9Z-S $
AS €| 1-09 @ GL4.09 @ 86-8 TP-69 Ol
: 1|29:L7 @ | 06-67 8S-Z GO-0S Z | ZP-PT 0Z-9¢ CS-PS C8. e
= T/€L-2o 1G-7¢ Z| 8L-1F 18.6% lige
1/08 9F @ | S9:8P G8.Z SE-8F Z | &6-ST 86-8¢ Za-SG $9-8 -
: T|00 TS @ 80-89 2 0.88 89.6P Ge
z|6z-6P @ | 19-TS ZE-% 9Z-0G Z | 0°-6 06-1 ZL-2S 12-8 i
Z| 86-89 & 68-FE @ OF.2P CP-6P po on
Z|ZS-Sh ZS |F6-09 Z | ZF-S O + |6S-6F Z | GS-01 SE ZHIIS9.2G 82 Z2G| G2-2G LE SFIL16-4 SG POT - fa

7198-88 3 u" ! 7 ! CPh-PS Z 7 30 O€-Zh 9g 6L ” ff .©@) 18-67 ov LE 4 ¢g Aine

W ‘ Ud / w / °

d| % Wa-x)Fel4- 4) Ee] a 0 X @ CO6T
LIE ¢e

G16 IR4S

86

DETERMINATION OF ASTRONOMICAL REFRACTION.

Star 975
ss Ole
1905. Log r, Log r- d log r
July 3 22389 2°2416 | —0°0027
» 4 | 22404 22428 | -0:0024
» 5 | 223380 2:2383 | —0:0053
uly @ 2°2359 2°2418 — 0:0059
lO 2°2308 2°2324. - 0°:0016
eZ 2°2368 2°2390 - 0:0022
» 14 2°2319 2°2393 - 0:0074:
@ 1d 2°2352 2°2425 - 0:0073
e249 2°2323 2°2366 - 0:0043
Peay 2°2312 2°2329 —0°0017
» 24 | 2°2346 22368 — 0:0022
aD 22318 2°2345 — 0:0027
dlogr = —0:0084
p= 28
«2 = 0000000385
Star 317
» 975
1905. Log rs Log r¢ d log r
July 3 2:2267 22294, —0:0027
eee | 2°2286 2°2311 - 0:0025
ao 8 2°2209 2°2263 — 0°0054
sey | 2°2245 2°2306 — 0:0061
» 10] 22192 2-2209 | —00017
cone Le 2°2254 2°2277 — 0:0023
a5) 14 2°2212 2°2287 — 0:0075
go. LS 2:2227 2°2303 — 0:0076
ae 2°2204 2°2249 - 0 0045
yee ae 2'2191 2°2208 —0°0017
» 24 2°2242 2°2264 — 0°0022
ee 2°2207 2°2236 — 0:0029
d log r = —0-0036
i) = AS)
€2 = 000000037

9, FINAL RESULTS.

2

pv

KS}

0:00000098

200
361
625
972
288
3200
3042
324
1156
288
147

pr?

0:00000162
24:2
324
625

1083
338
3042
3200
324
14.4.4
392
147

ONFENNNWAHKYDN Db

Ins

wr harmrwnrmwrerenpp |

87

The following table gives the individual results for each

pair.

The approximate zenith distances are also tabulated.

From the values of «, the weights, given in the fifth column, ;
have been computed and which are now used in all subse-

quent combinations.

The values of « are in units of the
fourth place of decimals.

88 O. J. MERFIELD.

Stars. Z dlogr | € p Stars.
a +
1004 — 1000) 29°28 |+ 0:0071 | 6:8] 1:1 || 198-1098
1004: — 1080] 29:28 |+ 0°0086 , 8:1} 0°8 ||1098- 198
1004 - 1033) 29°28 |+ 0:0083 | 7:9} 0°8
1004 — 1086) 29°28 |+ 0:0019 | 8:2| 0°7 || 294-— 980
10383 - 918] 29°40 |+ 0°0017 | 7°6| 0°8 ||) 980— 294
1033 - 1004) 29°40 |+ 0:0083 | 7°8| 0°8 || 985-— 284
1086— 918] 29°78|-—0°0025 5:4) 1:7 || 284- 985
1086 — 1004) 29°78 |+ 0:0019 | 8:1) 0°8
317-1103
1030- 918) 30:42 |+ 0-0011 | 7-1| 1:0||, 817- 9%
1030-1004] 30-42|+ 0-083 7-8| 08/1103 317
918 — 1030| 30°70 |+ 0-:0012 7-0| 1-0 c “4: |25°
918 —1033| 30°70|+ 0:0017| 7-1] 1:0 || 978- 317) 71°58 | - 0.0034) 2:0 /13°0
918 — 10001 30°70 |+ 0-0008 4-6| 0-9 || 246-1103] 71-62 | - 0:0028 | 1-0 |50°0
a5 . + . | . .
see Pa ab a cent 1069— 197| 72‘97|-0°0027| 2°7| 7-1
197 — 1069] 73°87 |- 0:0026 | 2°7| 71
1080 — 1023) 44°18|-0-0008 3°7| 3:6 :
1080 — 1041) 44:18 | 0:0022| 1-4 25-0 981— 197). 74°58) 00088) aa
| 148 —- 1062' 77:05 —0-0027' 1:0'50°0
1046— 939] 48:12 |+ 00052 1:4 |25.0
1046- 892| 48:12|-0-0018 | 3°7| 3-6
946 - 892| 48°70 |- 0-0033 | 3-0| 6:7
946 — 989| 48°70 |+ 0:0035| 2-4) 8-3
939 — 1046] 48:80 |+ 0:0051 , 1-4 |25-0
939— 946| 48 80|+ 0:0035 | 2210-0
892 -1046| 49°38 |- 00017) 3°6| 3°8
892— 946] 49°38 |—0:0032 | 2°8| 6:3

Combining the results into normals, as indicated in the
arrangement of the preceding table, we have the following
statement.

z d log r p
29°44 + 0°00372 TO
30°65 + 0°00175 8°8
34°76 + 0°00170 2°1
44°49 — 0°00196 D712
48°63 + 0°00300 88°7
08°20 — 0°00005 12°6
64°04 — 0°00245 40°2
71°43 — 0°00271 160°4
73°62 — 0°00218 25°95

DETERMINATION OF ASTRONOMICAL REFRACTION. 89

From which we obtain
d log r = —0-00182 + 50
=== NAT

10. THE CONSTANT OF REFRACTION.

The value of a, the constant of refraction used by Bessel
in forming the table of refractions, Tabulce Regiomontanee,
is a = 0°00027895 = 57°°538
This is for barometer 29°6 inches, t = t’ = 50° In the
tables used in this investigation, no information is given
with regard to any alteration of these values, so they are
here adopted.

dlog r = dr/r = —0°00132

therefore du = —0°00132a
= —0°076
and a = 57:°"462

This reduced to the condition 760 mm. pressure at 0° and
temperature 0° C. gives

a = 60°°283

w = 1:0002924

Appended will be found a lst of the most important
determinations of the constant of refraction. These values
are for the conditions B equals 760 mm. at 0° O., the external
thermometer 0° O.

a W
1. Tables Pulkowa ... 60°268 1°0002923
2. Fuess Ae ey OL fad WA: 2916
3. Greenwich 1857-65 60120 2916
4, Pulkowa 1865 ... + 60°209 2920
5. Greenwich 1877-86 607192 2920
6. Pulkowa 1885 ... 60°058 2913
7. Munich... «.. +60°104 2915

Mean values.
“& = 60°°153 wu = 1°0002918

90 C. J. MERFIELD.

The following is a short summary of the values of u
determined by laboratory experiments:

1. Mascart 1877 is es Me 10002927
2. Lorentz 1880 eh — aad 2911
3. Bénoit 1888 Bee Msi ae 2923
4, Chappuis and Riviere 1888 i 2919
5. Kayser and Runge 1898 ... an 2922

uw = 1°0002920

On examination of the normals, giving the values of
d log r, it is quite evident that these quantities vary with
the zenith distance. This would seem to denote that the
so called constant of refraction, adopted in forming the
tables, not only needs correction but also a correction for
every zenith distance.’

Now denoting by Z the zenith distance for d log r equals
nought, we may form equations of condition of the follow-
ing type,

Log a, — log «, =dlogr=[Z-—e]x
or Uy — 2 — 0 10e Pa)
in which A ZS oun
and log « is the value used in the tables. The suffixes
denote observation and calculation respectively. In this
way the following condition equations are formed after
multiplying each by the square root of the weight of the
absolute term.

27 y — 79°95 x- 0°01004 = 0

20 — 92°70 — 0°00525 = 0
15 = =6©— 52°11) —S — - 0700255 = 0
76 — 3381 + 0°01490 = 0

1 A similar conclusion has been arrived at by Mr. R. Tracy Crawford.
To his thesis on the ‘* Determination of the Constant of Refraction ”’ I am
much indebted. See Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, —
Vol. r.

DETERMINATION OF ASTRONOMICAL REFRACTION. 91

94 y— 457°1 x— 0°02820 — 0
aoe ede 111) 5-0 00018 — 0
6°3 403°5 = +: 0°01544 = 0
12°77 — 9072 + 0°03442 = 0
NO sooo ly o- 0701090 == 0
POO we omao 0102767 — 0
To make these equations more nearly homogeneous, put

yy
ics ee 7

and multiply the absolute term by 100.

Reducing by the method of least squares, the following
system will be found, and from which the values of y and
v can be determined, hence obtaining the quantities x and

Z.
915°250 y —326°688 v + 68°4315 — 0

— 326°688 y + 216°437 v — 54°7312 = 0

Remembering that the absolute term was multiplied by
100, the following result from the solution.
Log v = 8°0860357 Log y = 7°8062727
» = 0°0122 y = 0°0064
[ pvv | = 0°0011673923
m--u=8
Log p, = 1°3453805 Log p, = 0°9686940
Log r, = 7°9110368
~— + 00027 r, = + 0°0017
From equations (6) and (7) we may now find Z and x.
Li DOS = 30 ao"
x = 0°000122
Log 4, = Log a, + 0:000122 [52° 30’ 33” — ¢]

11. CONCLUSION.

During the reductions, it was very noticeable the manner
in which the observed refractions varied in accordance
with the computed ones, due to the alteration in the state
of the atmosphere. If observations of zenith distance of

92 C. J. MERFIELD.

stars are taken between limits of time, separated by some
hours, greater accuracy in the reductions, to obtain the
correct positions, can be attained, by taking fully into con-
sideration the fluctuations of the height of the barometer,
and especially the variations of the temperature indicated
by the readings of the thermometer, when computing the
refractions for a series of observations that extend over
some hours of time. Adopting the state of the atmosphere
for a mean of the times of observations does not seem
sufficient. The refraction tables in use at this Observatory
would represent the observed refractions better, if a cor-
rection’ be applied to them for the difference in the force
of gravity at Greenwich’ and Sydney represented by the
equation

A log « =0°00225 Sin (¢’—¢) Sin (¢'+ 4)
And further the refraction corrections computed from the
Pulkowa tables, with a similar correction applied, would
no doubt represent the observed refractions of the Sydney
Observatory, much better than those of Bessel.

* The theory of this correction, which is neglected in text books,
is as follows:—The corresponding heights of the barometric column
will be inversely proportional to the force of gravity, assuming
equal density of the atmosphere at two places, the latitudes of
which are ¢ and q¢’, that is

p:p ::y':¢:: l-acos2¢':l-—acos2¢

from which

Log p = Log p’ + 2aM Sin (¢' - ?). a (p+).

M = 0-4343 anda = 0:002

Now the quantity pin the above | is contained as a
factor in the coefficient B of the refraction tables, so we may
therefore write, in units of the fifth decimal place,

Log B = Log B’ + 225 Sin (¢’— f) Sin (¢' + ).
Tables that give a correct value of log B, for a latitude ¢, when
used at another latitude, denoted by a will furnish a value of
log 5’, that should be corrected by the last term of the preceding
equation. For most purposes this term may be united with the
value of a of the tables, thus

A log a = 225 Sin (f —$) Sin (¢'+ ?).

2 Bessels’ table os refractions, given in the Tabule Regiomontane,
are prepared with a value of a derived from Bradley’s observations
made at Greenwich during the years 1750 and 1762.

LATITUDE OF THE SYDNEY OBSERVATORY. 93

LATITUDE oF THE SYDNEY OBSERVATORY.

By O. J. MERFIELD, F.R.A.S.,

Mitglieder der Astronomischen Gesellschaft.

[Read before the Royal Society of N. S. Wales, December 6, 1905. ]

1. Introduction.

2. Observation and Methods.

38. Details of Resuits and the final deductions.
4. Conclusion.

This forms an appendix to a paper’ on the “‘ Provisional
Determination of Astronomical Refraction, from observa-
tions made with the Meridian Circle Instrument of the
Sydney Observatory.”’

1. INTRODUCTION.

The adopted latitude of the Sydney ‘*‘ Meridian Circle

Instrument ”’ is
do = —33° 51’ 41°71

and this value has been used for many years—since 1860—
in ali reductions of observations made at the Observatory.
The above value of the latitude was determined by the
Rev. W. Scott, M.A.,” witha transit instrument, during the
month of June 1859. The method used in the investigation,
was to observe the zenith distance of a star, and after
correcting the observation for refraction, this distance was
added to or subtracted from its tabular north polar dis-
tance, according as it was north or south of the zenith; the
result diminished by 90 degrees, represented the numerical
value of the observed latitude.

1 This Journal, Vol. xxx1x., p. 76.
* The Government Astronomer for New South Wales during the years
1856-62.

94 C. J. MERFIELD.

During the years 1859-60-61,’ the observed north polar
distances of certain Nautical Almanac stars were compared
with the tabular ones. The residuals obtained were
assumed to represent corrections to the latitude adopted
in the reduction of the observations.

From the several volumes mentioned in the foregoing
paragraph, the following data have been deduced :

Year. bo No. of Observations.
(June) 1859 ~— 33° 51’ 41°10
1859 — 33 51 40°87 280
1860 — do ol 41°27 316
1861 — 33 9o1 41°61 164

If the last three values are combined, according to the
number of observations, then the result is

= eye, Bl aul 7

The same result is obtained by a combination of the four
values giving to each an equal weight.

Although the Rev. Mr. Scott, subsequent to the year
1861, adopted a value of the latitude (which is still
used) he seems to have been inclined to favour a value
numerically greater; hisown observations confirm this view.
From the date 1861 to 1904 no further investigations have
been made into this question. The appended determination
is to be considered a provisional one, for reasons to be
noted in the paper previously cited.

2. OBSERVATIONS AND METHODS.

The observations, taken for the purpose of obtaining
values of the observed refractions by the method of equal
zenith distances, are available for a determination of the

+ «Astronomical Observations made at Sydney Observatory, 1859-60-61,”
by W. Scott, m.a.

LATITUDE OF THE SYDNEY OBSERVATORY. 95

latitude, providing the position, on the circle, of the line
passing through the zenith is known. In order that the
observations, above noted, could be used for this object,
the nadir was observed each evening. Two observations
were taken, one before and another after the evening’s
work, a mean of the two was generally adopted in the reduc-
tions to find the zenith distances from the circle readings.

The fundamental equations used in these papers are

8 = $ + (2, + 1)

oe (2:5 5.)
If we put 2 to denote the zenith distance corrected for
refraction, then

$= 3 (8 + &) — 5 (@: — &)

in which 6, 6, have the same significance as previously
adopted, namely the distance from the equator measured
along a great circle at right angles thereto, positive
towards the north.

From the foregoing equation, values of the latitude were
deduced and combined in a manner to be shown. It will
be noted that the latitude obtained from this equation is
independent of the absolute value of the refractions. The
error of the difference of the computed refractions for each
zenith distance, as determined from tables, still remains,
but if the difference 2, — 2, is small, the error in this con-
nection can be neglected. The accuracy of the latitude
determined in this way depends in a large degree on the
exactness of the adopted declination of the stars observed.
In this investigation, the data have been taken from
Newcomb’s “ Catalogue of Fundamental Stars for 1875
and 1900, reduced to an Absolute System’’ and are
adopted as definitive.

96

C. J. MERFIELD.

3. DETAILS OF RESULTS AND THE FINAL DEDUCTIONS.

Stars.

971 -— 1083
986 1083
1000 918
1030 918
1033 918
1086 918
1000 1004
1030 1004:
1033 1004
1086 1004
946 892
1046 892
94.6 939
1046 939
975 246
1103 246
975 317
1103 317
952 197
991 OT,
1069 197
994 958
1037 963
1080 1023
1080 1041
1098 198
985 284
980 294
1062 148

The weights have been computed from the mean errors of observation in the

usual manner.

Lo

2°73
2:37
0:86
0°63
0-80
0:99
1:46
1:30
1°40
1°35
1-45
1°10
2°32
1:95
219
1:52
2-11
1°49
213
1°67
2°10
1:16
1-69
2°52,
227
1:42
249
2:33
177

4)

ey LS) le tee ISS
NEB OOMDHONEN

— = 33° 51’ 40° + x

PX

4°641
7110
1°720
0°882
1'360
2°673
3°942
3°120
4060
9°180
5°365
3°300
7888

17°355

7665
3°648
7385
5°960
3°408
5SS1lL
4620
5'916
8°788
4°536
4086
4°118
4980
5°592
3°009

YV=%-2

+ 1°04.
+ 9:68
— 0°83
~ 1-06
— 089
~ 0-70
— 0°23
— 0°39
~ 0:29
— 0°34
~ 0°24.
~ 0°59
+ 0:63
+ 0:26
+ 0:50
~ 017
+ 0°42
~ 0-20
+ 0°44
~ 0:02
+ 0-41
~ 0°58

0-00
+ 0°83
+ 0:58
— 0:27
+ 0:80
+ 0°64.
+ 0:08

p. v.?

1:839
1287
1378
1578
1347
1:323
0°143
0°365
0-244.
0-786
0-213
1-044,
1349
0-602
0:875
0-069
0°617
0°160
0°310
0:01 .
0°370
1433
0:000
1:240
0°606
O211
1-280
0-983.
0-011

From the preceding table the following are obtained
[p] = 89°7

Therefore

[px] = 151°818

x% = 1°692 + 0°06
o@ = — 83° 51’ 41°"69 Epoch 1905 July 12.
To obtain the mean latitude a reduction to this quantity
is necessary.

Log: [ pv? | = 1°33766

Adopting the elements given by Chandler in the Astro-
nomical Journal, Vol. XviI., No. 406, the following variations

LATITUDE OF THE SYDNEY OBSERVATORY. 97

of the mean latitude at Sydney, have been calculated for
the period 1905 July 1 to August 2.

Greenwich. a
Mean Noon. ? Po
1905 July 1 — 0134
a = 0138
pemng 2 0-149
Sees bath ac O45
ail? — 0°147
meer — 0°149
jane 9 2267150
he OM = O51
eae — 0°151

From the above data the latitude variation, for the epoch
1905 July 12, can be found by inspection. Applying this
correction, with sign changed, to the preceding value of ¢,
we obtain the mean latitude of the Sydney Meridian
Instrument.
do = — 83° 51’ 44°55 + 0°°06
4, CONCLUSION.

From a combination of all the available data, it must be
conceded that the accepted value of the mean latitude of
the Sydney Observatory is numerically too small. The
probability is that the latitude now adopted is within one
quarter of a second of the correct value, but, until further
evidence is forthcoming, an alteration in the published
value would be unjustifiable. This adopted latitude how-
ever can only be taken as provisional, and not as a definitive
value of this important co-ordinate. <A definitive deter-
mination of the latitude of the Sydney Observatory is
worthy of due consideration. Ifit were ever decided to
undertake such work, then the observations should be made
at intervals extending over a long period of time, so that
the data could be used not only for the determination of
the mean latitude, but also for an investigation into the
variation of this co-ordinate. For this purpose the author
would advocate the construction of an instrument specially
for the object in view.

G—Dec, 6, 1905.

98 L. COHEN.

A METHOD or SEPARATING THE CLAY Anp SAND
IN CLAY SOILS, AND THOSE RICH IN ORGANIC
MATTER.

By L. CoHEN, Chemical Laboratory, Department of
Agriculture.

(Communicated by F. B. GUTHRIE, F.1.C., F.C.S.)

[Read before the Royal Society of N. S. Wales, December 6, 1905. ]

CONSIDERABLE difficulty has always been experienced in
effecting the complete separation of the clay and sand
fractions of those soils that contain above the average
either of clay or organic matter. The chief obstacle to an
exact mechanical analysis of the fine soil appears to be
that the particles of clay form themselves into aggregates,
very often having a minute vegetable fibre as a nucleus,
and these aggregates behave in the elutriator as though
they were sand grains of the same dimensions. This
property possessed by organic matter or humus of cement-
ing together the clay particles, though rendering, as a rule,
the texture of the clay soils (in situ) more open, interferes
considerably with the correct estimation of the constituent
particles of the soil.

The method of preparation of a sample of soil usually
employed in order to separate the clay by the action of a
moving current of water is as follows :—A weighed portion
is passed througha sieve which retains the stones, coarser
root fibres, and gravel, and the fine soil is boiled with water
until the clay particles are completely separated from the
sand, and the floccules broken up. In this laboratory the
sieve used allows all particles to pass through of a diameter
of 3's of an inch or less. If necessary, and this is the case

METHOD OF SEPARATING THE CLAY AND SAND IN CLAY SOILS. 99

with nearly all humus soils, heavy loams, and clays, the
soil is rubbed through by the fingers into a large basin with
the aid of water. After allowing the fine soil to settle for
half an hour, the supernatant turbid water is poured off,
the residue washed into an Hrlenmeyer flask and boiled for
half an hour or more, according to the texture of the soil.
After cooling, the contents of the flask are removed to the
elutriator. A Schultze’s elutriating vessel of conical shape
is used, 3$ inches in diameter at top and 6 inches deep,
fitted with a brass rim, holder for funnel-tube, and overflow
tube. The water is allowed to flow from a reservoir by
means of a rubber tube delivering into a thistle-head tube,
15 in. long, leading down to half an inch of the bottom of
the vessel, where it is drawn out into a small orifice. The
rubber tube is about $ inch in diameter and provided with
a screw-clamp to regulate the flow so as to keep the thistle
tube full to the head.

When the water from the overflow tube is quite limpid,
the clamp is screwed tight, the residual sand allowed to
settle, the water poured off, and the sand then washed out
into a basin and dried on the water-bath. This process
produces good results with sandy soils and light loams con-
taining up to about 30% of clay; where, however, this
amount is exceeded, as a general rule the preliminary
treatment by boiling with water alone does not yield satis-
factory figures. To remedy this, several methods have
been used in order to more completely break up the clay
floccules into their constituent particles, of which perhaps
the most efficient is that of rubbing the soilin a mortar by
means of a caoutchouc pestle with a little water.

The process is very tedious and there is a decided ten-
dency to underestimate the amount of sand present, owing
to the necessity of pouring off at intervals the clay in
suspension and adding fresh quantities of water. Schone

100 L. COHEN.

recommends boiling the soil with a one to two per cent.
solution of caustic alkali. A large quantity of clay as
well as fibre is present in the residue remaining in the
elutriator after the treatment of soils by the above methods,
especially in the case of peaty soils or those containing
from about 15° and upwards of organic matter. It seemed
then that the difficulty would be overcome and the com-
plete disintegration of the clay floccules brought about by
subjecting the soil to the action of some substance before
elutriation, which would dissolve the cellulose of which the
fibre mainly consists.

A solution of zine chloride in twice its weight of hydro-
chloric acid (407° HCl) was found to be the most convenient
solvent, the ammoniacal cupric hydrate being unsuitable
for the purpose. Thirty grams of a peaty soil from Bun-
danoon containing 22°27} of organic matter, were passed
ina dry state through a wire sieve having 50 meshes to
the inch. The fine soil was then boiled for half an hour in
a beaker with 200 cc. of the zine chloride reagent, and
after dilution the whole was washed into the elutriating
vessel. After five minutes the overflow water became
perceptibly clearer, and in three quarters of an hour was
perfectly clear. The weight of the residue on drying was
1°85 gram, equivalent to 6°17; of sand in the soil, the clay
percentage being calculated by difference.

For purposes of comparison, 30 grams of the same soil,
after being passed through the sieve, were boiled with water
for 45 min. Three hours and a half elapsed before the
overflow became quite free from turbidity, and the dried
residue was found to weigh 17°1 gram ; in other words, by
this treatment the soil is estimated to contain 57% of sand.
On examination of the two residues, that from the zinc
chloride treatment was found to consist of nothing but
clean, hard, sharp grains of sand with no perceptible

METHOD OF SEPARATING THE CLAY AND SAND IN CLAY SOILS. 101

admixture of clay. On the other hand, by the water pro-
cess the residual “‘sand’’ was almost entirely made up of
clay floccules of the dimensions of medium sand grains,
each floccule or aggregate appearing to be composed of
minute particles of decayed vegetable matter to which
adhered clay and particles of sand. The heavier sand grains
were observed to settle down rapidly after the current of
water was stopped, but the major portion of the sand was
distributed throughout the clay etc. which deposited more
slowly. In order to compare the disintegrating power on
the clay floccules, of the zinc chloride reagent, and the 2%}
alkali solution recommended by Schone’ for soils rich in
humus, 30 grams of the same soil were boiled in 250 cc. of
a two per cent. solution of caustic soda for 1 hour, the
gravel etc., having been previously removed as in the other
cases.

Great care was necessary to keep stirring before coming
to the boil, as the soil becomes very flocculent and settles
rapidly. The elutriation took 8 hours, the dried residue
weighing 6°4 gram equivalent to 21°3% of sand in the soil.
The appearance of the “‘sand’’ presented the same defects
as those observed in the water process, though in a lesser
degree. Apparently the effect of the alkaline hydrate is
beneficial to a certain extent, dissolving the hwmus which
has a binding effect on the clay particles, but exerting no
solvent, action on the vegetable fibre itself (cellulose). The
superiority is apparent therefore of a reagent that will
eliminate both these causes of adhesion of the particles.

In order to test the value of strong nitric acid in this
direction, 30 grams of the fine soil were boiled in the strong
acid for one hour. The reaction in this case is very violent
and there is great difficulty in preventing the whole from
frothing out of the vessel, great care being required,

+ Wiley Agr. Analysis, Vol. 1., page 219.

102 L. COHEN,

especially on first warming. On dilution with water,
gummy masses (cellulose nitrate) separate out, and are an
obstacle to proper manipulation. The soil treated in this
way required 3 hours to elutriate, the weight of residue
being 5°9 grams. The latter in this case was cleaner than
that produced by the alkali method, but still contained
considerable quantities of clay and organic matter. Thirty
grams of the same soil were also treated by heating with
dilute hydrochloric acid to boiling in a beaker, powdered
potassium chlorate being cautiously added, a little ata
time, as the reaction is violent and attended by the escape
of large quantities of chlorine. The boiling was continued
for half an hour, and on elutriation 4°5 gram of residue
remained, possessing the characteristics of that from the
previous experiment. The overflow water became quite
clear in 1 hour 45 minutes.

A stiff yellow clay soil from the Dorrigo Scrub, from
which by boiling with water it was impossible to obtain
reasonable figures for the sand and clay percentages, was
treated by boiling 30 grams with 150 cc. of the zinc chloride
reagent for half an hour. The elutriation in this case took
15 hours, but the residue after this time was a pure, clean,
sharp sand, the grains varying considerably in size, entirely
free from both clay and fibre, and weighing 2°8 gram,
making 9°37. Thesame soil by the pestling process yielded
1°6 gram sand, showing the very considerable loss of sand
that occurs in this method. This soil contained a rather
large amount of organic matter, viz., 15°66, though from
its appearance and physical properties, it could not be
classed as a humus soil.

_ Most of the soils from the Myall Creek Estate, recently
thrown open for settlement, presented much difficulty in
the mechanical analysis, and the most unpromising of these,
an exceedingly stiff black clay, was selected in order to

METHOD OF SEPARATING THE CLAY AND SAND IN CLAY SOILS. 103

test the effect of the zinc chloride reagent. The soil, after
pestling for some five hours, had yielded 9°27 of sand. Being
too stiff to pass through the 50 mesh sieve in a dry state,
30 grams were allowed to soak in water for 15 minutes,
and being by this time softened, were rubbed through the
sieve into a large porcelain basin. After standing for half
an hour the supernatant liquid was poured off, and the soil
washed by means of 200 cc. of the zinc chloride reagent
intoa beaker. Forty-five minutes were allowed for boiling
and the elutriation took 4 hours. The residue was ofa
whitish colour, and, observed under the microscope, was
seen to consist of both rounded and sharp perfectly clean
grains, of varying size, no fibre or clay particles being
present, and weighing 8°55 grams.

The use of a solution of zine chloride as described above
will therefore be seen to be of great service in estimating
the sand and clay in all soils with which other methods of
treatment, preliminary to elutriation, give unsatisfactory
results. Speaking generally, all heavy loams and clay soils
as well as those containing more than the average quantity
of organic matter, such as humus and peaty soils, may with
benefit be treated by boiling with a solution of zinc chloride
in twice its weight of hydrochloric acid, previous to elutri-
ation in any of the usual apparatus.

Table showing the percentage of sand obtained on elutriation of four
typical soils, after treatment with various reagents.

Percentage of Sand.
Organic ¥
Soil. matter | Boiling | Boiling | Boiling | Boiling | Boiling
| per cent. a saa th oe ao q | Pestling.
| HCl Water. | 2% Soda HNO, KIO,
Peaty soilfrom 22-7 6°17 57°0 21°3 19°7 15°0
Bundanoon
Stiffyellowclay 15-7 9°3 34°2 16°6 140 53
from Dorrigo
Scrub
Stiff black clay 8&6 28°5 9°2
from Myall
Creek
Swampy soil | 359 nt 48 2 53 70 sae
from near
Manly

104 R. H. MATHEWS.

SOCIOLOGY or SOME AUSTRALIAN TRIBES.

By R. H. MATHEWS, L.s.,
Corres. Memb. Anthrop. Soc. Washington, etc.

[Read before the Royal Society of N. S. Wales, December 6, 1905. ]

INTRODUCTORY.
“in 1894, when writing of the marriage systems of certain
Australian tribes, I said: “‘Among the social institutions
of a primitive people there is none of greater interest and ©
value to the anthropologist than the study of these social
systems.’ At different times since then I have published
a number of articles on the social and other customs of
aboriginal tribes in all parts of Australia, but there still
remains much unbroken ground in this branch of science.

Last year I reported for the first time certain subdivisions
among the Ngeumba and Kamilaroi tribes,” which had quite
escaped the observation of all previous writers. I now
report for the first time the entire absence of exogamy
among the Wongaibon, Kamilaroi, Ngeumba, Wirraidyuri,
Barkunjee and other tribes in New South Wales and Vic-
toria. Ishall also endeavour to briefly explain the regula-
tions regarding marriage among some tribes in Central
Australia. A perusal of these pages will, it is thought,
show the fallacy of the hitherto accepted belief in exogamy
among Australian tribes and abrogate all the old-school
notions respecting their sociology generally.

In any of my previous articles, whether published in this
Journal or elsewhere, in which it may be stated that an
aboriginal community comprises ‘two exogamous divisions,’

* Proc. Roy. Geog. Soc., (Queensland) x., p. 18.
* This Journal, xxxvim1., pp. 209 and 214.

SOCIOLOGY OF SOME AUSTRALIAN TRIBES. 105

the reader is requested to substitute ‘two principal
divisions.’ i |
SOCIOLOGY OF THE WOMBAIA TRIBE.

In illustrating this important subject I shall begin with
the sociology of the Wombaia tribe, which occupies a large
area on Cresswell Creek and Burnett Downs in the Northern
Territory. It will be necessary to repeat a table showing
the subdivisions of these people.’ We shall see by this table
that the eight sections of women can be classified genea-
logically into two distinct sets, which we may distinguish
as cycles, each set comprising four specific sections of
women in the column headed “‘ Wife.’’ Hach of the two
cycles reproduces its own four sections in a certain rotation
and has perpetual succession, as follows:

TABLE I.
Phratry. Husband. Wife. Son. Daughter.
Choolum Ningulum Palyarin Palyareenya
A Jamerum Palyareenya Chooralum Nooralum
Cheenum Nooralum Bungarin Bungareenya
Yacomary bBungareenya Chingulum Ningulum
Chingulum Noolum Yacomary Yacomareenya
B Bungarin Yacomareenya Cheenum Neenum
Chooralum Neenum Jamerum Neomarum
Palyarin Neomarum Choolum Noolum

I consider this the best form in which to prepare a table
of the eight section names. The four women of a cycle
are placed by themselves, and the quartette of men who
_are their normal husbands are set down opposite to them.
This is the same arrangement which I have adopted in
tables illustrating the Kamilaroi, Wongaibon, Wirraidyuri,
and other tribes. Ihave also used similar tables in describ-
ing the Yungmunni, Chingalee, Warramonga, Jarrau and
other tribes with eight divisions in their social structure
in Central and Western Australia.

1 This Journal, xxxI1., p. 75.

106 R: H. MATHEWS.

I provisionally call each of the cycles a phratry. Then
in studying the upper half or Phratry A of the above table,
we see that the women in the “‘wife’’ and “‘ daughter ”’
columns reproduce each other in a fixed order. The .
daughters belong to the same phratry or cycle as their
mothers but to a different section of it. For example,
Ningulum has a daughter Palyareenya; Palyareenya’s
daughter is Nooralum; Nooralum produces Bungareenya ;
Bungareenya is the mother of Ningulum, being the section
name with which we started, and this series is continually
repeated, no matter which name we commence with. Let
us designate this series as “‘Oycle Z.”’ If we take the
women in the “ Wife ’”’ column of Phratry B it is found that
Noolum is the mother of Yacomareenya; Yacomareenya
produces Neenum; Neenum’s daughter is Neomarum;
Neomarum has adaughter Noolum. This series also repeats
itself for ever and may be distinguished as ‘‘ Cycle Y.”’

It is evident therefore, that the women of a cycle or
phratry pass successively through each of the four sections
of which it is composed in as many generations, the same
section name reappearing in the fifth epoch. If the totems
were transmitted directly through the women, they would
also remain constantly in the same cycle, and reappear in
the same rotation as the women. Comprehensive investi-
gations respecting the descent of the totems in the Wombaia
tribe and its congeners, however show that the totems do
not follow such a law, because the women of a cycle are
not coincident with the intermarrying sections shown in
Table IT.

In Table I. the husbands, wives, sons and daughters are
given on the same line across the page. For example,
Choolum marries Ningulum, Jamerum marries Palyareenya
and so on forall the others. But extended enquiries reveal
the fact that a man of any stated section has potential

SOCIOLOGY OF SOME AUSTRALIAN TRIBES. 107

marital rights over three additional sections of women.
Choolum’s wife may be either a Ningulum as in Table I.,
or a Nooralum, ora Neenum, ora Noolum. That is, he can
espouse a Ningulum or a Nooralum from phratry A; ora
Noolum or a Neenum from phratry B. Consequently Table
I. does not represent such a bisection of the community
into two intermarrying moieties as would constitute
exogamy. Thisat once raises the crucial question, Is there
any real exogamy in the Wombaia or kindred tribes ?

Further study of the actual intermarriages demonstrates
that the four sections of women into which Choolum can
marry are equally liable to be claimed as wives, though in
a different order, by three other sections of men, viz.:—
Cheenum, Chooralum and Chingulum. I will now submit
another table, showing a category of four sections of
women from among whom four specific sections of men
must obtain their wives in accordance with aboriginal
custom.

TABLE II.
Phratry. Husband. Wife. Progeny.
Choolum Ningulum
- Cheenum Nooralum The children of each
Chooralum Neenum individual woman
Chingulum Noolum are the same as in
Table I., quite irres-
Jamerum Palyareenya pectively of the name
B eens Bungareenya of the husband.
Bungarin Yacomareenya
Palyarin Neomarum

In consequence of any specific woman in the ‘* Wife”’
column of Table II. being eligible for marriage with any
one of four different sections of men in the ‘‘ Husband”’
column, it becomes evident that such a woman’s child’s
father might have any one of four section names, depend-
ing upon which husband she had married. Let us take
Palyarin the first name in the ‘‘Son’’ column of Table I.
as an example. If his mother, Ningulum, had married

108 R,. H. MATHEWS.

Choolum, he will be Palyarin’s direct, or “‘ First ’’ father.
If she had mated with Cheenum, he would be the alterna-
tive, or “‘Second’’ father of Palyarin. If she had taken
Chingulum as her husband, he would be the “‘ Third ’’ father.
And if Ningulum had married Chooralum, then he would
be Palyarin’s “‘Fourth’’ father. That is to say, it makes
no difference to Ningulum which of the four men she
marries—her son willbe Palyarin just thesame. We observe
that two of the four possible husbands of Ningulum come
from phratry A and two from phratry B in Table I., which
is an additional argument against exogamy.

In all cases the section name of the progeny is irrevocably
determined through the mother. If Choolum marries
Ningulum his children are Palyarin and Palyareenya; if he
takes a Nooralum they are Bungarin and Bungareenya; if
he chooses a Neenum they are Jamerum and Neomarum ;
and if he be allotted a Noolum they will be Yacomary and
Yacomareenya. See Table I., which exhibits the children
of any and every section of women.

Let us provisionally call the category or set of four
women noted under the head ‘‘ Wife’’ in the upper half of
Table Il. a phratry. Then it becomes manifest that the
men and women of the same phratry intermarry among
themselves, and consequently there is no exogamy of the
sections.’ :

Again adopting the phratries as set down in Table II.,
there could not be any regular succession of the totems,
either patriarchal or matriarchal. For example, if we
postulate that descent is reckoned through the men, and
that the eaglehawk is the totem of Choolum, who has
several brothers who all inherit the same animal from their
common father. By working out genealogies it can be

1 Tables II. and III. are introduced merely for illustration. Table L., |
shows the correct arrangement of the sections and phratries.

SOCIOLOGY OF SOME AUSTRALIAN TRIBES. 109

demonstrated that this totem would not only be liable to
be disseminated through the children of any or all the
sections in phratry A, Table II., but in a few generations
it could be similarly distributed to the children of some or
all the sections in phratry B. Therefore there could not
be any totemic partition of the tribe into two phratries or
moieties; or in other words there would be no exogamy.

Furthermore, if we assume that succession of the totems
is through the women and work out an example from Table
II., we shall discover that half the women of each phratry
would respectively confer their totems on half the women
of the other. All the totems would thus be scattered
through both the phratries,’ rendering exogamy impossible.
It appears then that whether we endeavour to trace the
totems according to the fathers or the mothers, the result
is practically the same.

The section names of the men follow a different order to
those of the women—they see-saw from father to son in
alternate generations. Thus Choolum has a son Palyarin,
and in the next generation Palyarin has a son Choolum,
and so on for all the other sections. In 19001 published a
table suggesting how descent might be counted through
the men, of which the following is a copy.

TABLR III.
Phatry. Husband. Wife. Son. Daughter.
Choolum Ningulum Palyarin Palyareenya
) Palyarin Neomarum Choolum Noolum
A
Cheenum Nooralum Bungarin Bungareenya
Bungarin Yacomareenya Chenum Neenum
Jamerum Palyareenya Chooralum Nooralum
B Chooralum Neenum Jamerum Neomarum
Yacomary Bungareenya Chingulum Ningulum
Chingulum Noolum Yacomary Yacomareenya

1 This statement applies only to Table II. If the totems descended
through the women as arranged in Table I., they would remain con-
stantly in the same cycle, similarly to the totems of the Wongaibon and
Barkunjee, reported in later pages.

oe
a
¥

110 R. H. MATHEWS.

In the table I placed Choolum, Palyarin, Cheenum and
Bungerin together, to constitute phratry A, and the
remaining four sections formed phratry B. My reason for
placing these four sections together was because they
represented fathers and sons. Choolum is the “‘ direct ”’
father of Palyarin and the “‘alternative’’ father of Bungarin.
Palyarin is the “‘direct’’ father of Choolum and the “‘alter-
native’’ father of Cheenum.

It seemed to me that if there was any possibility of the
succession of the totems being through the men, this would
be the best way of ascertaining it. But as soon as I made
the discovery that Choolum, as well as all the other sec-
tions in the table, had the further right of marrying a third
or a fourth section, (Table II.), it became apparent that
two of the potential wives of a man of any given section
would come from phratry A and the other two from phratry
B. No matter in what order these four names may be
arranged, it does not alter the fact that they cannot possibly
form an exogamous moiety of the tribe.

The foregoing pages illustrate how all the different
sections intermarry and are perpetuated. Upon this found-
ation the actual marriages of specific individuals are
regulated by a system of betrothals, which are made after
a child is born, and sometimes before that event. 'The
selection of a wife or husband is determined through the
grand-parents of the parties to the matrimonial alliance.
The following short genealogical tables will elucidate the
letterpress :

111

SOCIOLOGY OF SOME AUSTRALIAN TRIBES.

SFTM Pus OFTM IST
wIn[eV1OON ° win[ooN solliei 9 wnjooyy
vXuooredeg 5 uled[eg 6 uled[eg

OSES oe - TOYA WP

W{NSUINT wumnynsulyH ; o WNBI100YH

SFTM Pus OFTM IST
UAIN[NSUINT © © WINE NT
eXussrizsung 4 5 ULesuNng
WIN{V1OO NT &
OFM PUZ OFM 3ST
winj{oo yy ° © UIN[ R100 NT

WNIBWOIN 6 o UNIO (?

wWNUseN

‘A ATEaVL

OJEM PUG OFT M FST
winueeN 9 © UIn|NoULNy SoLlIvu O UIN[OOYY

eXuooleUlooe X 6 6 Avewtooe X 1 ured[eg
OYIBAT IST OYJ PUS
WINOON 9 WIN[OOYO o wend)

5
|

“AT WT Vil

112 R. H. MATHEWS.

It was stated in an earlier page that althougha man can
have but one actual father, yet this father’s section name
depends upon whom the man’s mother had married. A
man of any given section may therefore have four different
nominal grandfathers. And upon tracing out the genea-
logies of several families by the continued assistance of
trustworthy correspondents who have resided in that dis-
trict for years, I find that there are, so tospeak, four sorts
of men in each section—for example, there are four Choo-
lums of different lineage, whom we shall distinguish ag
Nos. 1, 2, 3, and 4.

Looking at Table IV., and in the left side of it, we see
that the father of Choolum No. 1 is Palyarin and that
Palyarin’s direct or “‘ist Father’’ is Choolum. Then
Choolum No. 1 marries his father’s direct or *‘ 1st Father’s ”’
sister’s son’s daughter Ningulum as his “1st Wife”’ already
described in Table IJ. Or he marries his father’s ‘* 1st
Father’s’’ sister’s daughter’s daughter Neenum as his
** 2nd Wife.” |

If we take Choolum No. 2, with another pedigree, still
looking at Table IV., then he espouses his father’s alter-
native or *‘ 2nd Father’s”’ sister’s son’s daughter Nooralum
as his “‘ lst Wife.’’ Or he takes his father’s ‘‘2nd Father’s”’
sister’s daughter’s daughter Noolum as his ‘‘ 2nd Wife.’’

Perusal of Table V., introduces Choolum No. 3, whose
father’s “3rd Father’’ is Chingulum, and also Choolum
No. 4, whose father’s ‘‘ 4th Father ’’ is Chooralum, but it
is expected that the table will speak for itself. It is
manifest, therefore, that whatever one of the four specific
women which a man of a given section is allowed to take
as a wife possesses practically the same relationship to
him, although through different channels.

SOCIOLOGY OF SOME AUSTRALIAN TRIBES. 113

On account of the section name descending through the
women, it would have been quite as well, or perhaps better,
to have traced Choolum’s pedigree back through his mother’s
father, instead of through his father’s father. Looking at
Table I., we see that Neomarum is the mother of Choolum.
Examination of that table will show us that Neomarum’s
“1st father’’ is Chooralum; her ‘2nd father”’ is Chingulum;
her ‘3rd father’? is Choolum; and her “4th father’’ is
Cheenum. Then Choolum No. 1 wouid marry his mother’s
**ist father’s’ sister’s daughter’s daughter, Ningulum, as
his ‘‘1st wife.’? Or he marries his mother’s ‘1st father’s”?
sister’s son’s daughter, Neenum,as his “‘ 2nd wife’’and so on.

According to this arrangement, the normal marriages
would be those of a man’s daughter’s child with his sister’s
daughter’s child. Tables IV. and V. could be easily
amended, by a little transposition, for the purpose of show-
ing all the details in full. Among the Wongaibon and
Barkunjee tribes, described a few pages onward, if we follow
a man’s genealogy through his mother, the normal marriage
would be that of a man’s daughter’s child with his sister’s
daughter’s child, and so on, the same as in the Wombaia
tribe.

I have placed Choolum and Cheenum together as grand-
fathers in Table IV. My correspondents in the Northern
Territory several years ago informed me that these two
sections of men are very friendly amongst themselves, and
frequently marry into the same two sections of women, in
inverse order.’ Moreover, referring back to Table I., we
observe that Choolum and Cheenum take their direct or
tabular wives from the same cycle of women. For similar
reasons I have placed Chingulum and Chooralum together
as grandfathers in Table V.

? This Journal, xxxiv., pp. 123, 129.
H—Dec. 6, 1905.

114 R. H. MATHEWS.

According to Table IV., Choolum No. 1 marries a Ningu-
lum or a Neenum, who is represented as his 1st or 2nd wife.
Choolum No. 2 is allotted a Nooralum or a Noolum in the
same way. Choolum No. 3 (Table V.) espouses a Noolum
or a Nooralum. Choolum No. 4 mates with a Neenum
or a Ningulum. But there are customary extensions of
these rules by means of which any Choolum who is a
paternalor maternal grandson of either Choolum or Cheenum
(Table IV.) can marry into any one of the four sections
mentioned; and any Choolum who is a paternal or maternal
grandson of either Chingulum or Chooralum (Table V.) can
espouse any one of the same four sections of women.

The sequence in which these marriages take place is
as follows:—Choolum No. 1 marries Ningulum, Neenum,
Nooralum or Noolum. Choolum No. 2 takes Nooralum,
Noolum, Ningulum or Neenum. Choolum No. 3 mates with
Noolum, Nooralum, Neenum or Ningulum. Choolum No. 4
espouses Neenum, Ningulum, Noolum or Nooralum.

Study of Tables IV. and V. shows that Choolum No. 1
marries as his first wife a woman belonging to ‘‘Cycle Z”’
mentioned in the explanation of Table I. For his second
wife he takes a woman from ‘“‘Oycle Y.’’ The Choolums
Nos. 2, 3 and 4 obtain a wife for each cycle in the same
manner. But if Choolum No. 1, or any of: the Choolums
mentioned, has potential marital rights over the women
of all the four sections, as stated in last paragraph, then
he might be permitted to vary the order of succession of
his possible wives, and select a Ningulum as his “1st” or
a Nooralum as his ‘*‘2nd’’ wife, and in that case both the
women would belong to the same cycle.

When my correspondents in compliance with my request
prepared lists of the section names of certain well-known
men who were actually married to more than one wife
among the Wombaia and other tribes, it became apparent

SOCIOLOGY OF SOME AUSTRALIAN TRIBES. 115

that the most general custom was to take a “‘1st’’ and
“‘9nd’’ wife from the same cycle of women. Instances of
polygamy were found, however, in which the wives were
from both cycles in accordance with Tables IV. and V.

Although there are four sorts of men in each section—
four Choolums for example in that division—they practically
resolve themselves into two, namely, those who marry
women of the Z Cycle and those who obtain their wives
from the Y Cycle (see Table I.). This really amounts to a
partition of the Choolum section into two parts instead of
four. Again looking at Table I., we observe that Choolum
and Cheenum take two of their possible wives, who are at
the same time the two most usual, from Cycle Z and the
other two from Cycle Y. The remaining two sections of
men, Jamerum and Yacomary, do the same. As regards
the succession of the totems, this matter has been concisely
described in my paper.’ In that article I stated that “‘the
partition of a tribe into two exogamous portions would be
impossible.”’

Before quitting the eight-section system, it will be well
to state that everything which has been said in the pre-
ceding pages against the existence of exogamy, refers
equally to the Binbingha, Chingalee, Yungmunni, Warra-
monga, and Arunta tribes. What I have stated is likewise
applicable to all the native tribes on the Victoria river, as
well as to those on Hall’s Creek and surrounding country
in the State of Western Australia. There isan indubitable
absence of exogamy throughout them all.

SOCIOLOGY OF THE WONGAIBON TRIBES.
The territory of the Wongaibon extends approximately
from about Booligal up the Lachlan river to Huabalong,
thence to Nyngan, Cobar, Paddington and Ivanhoe. Their

* «Ethnological Notes on the Aboriginal Tribes of Queensland,” Proc.
Roy. Geog. Soc. (Queensland), xx., pp. 72- 75,

116 R. H. MATHEWS.

language and initiation ceremonies have already been pub-
lished by me.’ Beyond a few fragmentary and inaccurate
outlines, practically nothing has hitherto been published
respecting the sociology of the Wongaibon community.
Several of their subdivisions have never been even men-
tioned by any author until now. A table will be used to
illustrate the letterpress.

TABLE VI.
Phratry. Husband. Wife. Son. Daughter.
Neoamba Murri Tppatha Kumbo Butha
Sete 1 Kabhi Butha Ippai Ippatha

Neumawan eee Matha Kubbi Kubbitha
Kumbo Kubbitha Murri Matha:
Besides the divisions shown in the table, every individual,
male and female alike, claims some animal or plant or other
object as his totem. Hach phratry and the sections of
which it is composed possesses a further distinctive division
into Guaigullimba and Guaimundhan, signifying swift blood
and sluggish blood respectively. These may be called
‘*blood’’ divisions or castes. There is still another repar-
tition of the community, which can be distinguished as
““shade’’ divisions. These divisions are in reality an
extension of the ‘‘ blood’’ castes, and regulate the camping
places of the people under the shades of large trees.

Intermarriages are regulated as follows :—A man of the
Ngurrawan phratry and Ippai section marries a Ngumbun
woman of the Matha section. This is the normal rule of
marriage. In such a case, a man’s son’s child marries his
sister’s son’s child. But it is quite lawful for Ippai to
espouse an Ippatha. which represents the marriage of a
man’s son’s child with his sister’s daughter’s child. These
two alliances are the equivalents of Choolum marrying
Ningulum and Noolum respectively in Table IV.

* This Journal, xxxvi., pp. 147 - 154; Proc. Roy. Geog. Soc. (Queensland),
XI., pp. 167 -169.

SOCIOLOGY OF SOME AUSTRALIAN TRIBES. 11%

Another variation in the intermarriages of the sections
allows the Ippai of our example to wed a Kubbitha or a
Butha, corresponding to the marriage of Choolum with
Nooralum and Neenum in the Wombaia tribe (Table IV.).
In other words, a man of any given section can marry into
one or other of the three remaining divisions or else into
his own. It is needless to add that these facts altogether
disprove the existence of exogamy in the Wongaibon tribe.

Reference to Table VI. shows us that the children follow
the phratry or cycle of their mother, but they do not bear
the name of her section, but that of the supplementary
one, because the women of a cycle reproduce each other
in continuous alternation. That is, the section name is
invariably determined through the women. The totems
remain constantly in the same cycle as the women and are
accordingly transmitted from the mother to her progeny.
Although the totems, as well as the sections and phratries,
are perpetuated through the women, this does not constitute
exogamy. We have already shown that an Ippai, for
example, can marry into either cycle of women, and conse-
quently a totem of either cycle.

Again, a Guaigullimba mother produces Guaigullimba
children, who also take their mother’s “‘shade.’’ The castes
of “‘blood”’’ and “‘shade’’ are not necessarily coincident
with the other divisions, but apply to any section accord-
ing to pedigree. In short, they divide the people of every
section into two sorts, and are used in tracing out the
betrothals and who shall marry whom. There are for
example, two sorts of Ippais. If the one who married
Matha as already stated, was a Guaigullimba the Ippai
who espoused Ippatha would be a Guaimundhun, analog-
ously to the subdivisions of the Choolum section in the
Wombaia tribe. An Ippai who could take a Kubbitha for
a wife would be a different “blood” from the one who could
marry a Butha.

118 R. H. MATHEWS.

SOCIOLOGY OF THE BARKUNJEE TRIBES.

In 1898 I wrote a paper’ describing the initiation cere-
monies of the Barkunjee and their congeners, accompanied
by a map exhibiting the boundaries of the extensive region
which they occupied in the western portion of New South
Wales. I now desire to very briefly refer to their sociology.

The people of these tribes are segregated into two
primary divisions, of which the intermarrying laws and the
descent of the progeny will be easily understood from the
accompanying table and explanatory letterpress.

TABLE VII.

Phratry. Husband. Wife. Son. Daughter.
A Mukkungurra Kilpungurraga Kilpungurra Kilpungurraga

B Kilpungurra Mukkungurraga Mukkungurra Mukkungurraga

The feminine form of the divisions is distinguished from
the masculine by the suffix ga. A Mukkungurra usually
marries a Kilpungurraga, as in the above table and the
resulting offspring are Kilpungurra and Kilpungurraga. In
such case a man’s son’s child marries a sister’s son’s child.
But if a Mukkungurra takes a Mukkungurraga as his con-
jugal mate, that represents the marriage of a man’s son’s —
child with a sister’s daughter’s child. This conclusively
demonstrates that there is no exogamy among the Bar-
kunjee people.

Every man woman and child bears the name of some
animal, plant or natural object as his or her totem, which
is in all cases inherited from the female parent. There is
a further partition of the people into Muggulu and Ngipuru,
meaning sluggish blood and swift blood. A Muggula may
belong to either phratry and a Ngipuru individual has the
same scope. That is, these “blood’’ divisions, like the
totems, are dispersed indiscriminately throughout the tribal
territory.

1 This Journal, xxx1I., pp. 233 — 250.

SOCIOLOGY OF SOME AUSTRALIAN TRIBES. StS,

A man of the Muggulu blood and the Butt shade usually
marries a Ngipuru woman of the Branch shade, but this is
subject to some irregularities. In regard to the offspring,
a Muggulu mother produces Muggulu children, who take
their mother’s Butt shade; a Ngipuru woman produces
Ngipuru children, belonging to the Branch shade. More-
over, the children take the mother’s.totem.

Intermarriages of individuals of the same totem are
forbidden. When a Kilpungurra marries a Mukkungurraga
there is no risk of conflict with the totemic regulations. If
a Kilpungurra man, however, could mate with any Kilpun-
gurraga, it would be possible for the parties to belong to
the same totem ; but a Kilpungurraga of the proper lineage
could not possibly be of the same “‘blood caste”’ as the man.

Asan evidence of the importance attached to the ‘‘blood”’
divisions, they are brought into prominence at the scarring
of the bodies of the young men during the initiation cere-
monies. A Muggulu youth has his shoulders and chest
marked with shorter scars, whilst a Ngipuru youth has
longer scars, to distinguish one from the other. See my
**Mumbirbirri or Scarring the Body.’”

My remarks on the absence of exogamy among the Bar-
kunjee, apply with equal cogency to all the native tribes
who occupied the whole of the western half of Victoria,
where the divisions are called Gurogity and Gamaty. Last
year I reported certain facts respecting the intermarriages
of these divisions, which render exogamy absolutely
impossible.”

CoNCLUSION.
I have elsewhere stated that whether there are two, or
four, or eight divisions of the entire community, the
principles which regulate marriage and descent among the

+ This Journal, xxxviil, pp. 262, seq. 7? Loc. cit., pp. 290 and 295.

120 R. H. MATHEWS.

divisions are identical in them all.’ I shall endeavour to
briefly place an outline of this identity before the reader.

We have seen that the Barkunjee people possess only
two divisions or phratries, Table VII. A man of phratry
A marries a woman of phratry B. It is also apparent that
the men of phratry A, for example, can take their wives
from either phratry. This amounts to the statement that
the aggregate of men in phratry A can marry all the
women in the community.

Next, taking the Wongaibon tribe, Table VI., we find
that the two sections, Murri and Kubbi, if taken together, |
are equal to Mukkungurra of the Barkunjee, and Ippai and
Kumbo together represent Kilpungurra. Murri and Kubbi
taken jointly marry Butha and Ippatha taken jointly in
one phratry. But Murri and Kubbi can jointly marry
Matha and Kubbitha taken jointly in the other phratry,
which is equal to Mukkungurra espousing Mukkungurraga
in the Barkunjee. A little consideration shows us that
the Murris and Kubbis taken collectively can marry into
the whole four sections of the community.

We now come to the Wombaia divisions, Table I., which
on account of their number will occupy a little more space
to describe. Choolum and Cheenum, taken together as one
person, represent Murri. They marry Ningulum and Noo-
ralum, who together represent Butha, the wife of Murri.
Jamerum and Yacomary together represent Kubbi.” They
marry Palyareenya and Bungareenya, the daughters of
Ningulum and Nooralum, who represent Ippatha, the
daughter of Butha and wife of Kubbi. That is, Choolum,
Cheenum, Jamerum and Yacomary, collectively, marry all
the women in phratry A of Table I., the same as Murri

* Bull. Soc. d’ Anthrop. de Paris, tome 11., Serie v., (1901) p. 415.
* These equivalents are only assumed, for the sake of comparison.

SOCIOLOGY OF SOME AUSTRALIAN TRIBES. 1m

and Kubbi marry all the women of a phratry in the
Wongaibon tribe, Table VI.

But Choolum and Cheenum, the equivalent of Murri, can
also marry Noolum and Neenum the equivalent of Matha.
Jamerum and Yacomary, the equivalent of Kubbi, can
marry Yacomareenya and Neomarum the equivalent of
Kubbitha. That is, Choolum, Cheenum, Jamerum and
Yacomary, collectively, can marry all the women in phratry
B, the same as Murri and Kubbi can marry all the women
of the other phratry in the Wongaibon. Hxamination of
Table I. will show that Choolum, Cheenum, Jamerum
and Yacomary, taken in the aggregate, can not only
marry all the women in either phratry, but they can inter-
marry with the whole eight sections of the Wombaia com-
munity, Table I., the same as Murri and Kubbi can marry
into all the four sections of the Wongaibon.

The four preceding paragraphs may be recapitulated as
follows: In the Barkunjee community, a single division,
Mukkungurra, represents phratry A. In the Wongaibon
tribe, two divisions, Murri and Kubbi constitute phratry A.
Among the Wombaia people the four divisions Choolum,
Cheenum, Jamerum and Yacomary form phratry A. My
examples have all been from one phratry because the same
rules apply to both. In all these tribes the women are
divided into two primary cycles, groups, phratries, moieties,
classes, or whatever hame we may employ to distinguish
the divisions. It is also manifest that the name of the
cycle or phratry to which the progeny belongs is in all
cases established through the women, altogether irrespec-
tively of the divisional name of the father.

Perhaps I should state here that in 1898 I described the
sociology of the Dippil and other tribes’ spread over the
region lying between the northern boundary of New South

* Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., Phila., xxxvul., pp. 327 —336, with maps.

122 R. H. MATHEWS.

Wales and the 19th parallel of south latitude which repre-
sents more than half of Queensland, which I delineated on
amap. In that article I stated that a man of the Barrang
section could marry a Barrang woman, a fact which dis-
proves the existence of exogamy in that part of Queensland.
In treating the tribes of Cape York Peninsula in 1900 I
gave examples of aman marrying into both phratries.’ Since
that time in dealing with the sociology of the Murawarri,
Baddyeri and Inchalanchee tribes, reaching from the New
South Wales boundary to the Gulf of Carpentaria, I reported
some intermarrying laws which are altogether opposed to
exogamy.

All the particulars contained in this treatise respecting
the Wongaibon and Barkunjee tribes have been collected
by myself from the natives personally. My information
regarding the Wombaia tribe has been obtained with the
aid of trustworthy correspondents who have resided in that
part of the country for many years. I have adopted none
ofthe opinions nor followed any of the methods of other
Australian authors, but have struck out on my own lines.
The present article is necessarily very brief, but it is
believed that it will shed much new light on the social
organisation of the aboriginal tribes of Central Australia,
New South Wales, Victoria and Queensland, and enable
investigators to make a fresh start.

Spencer and Gillen,” have given a table of the eight
divisions of the Umbaia (Wombaia) tribe, which cannot
possibly represent any practical partition of the sections
into cycles, phratries, or moieties. They erroneously state
that descent of the sections is through the men, and they
are altogether mistaken in asserting that the community
is divided into ‘‘ two exogamous groups.”’

1 This Journal, xxxIv.,

2 « Northern Tribes of Goat Australia,” (London, 1904), PP. 70 and
100.

SOCIOLOGY OF SOME AUSTRALIAN TRIBES. 123

Dr. A. W. Howitt’ states that ‘‘all Australian tribes are
divided into two moieties, each of which is forbidden to
marry within itself.’’ He is also in error in speaking of
** the segmentation of the community into two exogamous
moieties.”’

Having studied the question of Australian sociology for
many years, | am forced to the conclusion that neither
promiscueus intercourse of the sexes nor what has been
called “‘group marriage’’ has ever existed among the
social institutions of the aborigines of Australia.” I am
equally convinced that the divisions into cycles, phratries
and sections have not been deliberately formulated with
intent to prevent consanguineous marriages and incest, but
have been developed in accordance with surrounding
circumstances and conditions of life. This important
division of the subject will receive full attention in a
future treatise.

2 « Native Tribes of South-east Australia,’ (London, 1904) pp. 88 and
284.

2 «Les Indigénes d’Australie,” L’ Anthropologie, (Paris, 1902) x111.,
p. 240.

124 R. T. BAKER AND HENRY G. SMITH.

On AN UNDESCRIBED SPECIES or LEPTOSPERMUM
AND ITs HSSHNTIAL OIL.

By RicHARD T. BAKER, F.L.S., Curator, and HEnry G.
SMITH, F.C.S., Assistant Curator, Technological Museum,
Sydney.

[With Plate II.]

[Read before the Royal Society of N. S. Wales, December 6, 1905. ]

THE LEMON SCENTED LEPTOSPERMUM.
Leptospermum Liversidgei, sp. nov.

A shrub 6 to 12 feet high, glabrous, with erect numerous
branches and branchlets, the lower branchlets being quite
filiform and having persistent leaves only on the upper part.
Leaves flat, concave and slightly curved, 2 to 3 lines long,
very humerous and imbricate, sessile or with a very short
petiole, mostly lanceolate but also ovate, rather thin, 1 to
3 nerved but not always clearly shown. Oil glands numer-
ous and distinctly marked. Flowers solitary, axilliary on
the branchlets, on a short pedicel, measuring about 6 to 8
lines in diameter when expanded. Calyx quite glabrous,
broadly campanulate, lobes rounded, as long as the tube,
thickened in the middle. Petals orbicular, spreading, much
larger than the calyx lobes, about 2 lines in diameter,
faintly veined. Ovary five-celled, flat on the top with
a Slight depression round the base of the pistil and a
circular ridge near the free edge of the calyx. Capsule
domed above the distinct flange of the calyx, 2 to 3 lines
in diameter. |

Habitat—Ballina (D. W. Munro), Byron Bay (J. H.
Maiden and J. L. Boorman), Port Macquarie (all New South
Wales localities).

UNDESCRIBED SPECIES OF LEPTOSPERMUM. 125

- .L. Liversidgei, apart from its chemical constituents, has
marked points of difference from cognate species. It was
at first thought to be one of the many varieties of L.flavescens
on account of its glabrous calyx, a common feature of all
the species placed systematically with that “‘tea”’ tree,
but the shape and disposition of the leaves, branchlets, size
of the flower and chemical constituents of the oil are facts
that we considered to be of sufficient importance to justify
its differentiation from that species. Typical L. fiavescens
has an extensive range in the coast districts of all the
eastern States of the continent, and exhibits a marked
constancy of specific characters throughout its distribution
especially in the shape of the leaves, which as stated by
Smith in his original description,’ ‘‘are linear, lanceolate,
obtuse and nerveless,’’—a description that does not apply
to the leaves of this species, which apart from the other
features quoted, may be said to be imbricate whilst
those of Smith’s plant are loose and spreading. Bentham
(B.FI. iii., p. 104-5) gives a number of species and varieties
under L. flavescens, classifying them as :—

(a.) commune—This includes Smith’s specimen (regarded
as type) and one or two other species of different authorities.

(b.) obovatum—With this variety are synonymised
Sweet’s L. obovatum and Miquel’s L. micromyrtus. This
is a plant more nearly approaching var. microphyllum,
having divaricate branches but distinct ovate leaves which
are flat and not recurved, and are much larger than those
of that var. or this new species.

(c.) grandifliorum—Under this are placed L. grandiflorum,
Lodd., L. virgatum, Schau., L. nobile, F.v.M. The leaves,
flowers and fruits of this var. are longer and finer than those
of this new species and not so numerous and differently
shaped.

1 Trans. Linn, Soc., 111., p. 262.

126 R. T. BAKER AND HENRY G. SMITH.

(d.) microphyllum—It was at first thought that L. Liver-
sidgei might be this variety, and was so named by us at
first, but a further investigation showed this determination
to be wrong. This variety is a robust shrub with stout,
divaricate or dichotomous branchlets with leaves drying a
light grey colour and the whole plant resembling somewhat
a small variety of L. levigatum with scattered leaves, a
marked contrast to the erect branches with very numerous
very fine slender filiform branchlets of this new species
which has also less numerous, more distant and differently
shaped leaves.

(e) minutifolium, of F.v.M.-—This is altogether a different
form from this new one, having distinctly channelled
recurved leaves, smaller and differently shaped to those of
L. Liversidgei. It has also stouter branchlets and never
the slender filiform ones of the latter species, and its leaves
are distinctly 3-nerved, whilst the flowers show good
characteristic differences, are much smaller, and the petals
being more deciduous.

L. scoparium, Forst. and L. arachnoideum, Sm., have
each a glabrous calyx, and that is their only resemblance
to this species.

HKSSENTIAL OIL.

The lemon odour which this plant gave when the leaves
were crushed, was considered to be an indication of the
possible presence of citral, and as the results promised to be
of an interesting nature, a quantity of material was obtained
for distillation. The material was collected several days
before it reached the Museum, and the leaves had, by that
time, become so loosely attached to the stem that they
easily fell off when the twigs were shaken. The leaves of
this plant are very small, and as they so readily fall off it

would be desirable to distil the plant soon after collecting.

The twigs and woody portion were present in larger amount

UNDESCRIBED SPECIES OF LEPTOSPERMUM. 127

than would be necessary for commercial distillation, so that
the yield of oil as here given, is perhaps a little less than
would be obtained commercially, particularly if care were
taken in the collection of the material.

The amount of oil obtained from 373 pounds of leaves and
branchlets was 134 ounces, equal to 0°227%. The crude oil
was somewhat mobile and had a marked secondary odour
of citral; it was reddish-brown in colour, but this, being
due to the mode of distillation, was accidental. The red
colour was entirely removed by agitating the oil witha
very. dilute solution of aqueous potash or soda; after
this treatment the oil was of a light lemon tint.

The principal constituents in the oil were, (1) the aldehyde
citral, (2) an alcohol considered to be geraniol, (3) an acetic
acid ester considered to be geranyl-acetate, (4) the terpene
pinene which was dextrorotatory, and (5) a sesquiterpene,
which is probably the constituent which gives the lzevo-
rotation to the higher boiling portion. Limonene could not
be detected by any method, and was, therefore, absent ;
nor was phellandrene present. The whole of the aldehyde
appears to be citral, as proof of the presence of any other
aldehyde could not be obtained, and two determinations by
Flatau and Labbe’s method failed to give any indication for
citronellal. The physical determinations seem also to
indicate that citral is alone present. The secondary odour
of the oil, from which the aldehydes had been removed,
strongly resembled that of geraniol. The oils of the Lepto-
spermums do not appear to have been chemically investi-
gated, so that the occurrence of citral in the oil of Lepto-
spermum Liversidgei is of some scientific interest.

EXPERIMENTAL,

The crude oil was insoluble in 10 volumes 70% alcohol (by
weight) but was soluble in 1 volume 80% alcohol. The
rotation in 100 mm. tube was dp + 9°2°. The refractive

128 R. T. BAKER AND HENRY G. SMITH.

index at 16° C. was 1°4903. The specific gravity at 15° C.
was 0°8895. On a first rectification three main divisions
were detected, but owing to the presence of such a large
proportion of high boiling constituents the lower boiling
portion was not readily separated. Below 170° O. 20% dis-
stilled; the specific gravity at 15° O. of this fraction was
0°8624, the refractive index 1°4774 at 16° C., and the rota-
tion in 100 mm. tube ap + 32°5°. Between 195—225° O.
30% distilled; the rotation of this fraction was + 5°7°; the
specific gravity 0°8892, and the refractive index 1°4892.
Between 225 —235° OC. 20% distilled, this fraction was levo-
rotatory, the rotation being —1°1°; the specific gravity
was 0°9048, and the refractive index 1°4945. Between
235 —273° OC. 12% distilled, which consisted largely of a
sesquiterpene, the refractive index of this fraction was
1°5052 and the specific gravity 0°9024; the rotation could
not be well taken, but it was leevorotatory. The indica-
tions thus pointed to the presence of pinene, of a large
proportion of alcohols or aldehydes, of a sesquiterpene and
perhaps esters.

The first fraction was again distilled, and the portion
boiling at 155-—157° O. was collected apart. This was
shown to be dextrorotatory pinene. The specific gravity
when cooled to 15° O. was 0°8601; the refractive index at
20° OC. was 1°4706, and the rotation ap + 35°5°. The nitroso-
chloride was also prepared and this melted at near 103° OC.
When the oil distilling between 170 —-195° CO. was rectified
pinene was again obtained. Itis thus assumed that about
25% of the oil was pinene. When the oil was treated with
twice the volume of a 307 solution of sodium bisulphite a
solid mass soon formed, the aldehydic portion readily dis-
solved when heated in the water bath. Two closely
agreeing determinations by this method, in the ordinary
way, gavea mean yield of 35? of aldehydes. The aldehydic

UNDESCRIBED SPECIES OF LEPTOSPERMUM. 129

constituents were also removed from a larger quantity of
oil prepared for the other determinations, and the separated
oil carefully collected and* weighed; 40 grams of oil gave
25°9 grams of non-aldehydic constituents, equal to 35°25%
of aldehydes. The barium salt of the aldehydic bisulphite
compound was prepared, and the aldehyde when separated
from the filtrate by the addition of soda, extracted by ether
and steam distilled, was shown to be citral. Its odour
indicated that aldehyde, its specific gravity at 21° OC. was
0°8929 and it hadarefractive index 1°4913 at 20°C., it was
also inactive to light, and the naphthocinchoninic acid,
prepared by Doebner’s reaction, melted at 199° C. The
very small amount of aldehyde (about one per cent.)
obtained from the barium precipitate in the usual way,
gave no indication for citronellal, but consisted apparently
of partly polymerised citral as indicated by the odour and
by the refractive index. |

The citral prepared from the crystalline bisulphite com-
pound by purifying the crystals with ether-alcohol, decom-
posing with sodium carbonate and steam distilling, gave at
20° C. a refractive index 1°4913 and specific gravity 0°8937,
indicating that citral is the only aldeliyde present.

The non-aldehydic portion of the oil had a specific gravity
0°8866 at 20° C.; rotation + 13°4°; refractive index 1°4855
at 22°C. The index of the original oil determined at the
same time and under identical conditions was 1°4873, so
that the index of the aldehyde was higher than that figure.
The ester determination was made on the non-aldehydic
portion of the oil, the saponification number was 23°5 equal,
to 8°225% of ester as geranyl-acetate. The aldehyde being
35%, this gives 5°346% of ester in the original oil. A deter-
mination for ester in the crude oil gave 5°54%. <A portion
of the non-aldehydic oil was esterised in the usual way,
and this gave a saponification number 73°63, which repre-

I—Dec. 6, 1905.

- vo"

130 R. T. BAKER AND HENRY G. SMITH.

sented 14°98 of free alcohol, or 9°74 of geraniol in the
original oil.

The oil of Leptospermum Liversidgei may be stated to
have approximately the following composition :—

Citral tee ase 5 .. 30°00 per cent.

Geranyl-acetate ... oe oon, we eNeaS) w )

Free Geraniol _... nee woo) OTE an

Dextro-pinene.... ae Sp 45) U0) ay

Sesquiterpene and undetermined 24°91 -
100°00

This species is dedicated to Prof. A. Liversidge, M.a.,
LL.D., F.R.S., of the Sydney University, and twice President
of our Society, as a slight recognition of his efforts in the
furtherance of industrial science in Australia. It was due
largely to his efforts that the Technological Museum,
Sydney, was established, and as one of the original Com-
mittee of Management he was ever enthusiastic in its
development, and is always ready to place his mature
experience at the disposal of its officers.

We have to acknowledge our indebtedness to Mr. J. H.
Maiden, F.L.S., for his kindness in allowing us the use of
the Leptospermums of the National Herbarium for com-
parative purposes, and alsoto Mr. HK. G. Duffus, Secretary
for Agriculture, Melbourne, and Mr. J. R. Tovey, the
officer in charge of the Victorian Herbarium, for similar
favours.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE

1. Flowering twig. 2. Bud. 3. Bud partially expanded.
4. Expanded flower. 5. Horizontal section of flower. 6. Spray
with fruits. (2, 3, 4, 5, enlarged.)

HOLLOW LIGHTNING CONDUCTOR CRUSHED BY THE DISCHARGE. 131

Nore on A HOLLOW LIGHTNING CONDUCTOR
CRUSHED sy THE DISCHARGE.

By J. A. PowtLock, Professor of Physics,
and
S. H. BARRACLOUGH, Lecturer in Mechanical Engineering
in the University of Sydney.
[With Plate III.]

[Read before the Royal Society of N. S. Wales, December 6, 1905. ]

THE piece of lightning conductor to which this note refers
was submitted to us by Mr. G. H. Clark of Sydney. It
consists of a tube originally cylindrical, 17°5 cms. long, the
outer diameter being 1°8 cms., made of copper 0°1 cm.
thick with a lap joint 0°4 cm. wide where the thickness is
0°2 cm. The piece was the upper portion of a pipe 135
ems. long, connecting the finial with a copper band running
down a chimney. The specimen, photographs of which are
given in Plate I11., is crushed in a symmetrical manner and
shews the characteristic appearance of a tube which has
collapsed under external pressure.

The crushing is probably due to the electrodynamic action
of the current. Onthis assumption if the stress at which
the tube gave way was known, one could obtain some know-
ledge of the current during the discharge. For the tube
under consideration, a calculation, particulars of which are
given below, shows that the mechanical effect at any
moment due to the current measured in amperes is
equivalent to an excess of hydrostatic pressure on the out-
side of the tube of n atmospheres, where

I = 22000 ,/n
I, being the total current in the conductor at the given
moment.

132 J. A. POLLOCK AND S. H. BARRACLOUGH.

For reasons given later, we believe that the material of
the tube was probably plastic at the time of collapse, owing
to the heat developed by the discharge. If this is so, the
pressure required to produce the observed folding at any
assumed temperature, cannot be calculated; the theory
applicable to such a case and the data of the mechanical
properties of copper at the high temperatures here con-
templated are alike wanting. Possibly the material was
in such a state that the tube gave way under forces
equivalent to an excess of pressure outside of the order of
not more than an atmosphere; this would indicate a cur-
rent of about 20,000 amperes, neglecting any consideration
of the oscillatory character of the discharge.

On the other hand if the material was not plastic,
assuming a temperature as low as 500° ©. at the time of
crushing we estimate that the collapsing pressure would
be of the order of 400 tbs. per sq. inch; forces equivalent
to such a pressure would be produced by a current of about
100,000 amperes.

To illustrate the action of the current suggested above,
extremely thin tubes were made by depositing copper
electrolytically on silvered glass rods. The ends of the
tubes were thickened and the glass rods afterwards removed.
On passing a current along the tubes, at a red heat they
showed definite signs of collapse though not the charac-
teristic folding exhibited by the piece of lightning con-
ductor. In the Report of the Lightning Rod Conference
(Spon 1882) on p. 214, a detailed account is given of a
hollow conductor which had been struck by lightning, but
no mention is made of any appearance of collapse. The
tube was however stiffer than the one submitted to us, the
external diameter being 1°27 cms. as against 1°8 cm. and
the smallest thickness 0°16 cms. as against 0°10 cm.

HOLLOW LIGHTNING CONDUCTOR CRUSHED BY THE DISCHARGE. 133

DESCRIPTION OF THE CONDUCTOR.

Fig. 1 is a sketch to scale of the
upper portion of the lightning con-
ductor, the parts drawn in con-
tinuous lines shewing the pieces
which have been preserved. ab
represents the pipe, whose dimen
sions have been already given. At
a and b the pipe was sweated on to
solid rods, the upper one being
attached to the ball and the lower
one toaright angled piece to which
the main conductor was attached.
The folding is most pronounced at
b just below the end of the solid
rod; it is not quite symmetrical
as the pipe is stiffer at the lap joint.
Folding is also shown at a just
above the end of the solid rod; at
this point the pipe was fused. The
greater portion of the pipe from ec
to a was unaltered in shape, its
section remaining circular. After
the fusion at a the lower part of
the conductor fell away but the
pipe remained vertical throughout
its length, attached to the chimney
by the two holdfasts shown. Photo-

Fig. l

graphs of the part b ¢ are given in Plate 111., and the dia-
grams B and C (fig. 1) represent enlarged sections of the
conductor on the lines b and c respectively.

The surface of the upper part of the tube is covered with
little pit marks from about 0°1 to 0°5 mm. in diameter and
0°02 mm. deep. Weare unable to say whether these marks

are due to the heating of the pipe by the discharge or to
weathering. Probably the upper part of the tube which
has collapsed was raised to a higher temperature than the
rest of the pipe as it formed portion of the end of the elec-
trode where the development of heat is always considerable.
The tube as shown in one of the photographs (Plate 11.) has
apparently buckled as a column under the small weight of
the ball (3$tbs.), allowing the latter to subside vertically.
This would indicate that the material at this point was in
a plastic condition.

134 J. A. POLLOCK AND S. H. BARRACLOUGH.

It is probable that the fusion at a figure 1 was due toan
arc which occurred on account of the right angled bend in
the conductor, and it is not to be considered as indicating
more than a very local high temperature. On this view
one should perhaps expect that the signs of fusion would
appear in the right angled piece shown to the left of the
tube in figure 1; the only signs of fusion however are found
to the right of the tube on the outer edge of the collar.

Mr. G. H. Clark under whose supervision the conductor
was erected, supplies the following particulars :—* The
conductor was erected in 1889 on the chimney stack of the
Hartley Vale Kerosene Refinery. The finial, which stood
about 3 {t. above the cap of the chimney, consisted of a gun
metal ball 35 inches in diameter, having one large centre
point and four smaller radiating ones. The weight of the
ball was about 33 tbs. The copper pipe connected the
finial with a somewhat massive copper goose neck just
below the cap of the chimney, which was attached to the
conductor, consisting of a copper band 1 <x $inch. From
the base of the chimney the conductor was run ina trench
18 inches deep some 30 feet, thence into a well 30 ft. deep,
the band terminating in a grid, of 1 x $ inch copper, 24 x 24
feet. This well supplied the works boiler with water;
when the water became foul with the soakage from the
Refinery it was usual to blow it out clean with a jet of

HOLLOW LIGHTNING CONDUCTOR CRUSHED BY THE DISCHARGE. 135

steam; this was being done when the storm occurred, the
grid being suspended in the well, free from the bottom.
From what I could gather at the time, some ten years ago,
there appears to have been only one severe flash. The
central point on the ball and two of the radiating ones
were cut off and the pipe was fused at the goose-neck which
connected it with the copper band. This was the only
damage sustained. The copper band for a distance of 20
feet below the goose neck was tempered to a hardness of
a steel band, so much so that in repairing the conductor, it
was with some difficulty that the gun metal holdfasts could
be made to hold, though these were driven into lead plugs
and well caulked. When a holdfast was put in and the
band struck to get the buckle out, one or two above would
be sprung out of the plugs.”’

| ELECTRODYNAMIC ACTION OF THE CURRENT.

For steady currents uniformly distributed over the area
of cross section, elementary considerations show, in the case
of a solid cylinder of radius a, that the sum of the mechanical
forces acting throughout the matter contained in unit
length of the cylinder is given by the expression 4 I°/3a
where [, is the total current flowing along the conductor,
the forces at all points being directed radially inwards in
planes at right angles to the axis of the cylinder. Under
the same circumstances, for a cylindrical shell of inner
radius b and outer radius a, the corresponding expression is
4 T; (a+ 2b)/3 (a + b)’, which if the shell is very thin reduces
to [-/a. With alternating currents for a cylindrical con-
ductor where a is the radius of the outer surface, J. J.
Thomson “‘ Recent Researches,’’ § 268, gives as the maxi-
mum value of the magnetic force at a point in the cross
section fixed by a radius r

eae i —B (a-r)
Jf ar

where I, is the total current flowing along the conductor

136 J. A. POLLOCK AND S. H. BARRACLOUGH.

and B = (2 7pp/c)*, p/27 being the frequency of the current
alternations, » the magnetic permeability and o the specific
resistance of the material of the conductor.

The maximum current flowing along a cylindrical shell
of the conductor of radius r and of thickness dr is :—

I,e 7G it [6 (foes = dr

va 24 EOE

The maximum value of the sum of the mechanical forces
on unit length of such a shell is given by the product of
the above expressions. For unit length of a cylindrical
tube, of inner radius b and outer radius a, the product
becomes :—

a a
a 2 mae Ba 2 br
28 pe 2Pa Pie porta 1, dr
a a r
b b
The value of the first term is :—
lassie eat)
a
and that of the second lies between
P a Ec —2B(a-b)

=a log 5 and me
For copper » = 1 and o may be taken as 1,600. If we
assume that the frequency of alternation in the discharge
is 10° per sec. then @ or (27pp/c)? = 507. With these values
and as in the case of the tube under consideration a/b differs
little from unity, no term in the expression for the product
except the first is of importance, and the maximum value
of the sum of the forces acting radially inwards on unit
length of the cylindrical tube may be written
ik
a

igune
og =e

18)

or the force per unit area =
270

HOLLOW LIGHTNING CONDUCTOR CRUSHED BY THE DISCHARGE. 137

Where a = 0°9 cms. the force in dynes per square centi-
2

metre will be given by ait where I, is measured in

amperes.

If the pressure of an atmosphere is taken as equal to 10°
dynes per sq. cm. a current I, measured in amperes will
produce an effect equivalent to that of an external pressure

of n atmospheres if n = a or I, = 22000 x vn.

MECHANICAL CONSIDERATIONS.
It is desired to estimate the pressure at which the tube
under discussion collapsed ; such an estimation is difficult
to make with any accuracy, because :—

a. The condition of the tube and the quality of the metal
are not known.

b. The temperature of-the metal at the moment of its
collapse is quite unknown, and there are very few
circumstances to guide one in estimating it, and

ce. The theory of the collapse of tubes is imperfect.

Obviously all that can be done is to obtain approximate
upper and lower limits of the pressure conditions at the time.

a. The material of which the tube was made would
probably have a tensile strength of about 30,000 Ibs. per
square inch at ordinary temperatures, and an elastic limit
of approximately 5,500 tbs. per square inch. Copper has no
definite “compressive strength’’ properly so called, but
there is a fairly well marked elastic limit in compression
at about 3,500 fds. persquare inch. These figures decrease
to a marked degree with increase of temperature; the
tensile strength for example being reduced to approximately
20,000 tbs. per square inch at a temperature of 600° Fahr.
Copper melts at a temperature of about 1,930°Fahr.(1054°C.)
but experiments on the strength of copper with varying
temperatures have not been carried beyond 1,100° Fahr.*

* The Effect of Temperature on the Tensile and Compressive Properties
of Copper.—This Journal Vol. xxx1.

7 a
an)
; '
, 5D

138 J. A. POLLOCK AND S. H. BARRACLOUGH.

b. The above figures would apply if it were assumed that
the tube at the moment of collapse was at the ordinary
temperature. It is not probable that such was the case,
and the temperature may obviously have been anything up
to a limit just short of melting. The appearance of the
collapsed tube would not lead one to suppose that the metal
had reached the neighbourhood of its point of fusion, and
this view is confirmed by the fact that the solder connect-
ing the tube to the solid rod above does not appear to have
been melted to any marked degree, ifat all. It is obvious
therefore that the temperature of the material at the time
of collapse is a matter of speculation.

ce. A large number of experiments have been made on
the pressures necessary to produce collapse in tubes, of
which the best known are those by Sir W. Fairbairn,’ who
carried out an elaborate series on tubes and boiler flues.
None of the tubes were as small as that now under con-
sideration, but the results indicate generally the action of
the tubes when subject to external pressure. Professor
Unwin made afresh analysis of the results obtained by
Fairbairn, and deduced several semi-empirical equations to
represent the collapsing pressure under various conditions.”
He also demonstrated clearly that the number of lobes into
which the tube collapses depends on the ratio of the length
to the diameter, increasing in a definite fashion as this
ratio decreases. An illustration of this fact is seen in
the tube under consideration, where at the end near the
junction of the tube and the solid rod the conditions of a
tube of short length compared with its diameter are
approximated to, and where the number of lobes is large,
while further down where the long-tube conditions obtain,
the number of lobes is reduced to the minimum. The
conditions of the tube are so indeterminate that it is
unnecessary to discuss the formule in detail.

1 Phil. Trans , 1858. * Proc. Inst. C. E., Vol. xivi.

OBITUARY NOTICE OF CAPTAIN HUTTON. 139

OBITUARY NOTICE.

CAPTAIN HUTTON, F.R.S.

CAPTAIN FREDERICK WOLLASTON HUTTON, F.R.S., F.G.S.,
C.M.Z.S., was at his death one of our oldest surviving Hon.
Members, having been elected in 1888; those senior to him
are but two, viz.: Sir JOSEPH HOOKER, G.C.S.1., elected in
1880, and Sir M. FostEr, K.c.B., 1887. Captain HUTTON
was the second son of the Reverend H. F. Hutron, Rector
of Spridlington and was born at Gate Burton, Lincolnshire,
England, November 16th, 1836, he was educated at South-
well Grammar School and the Naval Academy at Gosport.
After leaving Gosport he spent three years in the India
Mercantile Marine, being over age for the Royal Navy; he
then entered the army and served with the 23rd Royal
Welsh Fusiliers in the Crimea in 1855-6, later he took part
under Sir COLIN CAMPBELL in the relief and capture of
Lucknow in 1857 and the defeat of the Gwalior mutineers,
for which he received the medal and two clasps. On his
return home he entered the Staff College, where he studied
geology under Prof. RUPERT JONES; his career was a dis-
tinguished one, and he passed out as sixth on the list in
1860. In 1862 he was gazetted Captain and served as
Deputy Assistant Quartermaster-General at Dublin.

In 1866 he went out to New Zealand, and in 1871 was
appointed Assistant Geologist to the New Zealand Survey,
Curator of the Otago Museum in 1873 and Professor of
Natural Science in the University of Otago 1887. In 1880
he was appointed to the Professorship of Biology at Canter-
bury College, Christchurch: in 1893 he resigned the chair
to become Curator of the Canterbury Museum. He was

140 A. LIVERSIDGE.

elected a Corresponding Member of the Zoological Society
in 1872. He was a Corresponding Member of the Royal
Society of Tasmania, Correspondent du Mus d’Histoire Nat.
Paris ; Academy of Natural Science, Philadelphia ; Ornith.
Ver. Wien and K. K. Geol. Reichsanst. Wien. In 1891 he
was awarded the Clarke Memorial Medal by the Royal
Society of New South Wales for meritorious contributions
to the Geology of Australasia. In 1892 he was elected
F.R.S.; he was President of the Australian Association for
the Advancement of Science at the Hobart Meeting 1902,
and was President of the New Zealand Institute at the
time of his death, which took place on October 27th last,
on board the R.M.S. Rimutaka when returning from England
to New Zealand.

He took a leading part in the scientific life both at
Dunedin and at Christchurch, and his influence was felt
not only over New Zealand and Australia, but throughout
the scientific world. He was the author of a large number
of valuable papers on the geology, botany and zoology of
New Zealand and other subjects, he was also a frequent
and valued contributor to ‘* Nature ’’; his last contribution
appeared in it a month or two before his death. I do not
attempt to notice his work in detail, as I think that should
be done by one specially qualified in the subjects to which
our late colleague devoted himself.

One of his first papers was an essay upon the ‘“ Import-
ance of a knowledge of geology to military men ’’ published
in the Journal of the Royal United Service Institution in
1862. Many of his papers were published in the Transac-
tions of the New Zealand Institute, the Proceedings of the
Linnean Society of New South Wales, the Proceedings of
the Zoological Society, the Ibis, the Geological Magazine,
and the Reports of the Australasian Association for the
Advancement of Science. In the Royal Society’s List of

OBITUARY NOTICE OF CAPTAIN HUTTON. 141

Scientific Papers there are 133 entries under his name, from
1862 to 1884 (the date of the last published vol.) but numer-
ous other papers have since been published by him. As
shown by his published papers and addresses, from his
subaltern days onwards, he was deeply interested in the
subject of evolution; in 1899 appeared “*‘ Darwinism and
Lamarckism Old and New,’ in 1902 ‘*The Lesson of
Evolution.’’ In addition to the more purely scientific
papers he published a Class Book of Elementary Geology
1875, and in association with JAMES DRuMMond “‘ Nature
in New Zealand” 1903, and *‘ The Animals of New Zealand”’
1904. A short paper upon “‘ What is Life?’ written by him
during his visit home, appeared in the November number
of Hibbert’s Journal.

The following extract from the ‘‘ Life and Letters of
Charles Darwin’’ will give an idea of what two of our
greatest men of science thought of HUTTON’S scientific
judgment at a time when he was only 25 years of age.
In writing to JosEPH HooKER, DARWIN says :—‘‘I quite
agree with what you say on Lieutenant HUTTON’s review
in the ‘‘Geologist,’’ (on Darwin’s ‘‘Origin of Species,’”’ 1861,
p- 132), who he is I know not ; it struck me as very original.
He is one of the very few who see that the change of
species cannot be directly proved, and that the doctrine
must sink or swim according as it groups and explains
phenomena. It is curious to see how few judge it in this
way, which is clearly the right way.”’

Captain HUTTON was an ardent worker and observer and
was ever ready to give a generous support to the efforts of
others; a close reasoner, of clear and independent thought,
a pleasant companion and a loyal friend. He greatly
disliked publicity, he had a soldier’s directness and simplicity
of purpose and a strong abhorrence of anything in the
hature of pretentions or shams.

December, 1905. A. LIVERSIDGE.

’ 1
“€a ake 7
ity’ ‘C

RO CLA
Rye

ABSTRACT or PROCEEDINGS

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

Aopal Society of ew South Cdlales.

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS, MAY 3, 1905.

The Annual General Meeting of the Society was held
at the Society’s House, No. 5 Hlizabeth-street North, on
Wednesday evening, May 3rd, 1905.

Prof. LIVERSIDGE, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President, in
the Chair.

Thirty-seven members and three visitors were present.

_ The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and
confirmed.

The following Financial Statement for the year ended
dist March, 1905, was presented by the Hon. Treasurer,

and adopted :—
GENERAL ACCOUNT.

RECEIPTS, Ls. 2 OG
{ One Guinea ... ae: sips 68 5 0
# ts Arrears ... ise 1114 O
Subscriptions + Two Guineas ... te a) 369" 1:2) 70
a “9 Arrears... ae 99 11 O
Advances ee dec bcc 4 4 0
— 553 6 0
Composition for Life Membership ee 10 10 O
Parliamentary Grant on Subscriptions eer ae
Vote for 1904-1905 ... nae ce a 200 OO
——— 250 0 0
Rent.. aed bbe oe ns age Sat Ane ide 81 5 O
Se deiss PP dis <a: aids ad He see 20 11 4
Clarke Memorial Band eo aan the Se as ee, LOO OO
Total Receipts 4a¢ ads ges vis) LVGSA 12) 64.
Balance on 1st April, 1904 sed ore gas Etc 56% 10 15 10

BAUS) 3) 4
N.B.—The Outstanding Accounts amount to £125 2s. 1d.

lv. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.

PAYMENTS.
Advertisements
Assistant Secretary
Books and Periodicals
Bookbinding
Collector
Expenses at Meerut oe
Freight, Charges, Packing, Bes
Furniture and Effects
Gas ... ia
Housekeeper
Insurance
Interest on Morteice
Office Boy Fe
Petty Cash HRepentes
Postage and Duty Stamps
Printing
Printing and Publishing J Sarna
Printing Extra Meee of Papers
Rates
Repairs
Stationery ...
Sundries
Total Payments
Building and Investment Fund, Gon vosncn
for Life Membership des
Clarke Memorial Fund—Loan repaid ...
Interest to date

Bank Charges i
Balance on 31st March, 1905, Viz.:—
Cash in Union Bank...
Cash in hand...

& sg. d. & 8 as

19 3 0
250 O O
54 3 38
319 6
Bile, es
26 1 6
4 011
nn
18° 9N3
10, 0:0
9 738
42 0 0
24 7 6
BES Ae
24 15 O
29 18 0
269 19 9
9° 9e 46
41 3 6
O18
19.10; 9
22 14 5
———. 892 19 7
10 10 O
250 0 O
310 0
————— __ 253 10 0
218 7
610 0O
10 O 0
— 1610 0
£1176 8 2

BUILDING AND INVESTMENT FUND.

Dr.
Loan on Mortgage at 4% a
Composition for Life Membership, 1902 ie
Ditto, 1904-5 ...
Interest

ss >a £ s. d.

1400 0 O
21 0 0
LOMO CAG.
Ol1l 0

32 1 0

£1432 1 0

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. v.

Cr. : fo Bul oe) Sa Gk.
Deposit in Government Savings Bank, March 5
31st, 1905 ... pep 32 1 0
Advance to General Account sist Maoh, 1897 8 0 6
Balance 3lst March, 1905 Le oat Loot Oh" G
os 1400 0 O

£1482 1 O

CLARKE MEMORIAL FUND.

Dr. seh) 82) de

Amount of Fund, 31st March, 1904 ae ae aa .. 469 9 11
Interest to 3lst March, 1905 ee ae ies 3; Re el Glee Ainires
£485 14 2

Cr. £) ysis,

Deposit in Savings Bank of New South Wales, March 31,1905 241 8 8
Deposit in Government Savings Bank, March 31, 1905 wee 244.5 11
£485 14 2

' AUDITED AND FOUND CORRECT, AS CONTAINED IN THE Books OF ACCOUNTS.
DAVID FELL, c.a.a.
T. TYNDALL PETERSON, i 8. L A.
SyDNEx, 28th April, 1905.
D. CARMENT, F.1.4., F.F.A. Honorary Treasurer.
W. H. WEBB. Assistant Secretary.

a Honorary Auditors.

A vote of thanks was passed to the Hon. Auditors, viz.,
Mr. Dayip FELL, c.4.A., and Mr. T. TYNDALL PETERSON,
A.S.1,A., for their services.

Dr. MARDEN, M.A., and Mr. W. A. DIXxon, F.1.C., were
appointed Scrutineers, and Dr. SPENCER deputed to preside
at the Ballot Box.

There being no other nominations the following gentle-
men were declared duly elected Officers and Members of

Council for the current year :—

President:
H. A. LENEHAN, F.B.a.8.

Vice-Presidents:
Prof. LIVERSIDGE, t.p., F.z.s. F. B. GUTHRIE, F.1.¢c., F.c.s.

Prof. WARREN,M. Inst. 0.E., Wh.Sc,| F. H. QUAIFE, m.a., mv.

Vi. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.

Hon. Treasurer:
D. CARMENT, €.1.4., F.F.A,.

Hon. Secretaries:
J. H. MAIDEN, F.ts. | G. H. KNIBBS, F.z.a.s.

Members of Council:
S. H. BARRACLOUGH, T. H. HOUGHTON, M. Inst. 0.E.
Assoc. M. Inst. C.E.
Prof. T. W. E. DAVID, B.A., ¥.R.s. | H. C. RUSSELL, B.a., 0.M.G., F.B.S8 .

H. DEANH, M.A., M. Inst. C.E. HENRY G. SMITH, F.c:s.
T. F. FURBER, F.R.a.s. WALTER SPENCER, m.p.
W. M. HAMLET, F.1.c., F.c.s. J. STUART THOM

The certificate of one candidate was read for the third
time, of one for the second time, and of six for the first
time.

The following gentleman was duly elected an ordinary
member of the Society, viz:—
Harker, George, D.sc., Petersham.

Thirty-three volumes, 410 parts, 39 reports, 10 pamphlets,
1 map, and 1 atlas of charts, total 494, being portion of the
donations received since the last meeting, were laid upon
the table and acknowledged.

The following letter was received from Mr. L. w.

MARCKER, Consul for Denmark :
Consulate of Denmark, Sydney, N.S.W.
February 9th, 1905.

Sir,—The sympathy which has been shown by men of science from all
parts of the world over the death of the young Danish scientist Professor
Mius R. Finsen, and the numerous foreign enquiries which have been
made, asking permission to take part in the movement started in Denmark
to raise funds, according to the deceased’s last wish, to enable the scien-
tific institution called the Finszens InstirutTE (to which Finsen presented
the Nobel Prize won by him) to continue the researches, so ably begun
by him, has resulted in that the original Danish Committee now has
become a universal one. Sub-committees have been started in England,
all over the Continent, and in America. At the request of the Danish -
Committee, the Consulate has received instructions from the Ministry for
Foreign Affairs, Copenhagen, to place the matter before the scientific
bodies in Sydney, I therefore, herewith have the honour to request you

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. Vil.

kindly to be good enough to direct the attention of the members of your
honoured Society to the movement. The Consular instructions are also to
give any local movement which might be started, all possible assistance,
and I need hardly say, that any information or help I can give will be
given with very great pleasure.
I have etce.,
L. W. Marcxker, Consul.
Messrs. J. H. Maiden and G. H. Knibbs, Hon. Secretaries,
Royal Society of N. S. Wales.

Letters were received from Mr. C. O. BURGE, m. mst. o.B.,
acknowledging receipt of copy of resolution carried at the
previous Council meeting. Also tendering his resignation
as a member of the Society owing to his approaching

departure for good from Australia.

The Chairman made the following announcements :—

1. THE BRITISH SCIENCE GUILD.—It has been a frequent
subject of comment that, although the contribution of this
country to the progress of science has been second to that
of no other nation, the English people do not manifest that
interest in, and belief in the powers of science, which are
noticeable among the peoples of the Continent, or of
America. In spite of the efforts of many years, the scien-
tific spirit, essential to all true progress, is still too rare,
and, indeed, is often sadly lacking in some of those who are
responsible for the proper conduct of many of the nation’s
activities. It is with the view of attempting to remedy
this evil, and to bring home to all classes the necessity of
applying scientific treatment to affairs of all kinds, that
the proposal is made to bring together those convinced of
this necessity by founding “‘ The British Science Guild.”’
The objects and organization of the Guild, which will be
entirely disconnected from party politics, are as follows :—
(1) To bring together as members of the Guild all those
throughout the Empire interested in science and scientific
method, in order, by joint action, to convince the people,
by means of publications and meetings, of the necessity of

Vili. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. |.

applying the methods of science to all branches of human
endeavour, and thus to further the progress and increase
the welfare of the Empire. (2) To bring before the Govern-
ment the scientific aspects of all matters affecting the
national welfare. (3) To promote and extend the applica-
tion of scientific principles to industrial and general pur-

poses. (4) To promote scientific education by encouraging

the support of universities and other institutions where the
bounds of sciente are extended, or where new applications
of science are devised. Methods of attaining these objects:
(a) by publications; (b) by meetings; (c) by conferences
and lectures; (d) by deputations. All British subjects,
both men and women, are eligible for membership of the
Guild. It was resolved that life members of the Guild shall
pay, on admission, two guineas, which includes a registra-
tion fee of 2s. 6d., and that annual subscribers shall pay, on
admission, 5s., and in each subsequent year 2s.6d. It was
also resolved that donations may be accepted.

2. The present position and prospects of the International
Catalogue of Scientific Literature. His remarks will be
published in the June Abstract.

3. The forthcoming meeting of the British Association
for the Advancement of Science to be held at Cape Town,
South Africa, commencing August 15th, 1905.

4, The death (on April 30th) of Mr. CHARLES MOooRE,
F.R.B.S., C.M.Z.S., the following resolution proposed by Mr.
J. H. MAIDEN and seconded by Dr. F. H. QUAIFE, was duly
carried, the members standing :—* That the Royal Society
of New South Wales has heard with deep regret of the
death of Mr. CHARLES MooRE who had been a member
since the year 1856, and who for two years was its oldest
member. He served on the Council continuously from the

year 1868, was honorary secretary from 1871 to 1874, and |
vice-president for nine years, between the years 1878 and

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. 1x,

1900. That this Society desires to convey its sympathy
with the relatives of their colleague.”’

THE FOLLOWING PAPERS WERE READ:
1. ‘On the occurrence of Calcium oxalate in the barks of
the Hucalypts,’’ by HENRY G. SMITH, F.c.s., Assistant
Curator, Technological Museum, Sydney.

The author announces the presence, in large quantities,
of calcium oxalate in the barks of several species of
HKucalyptus. It is similar in form and appearance in all
species, being well defined monoclinic crystals in stout
microscopic prisms, averaging 0°0174 mm. in length, and
0°0077 mm. in breadth and containing one molecule of water.
A peculiarity of these is the tendency to form twins
geniculate in appearance ; twinned forms being pronounced
in some species. From botanical and chemical evidence it
is assumed that Eucalyptus salmonophloia of West Australia
and E. oleosa of New South Wales belong to the same
species, and that the latter tree, which most often occurs
as a ‘‘ Mallee,”’ is only the degenerate stage of the former.
The theory is advanced that some of the “ mallees,”’ or
shrubby Hucalypts, have been formed through the poisoning
effect of the excess of oxalic acid, acting for a long time
upon species which originally grew as large trees. The
tannins in those Eucalyptus barks containing a large
amount of calcium oxalate are of very good quality, light
in colour, astringent, easily soluble, and should make leather
of good quality. On evaporating the extract to dryness on
the water bath but little darkening takes place, and the
product is still readily soluble. This class of Hucalyptus
barks should, therefore, make excellent tanning extracts.
From the bark residue the calcium oxalate should be profit-
ably extracted, and the oxalic acid obtained cheaply from
this, practically as a by-product. The air dried bark of
Eucalyptus salubris, the ‘‘Gimlet’’ of West Australia, gives

x. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.

30°5% of total extract and 18°67 of tannin absorbed by hide —

powder, and contains 167 of calcium oxalate. The bark

of Eucalyptus gracilis contains 16°667 of calcium oxalate ;

that of EH. Behriana 16°5); of EL. oleosa 10°64; of H. dumosa
9°8%; and of E. salmonophloia 8°34. The barks of all the

Kucalypts tested contain calcium oxalate, although in some

species in very small amount.

2. ‘* Notes of astronomical interest, dealing with the past
eighteen months, showing the progress and deductions
made during that period,’’ by H. A. LENEHAN, F.R.A.S.,
Acting Government Astronomer.

EXHIBITS.

A collection of fossil Halysites from the Orange district —

was exhibited by Mr. O. A. Sussmilch, F.G.s.
Prof. LIVERSIDGE vacated the Chair and Mr. H. A.

LENEHAN, F.R.A.S. was installed.as President for the ensuing -

year.
Mr. LENEHAN thanked the members for the honour con-
ferred upon him,

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS, JUNE 7, 1905.

The General Monthly Meeting of the Society was held
at the Society’s House, No. 5 Hlizabeth-street North, on
Wednesday evening, June 7th, 1905.

H. A. LENEHAN, F.R.A.S., President, in the Chair.

Thirty-six members were present.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and
confirmed.

Dr. GEORGE HARKER enrolled his name and was intro-
duced.

Mr. T. H. HOUGHTON, m.mst.c.e., and Mr. HENRY G.
SMITH, F.C.S., were appointed Scrutineers, and Mr. W. M.
HAMLET, F.I.C., F.C.S., deputed to preside at the Ballot Box.

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. Xi.

The certificate of one candidate was read for the third

time, of six for the second time, and of four for the first
time.

The following gentleman was duly elected an ordinary
member of the Society. viz.:-——
ANDERSON CHARLES, M.A,, B.Sc. Hdin.; Roslyn Gardens.

Forty-seven volumes, 231 parts, 6 reports, and 10
pamphlets, total 294 received as donations, were laid upon
the table and acknowledged.

The following letter was received from Miss van
Heuckelum, acknowledging the receipt of a letter of
Sympathy on the occasion of the death of Mr. CHARLES
MOORE :—

6 Queen-street, Woollahra, May 22nd, 1905.
The Hon. Secretaries, Royal Society of New South Wales.

Gentlemen,—I beg to acknowledge the receipt of your letter of the 4th
instant, conveying the resolution carried by the members of your Society at
the Annual General Meeting in respect to the late Coartes Moors, and
I now desire to return thanks on behalf of myself and the other relatives for

the kind sympathy expressed by the members, and for their eulogistic
references to the deceased’s past connection with your Society.

I remain, gentlemen, yours respectfully,
MARGARETTA VAN HEUCKELUM.

The following report was presented by Professor LIVER-

SIDGE at the Annual General Meeting, 3rd May, 1905 :—
INTERNATIONAL CATALOGUE OF SciENTIFIC LITERATURE.

In 1903 I was appointed by the Council of this Society acting
as the Regional Bureau for New South Wales, to represent this
State at the Council Meetings heJd in London in May last. I duly
attended the meetings and now have the honour to make the follow-
ing report. The Royal Society of London commenced the work
by compiling Catalogues of Scientific Papers (printed between
1800 and 1883) in twelve large quarto volumes, the first volume
of which was issued in 1867. In it the titles are arranged solely
under the authors’ names. A catalogue of the papers published
since, 7.¢., between 1884 and 1900 is now in hand, and a subject
index is also nearly completed.

Xil. ABSTRACT OF: PROCEEDINGS.

The possibility of preparing a complete catalogue of current
scientific literature was considered by the Royal Society in 1893,
but as it was apparent that the work was beyond the resources
of the Royal Society, or indeed of any single body, the society
sought the opinion of representative foreign bodies and individuals
and the replies being favourable, steps were taken to summon an
International Conference. This conference, at which I was pre-
sent as a Delegate, took place in London on July 14th to 17th, 1896,
and was attended by delegates appointed by the Governments of
Canada, Cape Colony, Denmark, France, Greece, Hungary, India,
Italy, Japan, Mexico, Natal, the Netherlands, New South Wales,
New Zealand, Norway, Queensland, Sweden, Switzerland, the
United Kingdom, and the United States. It was then unanim-
ously resolved to compile and publish a complete catalogue of
current scientific literature, arranged both according to subject
matter and authors’ names. The Royal Society was requested to
appoint a committee to further consider the system of classification
to be adopted and other matters, and it was decided to establish
the Central Bureau in London.

At the second International Conference held in London on
October 11th to 13th, 1898, several questions were settled and a
provisional International Committee appointed which afterwards
met in London on August Ist to 5th, 1899, when the work was
still further expedited and the Royal Society requested to organise
the Central Bureau and make all necessary arrangements so that

the preparation of the catalogue might be commenced in 1901.

A third International Conference was held in London on June
12th and 13th, 1900, at which all financial and other difficulties
were removed by the Royal Society agreeing to act as publishers
and to advance the funds necessary to start the enterprise. The
supreme control over the catalogue is now vested in an Inter-
national Convention which is to meet in London in 1905, in 1910,
and every tenth year afterwards, to reconsider, and if necessary,
to revise the regulations for carrying out the work of the catalogue.
In the interval between two successive meetings of the Convention

‘ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. Xiil.

the administration of the catalogue is carried out by the Inter-
national Council, the members of which are appointed by the
Regional Bureaus. — 3 |

The total expenditure from July lst, 1900 to February 29th
1904, has been £10,153, and the total amount received from sub-
scribing bodies was £6,755; eventually the publication will pay
its way, but it may be some time before the debt to the Royal
Society will be extinguished. The financial support given by the
different countries is shown in the following list. New Zealand
has now become a contracting body:—Austria £165, Canada £119,
Cape Colony £109, Denmark £102, Egypt £17, Finland £45,
France £754, Germany £901, Greece £34, Holland £133, Hun-
gary £68, India and Ceylon £471, Italy £459, Japan £255, Mexico
£85, New South Wales £34, New Zealand £17, Norway £85,
Nova Scotia £17, Orange River Colony £17, Poland £17, Portugal
| £17, Queensland £34, Russia £512, South Australia £34, Sweden
£85, Switzerland £119, United Kingdom £765, United States
£1,251, Victoria £17, Western Australia £17—Total £6,755.

It has been suggested that special efforts should be made by
the Regional Bureaus to bring the catalogue under the notice of
scientific workers, and to secure an increase in the number of
subscribers The whole of the first and second issues of the
International Catalogue of Scientific Literature have been pub-
lished with the exception of the volumes on botany and zoology;
the third annual issue is in preparation and several of them are .
aJready in the press. The number of entries in the author-cata-
logue of the first annual issue was 43,447, and the total number
of entries in that issue was 149,768. The numbers of books and
papers indexed in the volumes of the second annual issue are as
follows :—A. Mathematics 1,843; B. Mechanics 841; O. Physics
2,433 ; D. Chemistry 5,632; E. Astronomy 1,223; F. Meteoro-
logy 1,988; G. Mineralogy 1,307; H. Geology 1,702; J. Geography
2,022: K. Paleontology 638; L. General Biology, 689; M.
Botany 6,339; N. Zoology 7,131; O. Anatomy 1,424; P. Anthro-
pology 1,861; Q. Physiology 9,671; R. Bacteriology 3,132. The

Xiv. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.

total number of entries in the author catalogue of the second
annual issue is therefore 49,876, an increase of 6,429, or about
15% more than the number in the first annual issue. The total
number of pages in the first annual issue is 8,387.

The following table shows the number of slips received and the
instalments in which they were supplied to the Central Bureau:—

Germany ... a ... 146,552 slips in 59 instalments
France Sse se w. 46,702 is 38 a
United Kingdom .., we 43,484 3 166 es
United States ae ... 37,688 tS 68 ms
Russia Se ea tara Ray al a 5 -
Italy ... 500 see wee | 1,479 = 25 -
Holland Sod ne ae 6007 ne 17 Be
Austria as he woe, Gso79 3 2 py
Poland Pes Bae sat A92, 3 8 ss
India and Ceylon ... sco BHI 33 39 as
Japan aor ee waop) | 25208) tush 10 *
Switzerland a Se eles . 7 53
Hungary ... ows Soe 1,745 fe 4 2
Denmark ... a Pentel ici re 17 9
Sweden A an wo, 1,450 4, <
Victoria Pas ve roe 1,445 a 3 3
Norway ade apie 1,303 33 12 Be
New South Wales... coe WPL, OLG Pe 5 Bs
Finland Ssh ate BL 707 op 8 ”
South Africa ie wai 645 oF 4, ”
Belgium. - ..; eA ae 584 3 2 ”
Canada on va i 5387 gy 11 »»
New Zealand a, ae 327 a9 3 ”
South Australia... ae 130 i 4 a
Western Australia day 16 A i A

oe

343,503 fs 522 instalments

It was originally intended that the catalogue should not only
contain the titles of papers, but that their subject matter should
be fully indexed also ; financial considerations have, however, led
to the number of subject-entries being at present limited in number.
The title slips received at the Central Bureau very often showed
that the papers were insufficiently indexed, especially in the lists
of new species in botany and zoology; also chemistry; in many cases
the Central Bureau has made good these deficiencies. The

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS, XV.

Executive Committee urge that efforts should be made in all coun-
tries to supply fuller information as to the contents of papers ; if
this were done the catalogue would be much more complete and
the cost would be much decreased, and all Journals are urged to
index each paper and attach the registration numbers at the time
of publication.

At the meeting of the Internationa] Council held at the Royal
Society’s House, London, May 23rd and 24th, 1904, it was resolved
in consequence of the success achieved by the International Cata
logue of Scientific Literature, and of its great importance to
scientific workers, to recommend that its publication be continued
The agreement with the contracting countries was made in the
first instance for five years only, in case the publication of the
catalogue should fail financially or in other ways. It was also
decided to spend £100 in making the catalogue known, and to
take steps to invite the cooperation of other countries not yet
represented on the council, ¢.g. Spain, the Balkan States, South
American Republics, ete.

The proposal to publish additional volumes upon, a. Medicine
and Surgery; 6. Agriculture, Horticulture and Forestry; .
Technology (various branches) was discussed, and it was decided
that the executive committee should take the suggestion into fuller
consideration and bring it under the notice of the International
Convention in July 1905. It was also resolved that all alterations
in the schedules should be collected and: edited by the Central
Bureau prior to submission to the Regional Bureaus for their
opinions, and that the schemes should be edited by a special com-
mittee before being submitted to the International Convention.

(Signed) A. LiversipGE.

A circular letter from Heidelberg was read respecting
the erection of a monument in that city in memory of
ROBERT BUNSEN, and as an expression of the debt of grati-
tude which the world owes him for his great contributions
to science and technology. Professor BUNSEN was an
Honorary Member of the Royal Society of New South

XVI. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.

Wales from 1895. Contributions will be received by the
Hon. Secretaries for transmission to Heidelberg, or they
may be sent direct to the Hon. Treasurer Herr A. RODRIAN,
Stadtrat (in Firma C. Desaga) Heidelberg, Germany.

THE FOLLOWING PAPER WAS READ: |.

‘“‘On the so-called Gold Coated Teeth in Sheep.” By
A. LIVERSIDGE, LL.D., F.R.S., Professor of Chemistry,
University of Sydney.

Paragraphs have appeared recently in some of the London
and Sydney newspapers, stating that gold coated teeth
have been found in Australian sheep. I have recently
received the lower half of a sheep’s jaw bone from Dubbo,
the teeth of which are more or less completely incrusted
with a yellow metallic substance, but more like iron pyrites
(marcassite) or brass than gold. The deposit is about #5 of
an inch, or less than 1 mm. in thickness. Under ahalf inch
objective it is seen to be made up of thin translucent layers
but there is no recognisable organic structure. The
metallic lustre is due to the way in which the light is
reflected from the surface of the superimposed films. The
scale partly dissolves in dilute acids. The residue consists
of filmy organic matter, still possessing a metallic sheen
although white in colour instead of yellow. The chemical
examination shows that the incrustation on the teeth is
merely a tartar-like deposit made up principally of calcium
phosphate and organic matter.

Note.—Professor LIVERSIDGE also showed a calculus of
a similar metallic looking character from a sheep’s stomach,
deposited in distinct layers round a piece of twig, but of
rather a darker bronze tint than the substance on the teeth _
—this specimen belongs to the Sydney Technological
Museum, and was kindly lent for exhibition by the Curator,
Mr. R. T. BAKER.

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. XVil.

EXHIBITS.

1. Mr. J. H. MAIDEN exhibited and described some Of
the identical plants gathered by Banks and Solander on
Captain Cook’s first expedition in 1770.

2. Mr. Henry DEANE exhibited photograph of a painting
of Sydney, date about 1810. Hxplanatory remarks con-
cerning it were made by Mr. J. J. FLETCHER and Mr.
DEANE; the latter kindly presented the photo to the Society.
Mr. DEANE also showed a portrait of the Viscount Sydney
after whom this city was named.

3. Mr. HENRY G. SMITH exhibited specimens of alcohol
from Germany, which he described at some length.
Remarks were made by Mr. G. H. KNiBss, Prof. LIVER-
SIDGE, Mr. R. T. BAKER, Mr. 8S. H. BARRACLOUGH, and Dr.
G. HARKER. |

4. Mr. D. CARMENT exhibited and explained the working
of a new calculating machine.

d. Dr. WALTER SPENCER exhibited specimens of woven
Pina fibre, collection of Chinese gold coins, objects which
formed the sole export of the Loo-Choo Islands 30 years
ago, &c.

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS, JULY 5, 1905.

The General Monthly Meeting of the Society was held
at the Society’s House, No. 5 Hlizabeth-street North, on
Wednesday evening, July 1st, 1905.

H. A. LENEHAN, F.R.A.S., President, in the Chair.

Twenty members were present.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and.
confirmed.

b -July 5 1905

XVill. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.

The certificates of six candidates were read for the
third time, of four for the second time, and of one for the
first time.

The following gentlemen were duly elected ordinary
members of the Society :—

BOARD PETER, M.A. Syd.; Under Secretary and
Director of Hducation, Department of Public
Instruction, Sydney.

Foy, Mark; Merchant, ‘‘ Humemering,’’ Bellevue
Hill, Rose Bay.

HOOPER, GEORGE; Registrar, Sydney Technical Col-
lege, p.r.‘Branksome,’ Henson-street, Summer Hill.

JENSEN, HAROLD INGEMANN; Macleay Fellow of the
Linnean Society of N.S. Wales, 31 Arcadia Road,
Glebe Point.

Moors, ELPHINSTONE MACM., M.A. Melb., F.1.A., Lond. ;
‘ Kallista,’ Raglan Street, Mosman.

TURNER, JOHN WILLIAM; Assistant Under Secretary,
Department of Public Instruction; Department of
Public Instruction, Sydney.

Mr. W. A. DIXON, by permission of the President, made
the following remarks :—He had often found that young
men were quite willing to work out any investigation, but
that they were not aware of any subject which would
repay them ; he, therefore, desired to suggest one in which
he had found no information. He thought it deserved
investigation, but had no time himself to attempt it. He
had in his dining-room a Fletcher’s gas fire, an upright
fire-clay block, with tufts of asbestos heated to radiation of
heat point by a Bunsen flame. Some years ago, sitting in
front of this it occurred to him that it would be an improve-
ment to convert the colorless flame toa colored one, and
therefore twisted some wires into a rope and saturated
this with brine to obtain a sodium flame. Next night the

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. xix.

fire having got hot, he introduced the saturated wire at
the base of the flames, and immediately found a great
reduction in the radiation, so that he felt quite cool.
Removal of the wires and re-insertion several times always
produced the same effect.

The subject he had to suggest was, therefore, ‘* The
Radiation from Coloured Flames.”’ To this might very well
be added the absorption of radiant heat by coloured glass,
which varies much. In this part it would be necessary to
use coloured glass of standard light penetration, such as is
used in Lovibond’s Tintometer.

Remarks were made by Dr. F. H. QUAIFE and Mr. G.
H. KNIBBS.

The President made the following announcements :—

1. The death of the Hon. Sir AUGUSTUS CHARLES GREGORY
K.C.M.G., M.L.C., F.R.G.S., Brisbane, who was elected an
Honorary Member of the Society in 1875, and awarded the
Clarke Memorial Medal in 1896. It was resolved that a
letter of condolence be forwarded to the relatives of the
deceased.

2. That the Officers and Committee of the Hngineering
Section had been elected for the present Session :—
Sectional Committees—Session 1905.
Section K. Hngineering.
Chairman—JOSEPH DAVIS, M. Inst. C.E.
Hon. Secretary—J. HAYDON CARDEW, Assoc. M. Inst. 0.E.

Committee—T. H. HOUGHTON, M. Inst. ¢.E., M.1I. Mech. E., G. R.
Cowdery, Assoc. M. Inst. c.n., T. W. Keele, u.mst.an, W. H.
Cook, . inst. c.5p., NORMAN SELFE, M, Inst. C.E., M.I. Mech. E., J. I.
HAYCROFT, Assoc. M. Inst.c.B., J. N. O. MACTAGGART, B.E.,
R. T. McKay, c.£., F. M. GUMMOoW, M.C.E.

Past Chairmen—J. M. SMAIL, ™. inst. c.n, H.G. MCKINNEY,
M.E, M. Inst.c.E.,S. H. BARRACLOUGH, M.M.E,, Assoc. M. Inst. 0.E.

xXx. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.

Thirty-six volumes, 259 parts, 9 reports, 127 pamphlets,
and 1 photograph, total 432, received as donations, were
laid upon the table and acknowledged.

THE FOLLOWING PAPER WAS READ:

1. ‘‘ Observations on the I[llustrations’of the Banks and
Solander Plants,’ by J. H. MAIDEN, Government
Botanist and Director of the Botanic Gardens, Sydney.

The issue of the third and final volume and plates, from
the coppers engraved in the 18th century, from drawings
by Nodder, Cheveley, and the two Millers, prepared under
the direction of Banks, and depicting over 400 plants col-
lected by him in 1770, during Cook’s first voyage, is, to
Australians at least, an important historical event, which
assuredly demands the most marked emphasis that Aus-
tralians can give it. The present work has been written
by Mr. James Britten of the British Museum, with the
authority of the trustees of that institution. Many of
Banks’ plants depicted were presented by the trustees to
the National Herbarium, Sydney. The scope of this work
is explained, and the proposed changes in nomenclature
are indicated and compared with the names in the “ Flora
Australiensis.”? This handsome publication, apart from
its historical value, is a notable addition to existing
iconographies of Australian plants.

Remarks were made by Mr. W. J. CLUNIES Ross, Mr. R.
T. BAKER, Mr. W. M. HAMLET, and the Author.

EXHIBITS :

1. Professor LIVERSIDGE, M.A., F.R.S., exhibited “‘ Fused
Quartz,’’ also special apparatus.

2. Mr. T. H. HouGHTON, . mst.cu., exhibited Sections
and illustrations of the Locking Bar Pipes as used for the
Coolgardie Water Supply, also specimen of the Universal
Joint.

3. Professor T. W. E. DAVID, B.A., F.G.S., F.R.S., exhibited
a collection of Thinolites. Some remarks were made by
Mr. CHARLES ANDERSON.

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. Xx.

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS, AUGUST 2, 1905.

The General Monthly Meeting of the Society was held
at the Society’s House, No. 5 Hlizabeth-street North, on
Wednesday evening, August 2nd, 1905.

H. A. LENEHAN, F.R.A.S., President, in the Chair.

Twenty-five members were present.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and
confirmed.

Mr. GEORGE HOOPER enrolled his name and was intro-
duced.

Messrs. W. J. CLUNIES Ross and F. B. GUTHRIE were
appointed Scrutineers, and Mr. W. M. HAMLET deputed to
preside at the Ballot Box.

The certificates of four candidates were read for the third —

time, of one for the second time, and of one for the first
time.

The following gentlemen were duly elected ordinary
members of the Society :—

Blakemore, George Henry, General Manager for the
Great Cobar Mining Syndicate, Lithgow.

Hoskins, George I., Hngineer, Burwood Road, Burwood.

Miller, James Edward, Cobar.

Scott, Ernest Kilburn, Hlectrical Engineer, The
University, Sydney.

The Chairman announced (1) that the Society’s Journal,
Vol. xxxvitl., for 1904 was in the binder’s hands and would
be distributed as speedily as possible. (2) That the Second
Popular Science Lecture 1905, on ‘“‘ The Monotremes and
the Origin of Mammals,” (illustrated by lantern slides) by
J. P. HILL, D.sc., F.L.8., Lecturer in Embryology etc., Sydney
University, would be delivered on Friday, 18th August at
8 p.m.

XXll. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.

Forty-four volumes, 241 parts, 7 reports and 15 pamphlets,
total 307, received as donations since the last meeting
were laid upon the table and acknowledged.

The following letter was read :—

Rosalie, 28rd July, 1905.
To the Hon. Secretaries, Royal Society of N.S. Wales, Sydney.

Dear Sirs,—I have the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your letter
of 15th instant, conveying to us the kind expressions of sympathy
expressed by the Royal Society of New South Wales, Sydney. I, on
behalf of myself and brother, have to request that you will kindly thank
them on our behalf for their sympathy with us in our late bereavement.

Yours faithfully,
F. W. Gregory.

THE FOLLOWING PAPER WAS READ:

‘*The refractive indices, with other data, of the oils of 118
species of Hucalyptus,” by Hmenry G. SMITH, F.C.s.,
Assistant Curator, Technological Museum, Sydney.

In this paper the author records the refractive index, the
specific gravity, the specific refractive energy and the
solubility in alcohol of the oil of each species. The material
was distilled at the Museum, and most of it had been pre-
pared for the work “' Research on the Hucalypts and their
Hssential Oils,’’ by Mr. R. T. BAKER and himself, so that
it was of undoubted origin. The oils of those species which
have been obtained since that work was published are also
included. By working upon the oils of sucha large number
of species it was possible to arrange the results in some
order. The specific refractive energy results cannot be ~
used to any great extent for the purpose of classification,
but if the refractive index be multiplied by 10 times the
solubility in 70% alcohol, (sp. gr. 0°8722 at 15°5° C.) a very
good arrangement of the eucalyptol oils can be made. Those
oils which contained eucalyptol in excess had, as a rule,
the least refractive index, and were the most soluble in
alcohol. As the pinene increased in amount the solubility
diminished and although the refractive index remained

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. XXlil.

much the same, yet, the resulting figures increased con-
siderably. The solubilities were taken in tenths, and the
temperature for all the determinations was 16°C. The
oils of the 51 species in the eucalyptol group had refractive
indices ranging from 1°4686 to 1°4774 and the solubility
was from 1°05 to 8 volumes 70% alcohol, down to No. 45,
the remaining six being insoluble in 10 volumes. The specific
gravities of the oils of this group were mostly above 0°91.
The 7 pinene oils in which phellandrene was absent had
refractive indices ranging from 1°4741 to 1°4788, and none
were soluble in less than 7 volumes 80% alcohol. The
pinene oils (14 species) in which the sesquiterpene was pro-
nounced, and phellandrene absent, had refractive indices
ranging from 1°4801 to 1°4948, while the oils which con-
tained the aldehyde aromadendral in some quantity, and in
which phellandrene was absent (9 species) had refractive
_indices from 1°4828 to 1°4946. The refractive indices of
the phellandrene oils which contained piperitone (11 species)
ranged from 1°4828 to 1°4945. The 22 phellandrene oils in
which the sesquiterpene was a pronounced constituent had
refractive indices ranging from 1°4801 to 1°5065. The per-
fumery oils as EH. citriodora, H. Macarthuri and EH.
Staigeriana were not classified.

Remarks were made by Mr. W. A. Drxon, Mr. W. M.
HAMLET, Dr. GEORGE HARKER and Mr. G. H. Knipps. The
author replied.

Mr. LENEHAN exhibited a chart illustrating Trans Pacific
Longitude, and read a letter from Dr. KLOTz in connection
therewith.

Some remarks were made by Mr. Knipps and the
President.

XXxiv. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS, SEPTEMBER 6, 1905.

The General Monthly Meeting of the Society was held
at the Society’s House, No. 5 Hlizabeth-street North, on
Wednesday evening, September 6th, 1905.

H. A. LENEHAN, F.R.A.S., President, in the Chair.
Twenty-seven members were present.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and
confirmed.

Messrs. R. P. SELLORS and J. BROOKS were appointed
Scrutineers, and Mr. W. M. HAMLET deputed to preside at
the Ballot Box.

The certificate of one candidate was read for the third
time, of one for the second time, and of three for the first
time.

The following gentleman was duly elected an ordinary
member of the Society. viz.:-—
Taylor, John M., M.A., LL.B. (Syd.), North Sydney.

The Chairman announced that bound copies of the
Society’s Journal, Vol. xxxvill., for 1904 could be had on
application to the Assistant Secretary.

Thirty-two volumes, 243 parts, 20 reports, and 2
pamphlets, total 297, received as donations since the last
meeting, were laid upon the table and acknowledged.

THE FOLLOWING PAPERS WERE READ:

1. ‘* Reinforced Concrete,’’ Paper III., by Professor W. H.
WARREN, Wh. Sc., M. Inst. CE, M. Am Soc. C.E., Challis Pro-
fessor of Engineering, University of Sydney.

The following matters were dealt with :—.

a. The adhesion of cement mortar and‘concrete to steel.
b. The experimental determination of the neutral axis
in a plain concrete, and also in a reinforced concrete beam,
and the curves of strain for loads increasing from zero to

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. XXV.

the load producing fracture; the determination of the
true form of the stress curve from the actual strain curve
in a plain and in a reinforced concrete beam.

e. The safe working stresses and the fundamental
equations recommended for the design of reinforced con-
crete structure.

d. The adhesion of cement mortar and concrete to the
steel reinforcement was determined by pulling out speci-
ally prepared bars of Bessemer steel from prisms 12 inches
long X 4 inches X 4 inches cross section, by means of a
testing machine.

i. With steel bars having the natural

skin on, after 45 days hardened

in air i sae oi ... 198 fb per sq. inch
ii. With the skin removed and the

bars polished, after 45 days

hardened in air ... eae SE 5 her am
iii. With the skin removed as in ii.,

but hardened in water, after 45

days eae he ae shit S19 aa sey tea ee

b. The experimental determination of the neutral axis
in a plain and in a reinforced concrete beam, also the
curves of strain for loads increasing from zero to that
necessary to produce fracture, was made in a special form
of Buckton testing machine, with two hydraulic presses
for applying the loads at the ends of the beams tested.
Ten beams 72 inches long were tested on supports 40 inches
centre to centre, with two overhanging portions each 16
inches long. The apparatus for measuring the lengthening
and shortening of the beam between the supports over a
length of 40 inches, consisted of eight Martens’ mirror
extensometers, with a corresponding number of scales and
telescopes arranged at different positions in the depth of
the beam. The extreme fibre strains were determined by

XXVI1, ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS,

means of four Martens’ sector extensometers, and the
deflections with dials. The mirror extensometers read
accurately to ivéoo of a millimeter, and it will be observed
that the bending moments and corresponding stresses
between the supports over a length of 40 inches are con-
stant (neglecting the effect of the weight of the beam
itself.) Four reinforced beams were exactly alike in com-
position, age, and reinforcement, and the mean deforma-
tions, which differed very slightly from the corresponding
individual deformations, were plotted. The strain curves
prove that a plane section before flexure is not a plane
section after flexure, and that the deviation from the plane
is greater as the bending moment increases. Again, the
neutral axis moves from the centre of the beam towards
the compression side as the bending moment increases.
The stress curves determined from the strain curves are
fairly straight for a bending moment of about one third
of that producing fracture, but they are curved for greater
bending moments approximating closely to parabolas just
before fracture. The stress curves determined from the
tests of the other reinforced concrete beams confirmed
these results completely. In the plain concrete beam,
without reinforcerient, the strain curves were approxi-
mately straight lines, and the stress curves deduced from
them were curved more on the tension than on the com-
pression side, but in both they approximated closely to
parabolic curves; the neutral axis also moved 0°8 of an
inch towards the compression side as the bending moment
was increased.

In regard to the application of these conclusions to the
practical design of reinforced concrete structures, it
appears desirable to neglect the tensile stress in the con-
crete, as it contributes little to the moment of resistance
of the beams. The equations deduced in Paper II. do not

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. XXVIi.

require any modification, but the following stresses are
recommended in the design of reinforced concrete struc-
sure >

Hxtreme fibre stress in concrete

in compression, c ... = 500 fb per sq. inch.
Shearing stress and adhesion of

the concrete to the steel

reinforcement... co = 0) aia Samba Se
Direct compressive stress in

columns ... a 6) Sct 00) ME ae ame
Tensile stress in steel reinforce-

ments, fs... ae anette OOOO. y Soe0 cs aig leans
Compressive stress in steel re-

inforcements ... eet 0 144 010) eae Ia a eae
Shearing stress in steel rein- |

forcement “ee Roe EOL OOO et en one

E

Ratio of —£ = 15.
ULL GE

c

Fundamental equations in rectangular beams :—

S-= fp ()
c £, a
moe aap ©

Examples are given in the paper, also, of the application
of the conclusions arrived at to tee shaped beams.

2. ‘The Occurrence of Inclusions of Basic Plutonic Rocks
in a Dyke near Kiama,”’ by C. A. SUSSMILCH, F.G.S.

The specimens described were obtained from the Bombo
Quarries, about 2 miles north of Kiama, and consist of
rounded fragments of basic and ultra-basic plutonic rocks
embedded ina dyke rock. The following plutonic rocks

XXViil. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.

were described:—(1) Hypersthene Gabbro; (2) Augite
Peridotite; (8) Enstatite Peridotite, containing Picotite ;
(4) Pyroxenite. The dyke rock was shown to be a mon-
chiquite. The occurrence of these inclusions (xenoliths)
taken in conjunction with those occurring at Bulli, Dundas
and various localities in the Sydney District, points to the
occurence of large areas of. basic and ultrabasic plutonic
rocks at some distance below the surface in this part of
New South Wales.

EXHIBITS.

Professor WARREN read some notes on hardness of
different metals, and exhibited a Sclerometer for testing
same.

Mr. LENEHAN exhibited and explained a chart showing
drift of the s.s. ‘* Pilbarra,’’ after losing her propeller
blades.

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS, OCTOBER 4, 1905.

The General Monthly Meeting of the Society was held
at the Society’s House, No. 5 Elizabeth-street North, on
Wednesday evening, October 4th, 1905.

H. A. LENEHAN, F.R.A.S., President, in the Chair.

Thirty-six members and three visitors were present.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and
confirmed.

Messrs. }'. B. GUTHRIE and R. T. BAKER were appointed
Scrutineers, and Prof. LIVERSIDGE deputed to preside at
the Ballot Box.

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. XXix.

The certificate of one candidate was read for the third
time, of three for the second time, and of one for the first
time.

The following gentleman was duly elected an ordinary
member of the Society, viz:—
Simpson. D. C., m. inst. c.z.; North Sydney.

Three volumes, 118 parts, 4 reports and 2 pamphlets,
total 127, received as donations since the last meeting,
were laid upon the table and acknowledged.

The following note was read and explanatory remarks
made upon the several exhibits shown :—

‘*Note on some simple Models for use in the Teaching of

- Elementary Crystallography,” by W. G. WoOoLNOUGH,

p.se. [Communicated by Prof. T. W. H. Davin, B.a.,
F.R.S. |

Dr. WoOOLNOUGH exhibited models to illustrate the con-
nection between the number of faces in a crystal °“‘ form ”’
and the elements of symmetry of the group to which the
crystal belongs. He explained briefly that all crystals are
symmetrical bodies, the symmetry being due to a regular
repetition of similar faces with respect to planes, axes,
and a centre of symmetry. Planes of symmetry divide
crystals into parts which bear the same relation to one
another as an object and its reflection in a mirror. With
respect to axes of symmetry, the repetition of faces is
rotational in character. Planes of symmetry are therefore
represented in the models by mirrors suitably arranged,
and crystal faces by triangles of cardboard. The mirrors
are so fixed that the multiple reflection of the card repro-
duces the shape of the most general form possible in the
crystal group. In this way it is very strikingly shown
that in the normal groups of the cubic, tetragonal, hex-
agonal, and rhombic systems are closed forms of 48, 16, 24

KXX. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.

and 8 faces respectively. The model for the normal group
of the monoclinic system consists of a mirror pierced by an
axis capable of rotation, the cards representing faces are
fixed in such a way as to show, by rotation of the axis
through 180°, that the general form consists of four faces
only, and is open. In the normal group of the triclinic
system, where there is only a centre of symmetry, this is
represented by a spherical cork, on opposite sides of which
two equal and similar cards are carried showing that every
form in this group is open and consists of two faces only.

Remarks were made by Prof. Davin, Mr. S. H. BARRA-
CLOUGH, and Mr. G. H. KNIBBS.

EXHIBITS.

Prof. LIVERSIDGE exhibited specimens of metallic calcium
and described its preparation and physical properties.
Some remarks were made by Mr. GUTHRIE.

Mr. J. H. MAIDEN exhibited and commented upon
the following :—

1. The Thready-barked She Oak from Northern N.S.W.
(Casuarina inophloia). Remarkable for the texture of its
bark, its coarse medullary rays, and the uninflammable
character of its wood.

2. Fresh male amenta of Araucaria Rulei, an interest-
ing New Caledonian species which rarely produces male
flowers in Sydney.

3. Selaginella lepidophylla, an American plant (Mexico
to Peru, etc.) which, artificially scented with oil of cinna-
mon is at present being sold in Australia as the true “‘ Rose
of Jericho,’’ which is a Crucifer from Palestine.

Some remarks were made by Mr. R. T. BAKER.

Mr. HENRY DEANE, M.A., M. Inst. c.E., exhibited a Series of
photographs of the Frank, (Alberta Territory, Canada)

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. Xxx.

Rock Slide of 29 April, 1903. See Report, Department of
the Interior, Dominion of Canada. Extract from Part viii.,
Annual Report 1903, Ottawa, 1904 :—

1. Turtle Mountain, part of easterly range of Rocky
Mountains.

2. Summit 3,000 feet above valley of Old Man River.
Upper Palzeozoic Limestone, above Oretaceous shales and
sandstones below.

3. Slipping mass, one-half mile square, and probably 400
to 500 feet thick. It crossed the valley, rising to a height
of 400 feet on the other side. Distance from summit to
end of slide 25 miles. Area covered by débris 1°03 sq. m.
Number of lives lost about 70.

Remarks were made by Prof. DAVID, Dr. WALTER SPENCER
and Mr. G. H. HALLIGAN.

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS, NOVEMBER 1, 19085.

The General Monthly Meeting of the Society was held
at the Society’s House, No. 5 Hlizabeth-street North, on
Wednesday evening, November 1st, 1905.

H. A. LENEAAN, F.R.A.S., President, in the Chair.
Twenty-five members and two visitors were present.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and
confirmed.

His Honor Judge DocKER and Mr. ALG. PEAKE were
appointed Scrutineers, and Mr. HAMLET deputed to preside
at the Ballot Box.

XXXil. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.

The certificates of three candidates were read for the
third time, of one for the second time, and of five for the
first time. .

The following gentlemen were duly elected ordinary
members of the Society, viz.:—
BIGNOLD, HuGH BARON, Barrister-at-Law; Chambers,
Wentworth Court, Elizabeth-street.
DAMPNEY, GERALD F., Fellow of the Society of Chemical
Industry; ‘* Doonbah,’’ Hunter’s Hill.
Hype, ELuis, Analyst; 27 York-street.
Thirty-three volumes, 191 parts, 24 reports, 7 pamphlets
and 8 maps, total 263, received as donations since the last
meeting, were laid upon the table and acknowledged.

Prof. LIVERSIDGE gave notice of motion that Rule xxvIil.
be altered to read as follows :—
“Meetings of the Council of Management may take
place on the last Wednesday in every month or on such
other days as the Council may determine.”’

THE FOLLOWING PAPER WAS READ:

** Provisional Determination of Astronomical Refraction,
from observations made with the Meridian Circle
instrument of the Sydney Observatory,’’ by C. J.
MERFIELD, F.R.A.S., Mitglieder der Astronomischen
Gesellschaft.

This paper gives the results of an investigation into
astronomical refraction, deduced from some five hundred
and fifty observations of forty fundamental stars taken
with the meridian circle of the Sydney Observatory during
the month of July 1905. The author fully explains the
methods adopted in dealing with the observed data, show-
ing its advantages and otherwise. Two examples of the
adopted forms used in the reduction are given, by which ;
the simplicity of the method is well illustrated. After
completing the discussion of the data, the results are formed

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. XXXIli,

into normals with the zenith distance as argument. An
examination of these results clearly indicates that the so
called constant of refraction needs, not only a correction,
but one for every zenith distance. It may be remarked
that similar conclusions have been obtained by recent
investigators in this connection. From the results of this
work the author arrives at a value of the constant
a = 60°283
for B = 760 mm. at 0 (C) and t = 0 (C)

It would appear from this investigation, however, that the
formula from which the refractions are computed requires
modification. The formula may be retained unaltered and
the desired result obtained by correcting the value of Log a
of the tables in a manner shewn in the paper. Thus we
have Log A a = + 0°000122 [52° 30’ 33” —2|
in which 2 equals the zenith distance in arc.

The conclusions arrived at by the author are as follows:
That if observations of zenith distance of celestial objects
are taken between limits of time separated by some hours,
then greater accuracy in the reductions, to obtain correct
positions, can be obtained by taking fully into consideration
the fluctuations of the height of the barometer and especi-
ally the variation of the temperature, indicated by the
readings of the thermometer, when computing the refrac-
tions for a series of observations extending over a period
ef several hours duration. Adopting a state of the
atmosphere for a mean of the times of observation does
not seem sufficient. Further, the refraction table, (Bessel),
in use at the Sydney observatory would represent the
observed refractions much better, if a correction be applied
for the difference in the force of gravity at Greenwich and
Sydney. This correction is represented by a very simple
equation which is a function of the latitudes of the two
places. The author also considers that the refractions.

c—Nov. 1, 1905.

XXXIV. ® ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS

computed from the Pulkowa tables, after applying the
gravity correction, would represent the observed values
better than those of Bessel.

Remarks were made by Mr. KNIBBS and the President.

EXHIBITS.

Professor LIVERSIDGE exhibited plants of British Woad,
(Isatis tinctoria) in flower and gave an account of woad
and its uses, of which the following is an abstract :—Isatis .
tinetoria is a biennial herbaceous crucifer. The flowers
are small, yellow, and borne in spreading clusters, or
panicles. The leaves are large, smooth, and lanceolate
or spathulate. The seeds from which the plants exhibited
were grown, were sown in his garden in July or August
last, and the plants are about 3 feet 6 inches high, and,
although biennial, have been in flower for about a fortnight
or three weeks. The seeds were obtained from Mr. Howard’s
Woad mill at Parson Drove about 6 miles from Wisbech, on
August 20th, 1904, when Professor Liversidge was one of
a party from the British Association meeting at Cambridge,
visiting the woad mill and farm. The party were told that
there was only one other woad farm left, viz: near Hol-
beach in Lincolnshire, and that one of the two (Parson
Drove ?) was about to be relinquished and the land used
for other purposes. F

Woad is a native of South Hurope, and before the intro-
duction of indigo was very largely used as a blue dye and
was extensively cultivated in various parts of Hurope.
According to Pliny, the ancient Britons used it for stain-
ing their skin blue. In England it was formerly cultivated
in several places, but it is now only grown in two places,
in the fen lands of Lincolnshire, and Cambridgeshire. It
requires very good soil and the land fetches £10 an acre
rent, and from £150 to £200 freehold. The seeds are sown
in March or April, and the first crop of leaves is gathered

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. XXXKV.

from near base of the plant in June, one or two more gather-
ings may be made at intervals of a month or six weeks.
The freshly gathered leaves are at once ground to a pulp
in roller mills (worked by horses) very similar to a clay
mill, in a circular thatched shed, the rollers are slightly
conical hollow wooden drums, fitted with 25 or 30 longi-
tudinal iron bars to serve as the crushing edges, the pulp is
removed and allowed to drain; when sufficiently dry, it is
worked up into balls of about 4 inches to 6 inches diameter,
by hand on a tray (‘balling horse’). The hands of the women
who worked the woad into balls were slightly stained blue.
The balls are placed on gratings arranged in tiers in sheds
(‘ranges,’) with open sides so as to allow free circulation
of air. When the whole of the crop has been treated in
this way the balls are ground to a coarse powder in the
roller mill, which is spread over the floor of the * couching
house’ to a depth of two or three feet, and worked up into
a paste by frequently sprinkling with water and turning
over withspades. This goes on for several weeks. During
this process fermentation is set up; at first there is a con-
siderable rise in temperature, the mass steams and an
offensive smell is given off. The operation requires much
care and some skill; if carried out too slowly the product
is ‘heavy’ or sodden, and if too quickly ‘foxy.’ When the
fermentation is over and the pasty mass has cooled down
it is packed in casks for market. Nine parts of the leaves
yield about 1 part of prepared woad and this may contain
2% of indigotin, but some samples contain none atall. A
few years ago it fetched £25 a ton, it is now worth only £9.

It isnot now used for the sake of the dye, but is employed
to start fermentation in the indigo vat (or woad vat) used
by the Yorkshire woollen dyer, and its use will, now that
artificial indigo is coming into use, soon be given up
altogether. Imitation woad is made from rhubarb, cabbage

XXXVI. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.

and other leaves, but they are inferior in starting fermen-
tation. Indican, the glucoside yielding indigo blue can be
extracted from the dried woad leaves by ether, on washing
this with water and evaporating the water solution the
indican is left as a pale brown syrup, soluble’in spirit,
ether, etc. Indican is very unstable, boiling or long heat-
ing its solution decomposes it and it yields indiglucin but
no indigotin, i.e., indigo blue when treated with acids.
To illustrate the process of dyeing with woad; digest half
a pound of woad with a gallon of water, ina closed vessel,
at 100° F., for 12 or more hours ; then stirin about 4 oz. of
lime. The indican (C,H;,NO,;) undergoes hydrolysis and

indigo-white is formed. Ii now a skein of white wool be

placed in the liquid for an hour or so, on taking it out and
exposing it to the air it will acquire a pale blue colour ;
the soluble indigo-white hydrindigotin(C,,H..N.O.) or reduced
indigo is oxidised by the air to insoluble indigo-blue or
indigotin (CisHiN;O,).

An interesting account of the preparation and use of
woad from the pen of Dr. C. B. Plowright, will be found in
‘‘Nature’’ of 1st February, 1900.

Remarks were made by Mr. W. A. DIxon and Mr. MAIDEN.

The experiment with Dr. QUAIFE’s Lantern Electric Lamp
was unavoidably postponed.

Mr. 8. HENRY BARRACLOUGH exhibited the Tantalum
Lamp with stereoscopic photographs of Clarke Maxwell’s
Thermodynamic surface.

Mr. H. A. LENEHAN, showed various diagrams of modern
astronomical instruments for eclipse observations.

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. XXXVIil.

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS, DECEMBER 6, 1905.

The General Monthly Meeting of the Society was held
at the Society’s House, No. 5 Hlizabeth-street North, on
Wednesday evening, December 6th, 1905.

H. A. LENEHAN, F.R.A.S., President, in the Chair.
Thirty members and one visitor were present.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and
confirmed.

Mr. T. F. FURBER and Dr. F. H. QUAIFE were appointed
Scrutineers, and Mr. D. CARMENT deputed to preside at the
Ballot Box.

The certificate of one candidate was read for the third
time, of five for the second time, and of one for the first
time.

The following gentleman was duly elected an ordinary
member of the Society. viz.:-—

SCHEIDEL, AUGUST, pnp. Union Club.

Mr. DAviID FELL, C.A.A., M.L.A., and Mr. FERDINAND
BENDER, were appointed Honorary Auditors for the current
year.

The President announced (1) that the Council recom-
mended the election of the following gentlemen as
Honorary Members of the Society :—

HEMiL FISCHER, Professor of Chemistry, University,
Berlin.
STANISLAO CANNIZZARO, Professor of Chemistry, Reale
Universita, Rome.
DANIEL OLIVER, LL.D., F.R.S., Emeritus Professor of
Botany, University College, London.
The election was carried unanimously.

XXXVIll. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.

(2) The death of Captain F. W. HuTron, F.R.S., Curator,
Canterbury Museum, Christchurch, New Zealand, elected
Honorary Member 1888, Clarke Medallist 1891.

Professor LIVERSIDGE submitted an obituary notice of
the deceased gentleman, and afterwards moved the follow-
ing resolution, which was seconded by His Honor JUDGE
~DOCKER and carried unanimously :—

(a) ‘‘The members of the Royal Society of New South
Wales learn with the deepest regret of the death
of Captain HUTTON, F.R.S., one of its Honorary
Members, and they hereby place on record their
high appreciation of Captain HurTtron’s great and |
life long services for the advancement of science.”’

(b) *‘That the above resolution be forwarded to the
late Captain HvTtTon’s family with an expression
of this Society’s deep sympathy with them in their
bereavement.”’

Twenty-two volumes, 131 parts, 56 reports, 12 pamphlets
and 8 maps, total 229, received as donations since the last
meeting, were laid upon the table and acknowledged.

THE FOLLOWING PAPERS WERE READ:

1. ‘‘A method of separating the clay and sand in clay soils
and those rich in organic matter,’ by L. COHEN,
Chemical Laboratory, Department of Agriculture.
(Communicated by F. B. GUTHRIE, F.1.C., F.C.S.)

The methods usually adopted for separating sand and clay
in the analyses of soils involve boiling with water, with
dilute alkali, pestling etc., before elutriation. These
processes have with certain classes of soils produced un-
satisfactory results. The deficiencies of these methods are
more apparent in humus and clay soils, owing to the
cohesive power of the organic matter present, the vegetable
fibre (cellulose) exerting a binding effect on clay particles |

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. XXxix,

and causing them to behave in the elutriator as if they
were sand grains. In order to eliminate the fibre the
author uses a solution of zinc chloride in hydrochloric acid
(407° HCl) with gratifying results. A weighed quantity,
30 gm. of the soil is passed through a sieve containing 50
meshes to the inch, and the resulting fine soil boiled in
about 100 cc. of the above solution for half an hour. The
mass is then cooled, diluted, washed out into the elutriating
vessel and the water allowed to flow through. When the
overflow water is quite clear, the residue is washed out,
dried on the water bath and weighed as sand. A peaty
oil containing 22°7% of organic matter yielded 57% of sand
by boiling with water alone as compared with 6°17% by the
zine chloride process. Microscopical examination proved
the latter to be practically pure sand, while the former
contained an overwhelming proportion of clay and vegetable
matter. A comparative table is shown giving percentages
of sand obtained on treatment with different reagents, from
typical soils to which this method more particularly applies.

Remarks were made by Mr. F. B. GUTHRIE, Dr. R. GREIG
SMITH, Mr. J. H. MAIDEN, Dr. HARKER, and His Honor
Judge DockER. Mr. COHEN replied.

2. “Latitude of the Sydney Observatory,’’—appendix to a
paper on the “ Provisional Determination of Astro-
nomical Refraction, from observations made with the
Meridian Circle instrument of the Sydney Observatory,”’
by C. J. MER¥FIELD, F.R.A.S., Mitglieder der Astrono-

_mischen Gesellschaft.

This paper contains determination of the latitude of the
Sydney Meridian Circle instrument, deduced from zenith
pairs used in a previous work, on astronomical refraction,
recently communicated. The adopted latitude

g= —33° 51’ 41°1"
depended on observations taken, by the Rev. W. ScoTT, M.A.,

xl. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.

during the month of June 1859. His subsequent determin-
ations indicated that the value is numerically too small,
and the present reduction supports this view, the mean
latitude obtained being
o= —33° ol 41-55"

This is only a provisional value, but is probably accurate
to 0°25", an alteration in the accepted value is regarded as
unwise until the question is more completely discussed.
Local conditions, existing near each meridian circle, differ
considerably at all observatories. The results of the
meridian circle should be reduced having regard to local
refraction determined with the instrument used. Similarly
the latitude, used in transforming the observed zenith dis-
tances into declinations should also be determined by the
Same instrument. A definitive determination of the abso-
lute mean latitude of the Sydney Observatory is a desider-
atum. Were it decided to undertake such work, the obser-
vations should be made at intervals extending over a long
period, so that the data could also be used for an investi-
gation of the variation of latitude. For this purpose the
construction of an instrument specially for the object in
view is advocated.

Remarks were made by Mr. LENEHAN and Mr. T. F.
FURBER. Mr. MERFIELD replied.

3. “Sociology of Some Australian Tribes,’ by R. H.
MATHEWS, L.S.

The author stated his opinion that among the social
institutions of a primitive people there is none of greater
interest and value to the anthropologist than the study of
these social systems. He also expressed his conviction
that neither “‘ sexual promiscuity ’’ nor *‘ group marriage ”’
have ever existed among the Australian aborigines. He
further expressed the opinion that the divisions into phra-
tries, groups and sections had not been deliberately made

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS xli.

with intent to regulate the relations of the sexes, but had
been developed in accordance with surrounding circum-
stances and conditions of life.

Some remarks were made by Mr. R. HELMS.

4. **On an undescribed species of Leptospermum and its
Essential Oil,’ by R. T. BAKER, F.L.S., Curator, and
H. G. Situ, F.c.s., Assistant Curator, Technological
Museum, Sydney. 3

‘“The Lemon-scented Leptospermum.’’ The species
described in this paper occurs in the North Coast District
of New South Wales and the Southern Coast District of
Queensland. It is a shrub attaining a height from 6 to 12
feet, with erect branches and small, lanceolate, ovate
leaves ; the flowers occurring in the axils of the leaves on
the upper branchlets. The fruits measure about two to
three lines in diameter. Its differentiation from described
species is based on both morphological and chemical char-
acters, although the former are alone sufficiently marked
to warrant its specific rank. It may possibly in the past,
have been confused with some of the varieties of L.
fiavescens, but apart from well marked taxonomic characters
none of those species give a lemon-scented odour. The
leaves and terminal branchlets of this plant yielded 0°227%
of an essential oil containing a considerable amount of citral.
This appears to be the first time that the oils of the Leptos-
permums have been investigated, and the indications for
the previously described species are not commercially
promising. However, other species will be worked as
opportunity offers. The marked lemon odour given by the
leaves when crushed appears to be characteristic of this
species, and is an aid in its discrimination. Besides citral
(35%) the oil contained dextro-rotatory pinene (25%), an
alcohol considered to be geraniol (9°74), an ester most
probably geranyl-acetate (5°357) and a sesquiterpene.

xii. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.

Citral is the only aldehyde present in the oil, as proved in
several ways. The crude oil was soluble in an equal volume
of 80% alcohol, but not in 10 volumes 70% alcohol; it had a
specific gravity 0°8095 at 15° C., a refractive index 1°4903
at 16° C., and a rotation in a 100 mm. tube of 9°2 degrees
to the right. The pinene, which on a final rectification,
boiled between 155—157° C., had a specific gravity 0°8601
at 15° C., a refractive index 1°4706 at 20°, a rotation
a” + 35°5°, and gave a nitrosochloride melting at 103°. The
purified citral obtained both from the crystalline bisulphite,
and from the soluble compound, gave in both samples a
refractive index 1°4913 at 20° a specific gravity 0°8937 at
the same temperature; it had the odour of citral and also
gave the naphthocinchoninic acid for that aldehyde. The
non-aldehydic portion of the oil had a specific gravity 0°8866
at 20°, rotation +13°4° and refractive index 1°4855 at 22°.
It was esterised in the usual way for the determination of
the free alcohol. Limonene could not be detected, nor
were either phellandrene or cineol present. The name
proposed for the species is L. Liversidgei.

EXHIBITS.

Portion of Lightning Conductor crushed by the discharge,
exhibited by Mr. D. K. CLARK, with note by Prof. J. A.
PoOLLOcK and Mr. 8S. H. BARRACLOUGH.

Specimens of American timbers by Mr. R. T. BAKER.

The following donations were laid upon the table and
acknowledged :—
TRANSACTIONS, JOURNALS, REPORTS, &e.

(The Names of the Donors are in Italics.)

AacHEN—Meteorologische Observatoriums. Deutsches Meteoro-
logisches Jahrbuch fiir 1903, Jahrgang 1x., Aachen. The Director

ABERDEEN—University. Aberdeen University Studies, Nos. 10,
and 11 1904. The University

AcIREALE-—R. Accademia di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti Degli Zelanti.
Rendiconti e Memorie, Serie 3, Vol. 111., 1903-4. Memorie
della Classe di Lettere. The Academy

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. xliil.

ApELAIDE—Department of Mines. A review of Mining Opera-
tions in the State of South Australia during the half
year ended December 31, 1904. Record of the Mines of
South Australia, Supplementary Issue, 1905. The Department

Observatory. Meteorological Observations during the years

1900-1. The Observatory
Public Library, Museum, and Art Gallery. Report of the

Board of Governors for 1903-4, 1904-5. The Director
Royal Society of South Australia. Transactions and Pro-

ceedings, Vol. xxvi11., 1904, The Society

ALBANY— University of the State of New York. College Depart-
ment, Annual Report (6th) 1908. High School Depart-
ment, Annual Report (10th) 1902, Vols. 1.,11. Regents’
Annual Report (117th) 1908. New York State Library,
Annual Report (86th) 1903. New York State Museum,
Annual Report (56th) 1902, Vols.1.-1v. Bulletin, Nos.
63, 69 - 82, 1903-5. The University

AmstTERDAM-—Académie Royale des Sciences. Jaarboek, 1903,
1904 Proceedings of the Section of Sciences, Vol. v1.,
Parts i., 11., 1908-4; Vol. vir., Partsi., i1., 1904-5. Ver-
handelingen (Eerste Sectie) Deel vii1., Nos. 6, 7, 1904;
Deel rx., No. 1; (T'weede Sectie) Deel x., Nos. 1 - 6, 1903-4;
Deel x1., 1905; Deel xi1,, Nos. Ll, 2, 1905. Verslag van
de Gewone Vergaderingen, Deel x11., Gedeelte 1., i1.,

- 1903-4; Deel x1i1., Gedeelte 1., 11., 1904-5. The Academy
Société Royale de Zoologie. Bijdragen tot de Dierkunde
Aflevering 17, 18, 1893 - 1904. The Society
Annapouis, Md.—U.S. Naval Institute. Proceedings, Vol. xxx.,
Wo, 4, 1904; Vol. xxxt., Nos. 1, 2, 1905. The Institute
AuckLtanp—Auckland Institute and Museum. Annual Report
for 1904-5. i

Battimore—Johns Hopkins University. American Chemical
Journal, Vol. xxx1.. Nos.4-6; Vol. xxx11., Nos. 1-6,
1904; Vol. xxxim.. Nos. 1 - 2,1905. American Journal of
Mathematics, Vol. xxv1,, Nos. 1-4, 1904; Vol. xxvir.,
No.1,1905. American Journal of Philology, Vol. xx1v.,
No. 4, 1908; Vol. xxv., Nos. 1-3, 1904. Studies in
Historical and Political Science, Vol. xxu., Nos. 1-12,
1904; Vol. xxi11., Nos. 1,2, 1905. University Circular,

Nos. 2, 3, 5, 7, 8, 1904; No. 1, 1905. The University
Maryland Geological Survey. Miocene, (2 vols.) Text and
Plates, 1904 The Survey

BANGALORE—Mysore Geological Department. Bulletin, No.
3, 1905. Memoirs, Vol, 11.,1905. Report of the Chief

Inspector of Mines for the year 1903-4. The Department
BasLtE—Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Verhandlungen, Band
xv., Heft 3, 1904; Band xvi1., 1904. The Society

Brercen—Bergen Museum. Aarbog, Hefte 3, 1903; Hefte 1, 3,
1904. Aarsberetning, 1903, 1904. An account of the
Crustacea of Norway by G. O. Sars, Vol. v., Copepoda
Harpacticoida, Parts iii. - viii., 1904-5. Hydrographical
and Biological Investigations in Norwegian Fiords by
O. Nordgaard and E. Jorgensen, 1905. The Museum

xliv. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.

BerkKELEY—University of California. Agricultural Experiment —
Station, Report (22nd) 1904; Bulletin, Nos. 155-164,
1904-5 ; Circular. Nos. 5—12,1903-4. American Archae-
ology and Ethnology, Vol. 1., Nos. 1, 2, 1903-4; Vol. 1t.,
Nos. 1—4, 1904-5. Announcement of Courses 1903-4,
1904-5. Botany, Vol. 11., Nos. 1, 2, 1904. Bulletin, Vol,
v,. No. 3, Vol. vi., Nos. 1, 2, 1904. Department of
Geology, Bulletin, Vol, 111., Nos. 16 - 22, 1904; Vol.t1v.,
No. 1, 1905. Pathology, Vol. 1., Nos. 2-7, 1904. Phy-
siology, Vol. 1., Nos. 13— 22, 1904; Vol. 11., Nos. 1-9,
1904-5. The Department of Anthropology, account of,
1905. The University Chronicle, Vol. v1., No. 4, 1904;
Vol. vir., No. 1 and extra number 1904. The University

Bertin—Centralbureau der Internationalen Erdmessung.
Verhandlungen der 1903, Copenhagen Conferenz, Theil
I1., Spezialberichte. Verdffentlichungen, N.F., No. 10,

1904. The Bureau
Gesellschaft ftir Erdkunde zu Berlin. Zeitschrift, Nos. 6 -
10, 1904; Nos. 1-5, 1995. The Society

Koniglich preussische Akademie der Wissenschaften.
Sitzungsberichte, Nos. 41—55., 1904; Nos. 1-88, 1905.
The Academy

Koniglich preussische Meteorologische Instituts. Deutsches
Meteorologisches Jahrbuch fiir 1903, Heft 2. Ergebnisse
der beobachtungen an den Stationen 11. und m1 Ordnung
im Jahre 1899, Heft 111. Ergebnisse der Meteoro-
logischen Beobachtungen in Potsdam im Jahre 1901.
Ergebnisse der Niederschlags-Beobachtungen im Jahre
1901. The Institute

Brerne—Département de l’Interieur de la Confédération Suisse,
Section des Travaux Publics. Graphische Darstellungen
der Schweizerischen hydrometrischen Beobachtungen
und der Luft-Temperaturen und Niederschlags-Hohen
fiir das Jahr 1908. Tabellarische Zusammenstellung
der Haupt-Ergebnisse der Schweizerischen hydro-
metrischen Beobachtungen fiir das Jahr 1891. The Department

BirMINGHAM—Birmingham and Midland Institute Scientific
Society. Records of Meteorological Observations taken
at the Observatory Edgbaston, 1904. The Society

Botoena—R. Accademia delle Scienze dell’ Istituto di Bologna.
Memorie, Serie 5, Tomo r1x., Fase 1-4, 1900 - 2; Tomo
x., Fasc 1- 4, 1902-3; Serie €, Tomo1,, 1904, Indice
Generale, 1890 - 1908. Rendiconto, Nuova Serie, Vol.
v., 1900-1; Vol. v1., 1901-2; Vol. vir., 1902-3; Vol. viir.,
1903-4. The Academy

Bonn—Naturhistorischer Vereins der Preussischen Rheinlande,
Westfalens und des Reg.-Bezirks Osnabriick. Verhand-

lungen, Jabrgang ux1., Halfte 1, 1904. The Society
Niederrheinische Gesellschaft fiir Natur—und Heilkunde
zu Bonn. Sitzungsberichte, 1904, ”

Boston, Mass.—American Academy of Arts and Sciences. Pro-
ceedings, Vol. xu., Nos. 3-23, 1904-5; Vol. xu1., Nos.
1-7, 1905. The Academy

ABS!RACT OF PROCEEDINGS. xiv,

Bostun—continued.

Boston Society of Natural History. Memoirs, Vol. v., Nos.
10, 11, 1903-4; Vol.vr., No.1,1905. Occasional Papers,
Vol. vir., Nos. 1—3, 1904. Price List of Publications
1904. Proceedings, Vol xxx1., Nos. 2-10, 1903-4; Vol.

muxe., Nos. 1, 2, 1904. The Society
BovunpsER, Colo.— University of Colorado. University Studies,
Vol. x1., Nos. 3, 4, 1905. The University
BreMEN—Freie Hansestadt Bremen. Deutsches Meteorolo-
gisches Jahrbuch fiir 1904, Jahrgang xv. The Observatory
Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein zu Bremen. Abhandlungen
Band xvitr., Heft 1, 1905. The Society
BRiIsBANE—Geological Survey of Queensland. Publications,
Nos. 196 — 200, 1905. The Survey
Queensland Museum. Annals, No. 6, n.d. The Museum

Royal Geographical Society of Australasia, Queensland.
Queensland Geographical Journal, New Series, Vol. x1x.,

1903-4; Vol. xx., 1904-5. The Society
Royal Society of Queensland. Proceedings, Vol. x1x.,
Part 1., 1905. ie

Brooxtyn—Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences. Cold
Spring Harbor Monographs 3 — 5,1905. Science Bulletin
of the Museum, Vol. 1., Nos. 5, 6, 1905. The Institute
BrussELs—Académie Royale des Sciences, des Lettres et des
Beaux-Arts. Annuaire 1904, 1905. Bulletin de la
Classe des Sciences, Nos. 7-12, 1903; Nos. 1 - 12, 1904;

Nos. 1 - 5. 1908. The Academy
Jardin Botanique de l Etat. Bulletin, Vol.1., Fasc. 4- 6,

1903 — 5. The Director
Musée Royal d’ Histoire Naturelle de Belgique. Mémoires,

Tome 1., 1908. (pp. 1 - 154). The Museum

Société Royale de Botanique. Bulletin, Tome xu., 1901. The Society

Société Royale Malacologique de Belgique. Annales, Tome
Xxxvil,, 1902; Tome xxxvi1r., 1903; Tome xxxrx.,1904. __,,
Buenos Arres—Academia Nacional de Ciencias en Cordoba.
Boletin, Tomo xvi1., Entrega 4, 1904. The Academy
Directeur-Général de Statistique de la Province de Buénos
Ayres. Boletin Mensual, Ano v., Nos. 46-—48,1904. The Director
Museo Nacional de Buenos Aires. Anales, 3 Serie, Tome 1I1r.,

1904; Tome tiv., 1905. The Museum
Universidad de La Plata. Paleontologia Argentina, No. 2,
1904. The University

BuLtawayo—Rhodesia Museum. Annual Report (8rd) 1904. The Museum

CazEn—Académie Nationale des Sciences, Arts et Belles-Lettres.
Mémoires, 1904 et Tables Décennales 1894 4 1903 incl. The Academy
CaucuTtTa-—Asiatic Society of Bengal. Journal, Vol. uxxit.,
Part 1., No. 2, 1903; Vol. uxx111., Parti., Nos. 1-4, Part,
ii., Nos. i - 5, Part iii, Nos. 1-4, 1904. Proceedings,
No. 11, Extra No. 1903, Nos. 1-10, 1904. The Society
Board of Scientific Advice for India. Annual Report for
the year 1903-4. The Board

xlvi. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.

CaLcurTa—continued.

Geological Survey of India. Memoirs, Vol. xxxt1., Part iv.,
Vol. xxxv., Part iii., 1904. Memoirs, Paleontologia
Indica, Ser. xv., Vol. 1v., 1903; New Series, Vol. 11.,
Memoir No. 2, 1905. Records, Vol. xxx1., Parts 111., iv.,

1904; Vol. xxx11., Parts i., 11., 1905. The Survey
CamBRIDGE—Cambridge Philosophical Society. Proceedings,
Vol. x11r., Parts 1., 11.. 1905. The Society

CAMBRIDGE (Mass.)—Museum of Comparative Zoélogy at Harvard
College. Annual Report of the Keeper for 1903-4.
Bulletin, Vol. xi. (Geological Series. Vol. v1.) No. 6,
1906; Vol. xtv., No, 4, 1904; Vol. xuv1., Nos. 3 —9, 1904-5;
Vol. xtvii., 1905. Memoirs, Vol. xxv., No. 2,1905; Vol.

xxvi,, No. 5, 1905; Vol. xxx1., 1904; Vol. xxx11., 1905. The Museum
CarE Town—Geological Commission. Ninth Annual Report
1904. Index to the Annual Report for the years 1896 —

1903. The Commission
South African Association for the Advancement of Science.
Report of the Second Meeting held at Johannesburg,

April 1904. The Association
South African Philosophical Society. Transactions, Vol. xv.,
Parts ili. — v., 1904-5; Vol. xvi., Part i., 1905. The Society

CARLSRUHE—Grossherzoglich - Badische Polytechnische Hoch
Schule. Inaugural Dissertations &c. (15) 1904. The Director

Naturwissenschaftliche Vereins zu Karlsruhe. Verhand-
lungen, Band xvit., 1903-4. The Society

Cuicaco—Field Columbian Museum. Geological Series, Vol.
11., Nos. 5, 6, 1904; Vol. 11, No. 1, 1905. Report
Series, Vol. 11., No. 4, 1904. Zoological Series, Iv.,
Parts 1., 11., Vol. v., 1904. The Museum
University of Chicago. Astrophysical Journal, Vol. xx1.,
Nos. 1-5; Vol. xxu1., Nos. 1, 2, 1905. Decennial Pub-
lications, First Series, Vols. 1., 11., 1903-4. Descriptive
Catalogue of the Decennial Publications 1904. Journal
of Geology, Vol. x11., Nos. 7, 8, 1904; Vol. x111., Nos. 1 :
— 6, 1905. The University
Western Society of Engineers. Constitution, By-Laws, List
of Officers and Members, June 1905. Journal, Vol. Ix.,
No. 6, 1904; Vol. x., Nos. 1-3, 1905. The Society ~

CHRISTIANIA— Videnskabs-Selskabet i Christiania. Forhand-

linger, Aar 1908. Skrifter, Math.-naturv. Klasse 1908. py
CincinnaTi—University of Cincinnati. Record, Series 1, Vol.

1., Nos. 3, 5, 7-11, 1905; Vol. 11., Nos. 1, 2, 1905. Uni-

versity Studies, Series 2, Vol. 1., Nos. 1—3, 1995. The University

CotomBo—Royal Asiatic Society. Journal of the Ceylon Branch,
Vol. xvuit., No. 55, 1904. The Society
CoLorapo Sprines—Colorado College. Studies, Science Series,
Vol. x1., Nos. 33-41, 1904-5. Language Series, Vol.
x11., Nos. 15-17, 1904. The College
CoLtumpia—University of Missouri. Bulletin, Vol. v., Nos. 4, 5,
11, 12, 1904; Vol. v1., No, 1, 1905. Dissertation and
Pamphlets (3) 1904. Studies, Vol. 11., Nos. 4, 5, 1904.
The University

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. xlvii.

CoPpENHAGEN—Société Royale des Antiquaires du Nord. Mémoires,
Nouvelle Série, 1903. The Society

Cracow—Académie des Sciences de Cracovie. Bulletin Inter-
national. Classe de Philologie, Classe d’ Histoire et de
Philosophie, Nos. 8-10, 1904; Nos. 1, 2, 1905. Classe
des Sciences Mathématiques et Naturelles, Nos. 8 - 10,

1904; Nos. 1-4, 1905. Catalogue of Polish Scientific
Literature, Tom i11., Zeszyt iv., 1903; Tom Iv., Zeszyti.
-iv., 1904. The Academy

DavEenPort—Davenport Academy of Sciences. Proceedings,
Vol. 1x., 1901-3.

DenvER—Colorado Scientific Society. Proceedings, Vol. vit.,
pp. 313 - 346, 1904, Index; Vol. vir1., pp. Lxxv.—xc,,

99

1—30, 39 - 54, 1905. The Society
Des Mornes—lowa Geological Survey. Annual Report for 1903

with accompanying papers. The Survey
DrespEN—Konigl. Sachs. Statistische Bureau. Zeitschrift,

Jabrgang L., Heft 1- 4, 1904. The Bureau

Dusitin—Royal Dublin Society. Economic Proceedings, Vol.
1., Part v,, 1904; Scientific Proceedings, N.S., Vol. x.,
Part ii. Scientific Transactions, Series 2, Vol. viit.,
Nos. 6—16 and Index, 1904-5; Series 2, Vol. 1x., No. 1,

1905. The Society
Royal Irish Academy. Abstract of Minutes, Session 1904-5.
Proceedings, Vol. xxv., Section A., No.3; Section B,

Nos. 1—5; Section C, Nos, 5-11, 1905. The Academy
Easton, Pa.—American Chemical Society. Journal, Vol. xxvu.,
Nos. 11, 12, 1904; Vol. xxvir., Nos. 1-10, 1905. The Society

EpinsurecH—Botanical Society of Edinburgh. Transactions
and Proceedings, Vol. xXxII., Parts lll., iv., 1904-5.
Royal Physical Society. Proceedings, Vol. xv1., Nos. 1,
2, 3, pp. 1-96, Session 1904-5.
Royal Scottish Geographical Society. The Scottish Geo-
graphical Magazine, Vol. xx., No. 12,1904; Vol. xxr.,
Nos. 1-10, 1905. Reprints (5). 5)

University. Calendar, 1904 — 1905, 1905 — 1906, The University

FLorENcE—Societa di Studi Geografici e Coloniali in Firenze.
Revista Geografica Italiana, Annata x1., Fasc 9, 10, 1904;
Annata x11., Fasc 1—7, 1905. The Society

Societa Italiana d’ Antropologia, Etnologia etc. Archivio,
Vol. xxxiv., Fasc 1 - 3, 1904, Vol. xxxv., Fase 1, 1905. 5;

Fort Monrozt Va.—United States Artillery. Journal, Vol.
xx11., Nos. 2 and 8, Whole Nos. 69, 70,1904; Vol. xx111.,
Nos. 1-3, Whole Nos. 71 — 738, 1905. The Artillery Board

FRANKFURT a/M.—Senckenbergische Naturforschende Gesell-
schaft. Abhandlungen, Band xxv., Heft 4, 1903; Band
xxvil., Heft 2, 3, 1908-4; Band xxix., Heft 1, 1903.
Bericht, 1903, 1904. Die Periodischen Schriften der
Senckenbergischen Bibliothek 1903. The Society

FREIBURG i Br.—Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Berichte, Band
xIv., 1904.

xlviii. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.

FREIBERG (Saxony)—Koéniglich - Sachsische Berg-Akademie.
Jahrbuch fiir das Berg. und Htittenwesen im Konigreiche
Sachsen, Jahrgang 1904. The Academy

GrELonec—Geelong Field Naturalists’ Club. The Geelong
Naturalist, Second Series, Vol. 1., Nos. 3, 4, 1904; Vol.

11., No. 1, 1905. The Club
Genoa—Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di Genovi. Annali, Serie
3a, Vol. 1. (xur.) 1904-5. The Museum
GuasGcow— Royal Philosophical Society of Glasgow. Proceedings,
Vol. xxxv., 1903-4. The Society
University. The Glasgow University Calendar for the year
1905-6. The University
Goruitz—Naturforschende Gesellschaft zu Gorlitz. Abhand-
lungen, Band xxiv., 1904. The Society

GoTrTiIncEN—Konigliche Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu
Gottingen. Nachrichten, Geschiftliche Mittheilungen
Heft 2, 1904, Heft 1, 1905. Mathematisch-physikalische
Klasse, Heft 1-3, 5, 6, 1905. A

Gratz—Naturwissenschaftliche Vereins fiir Steiermark. Mit-
teilungen, Jahrgang 1904. Haupt-Repertorium, Heft

XXI.—XuL., 1884 — 1903. ee
Haartem—Koloniaal Museum te Haarlem. Bulletin, Nos. 31
— 83, 1904-5. The Museum

Société Hollandaise des Sciences. Archives Néerlandaises
des Sciences Exactes et Naturelles, Sér. 2, Tome 1x.,

Liv. 4 and 5, 1904; Tome x., Liv. 1 - 4, 1905. Thé Society
Hampure—Deutsche Seewarte. Archiv der Deutschen Seewarte,
Jahrgang xxvil.,1904. Deutsche Ueberseeische Meteo-
rologische Beobachtungen, Heft x111., 1905. Ergebnisse
der Meteorologischen Beobachtungen, Jahrgang XxvVl.,
1904. Jahresbericht tiber die Tatigkeit der Deutschen
Seewarte fiir das Jahr 1904. Katalog der Bibliothek,

Nachtrag vi., 1904. The Observatory
Naturhistorische Museum. Mitteilungen, Jahrgang xxr., |
1903. The Museum
Hamiuton, (Ont.)—Hamilton Scientific Association. Journal
and Proceedings, No. 20, Session 1903-4. The Association
Havre—Société Géologique de Normandie. Bulletin, Tome
xx1i., 1902; Tome xx1tI., 1903. The Society

HeIpELBERG—Naturhistorisch-Medicinische Verein zu Heidel-
berg. Verhandlungen, N.F., Band viir., Heft 1, 1904. 56
HeELsinerors—Société des Sciences de Finlande. Etat des
Glaces et des Neiges en Finlande pendant l’ hiver 1893-4,
1894-5, exposé par Axel Heinrichs. Forhandlingar,
XLVI., 1903-4. Observations Météorologiques publiés
par I Institut Météorologique Central, 1891-1892,
1893-1894. Observations Météorologiques faites a
Helsingfors en 1899 (Vol. xvutt.) A
Hogpart—Mines Department. Report on Coal near George Town
and Slate near Badger Head, 1904; On Coal at Mount
Rex, 1905, Tho Progress of the Mineral Industry for
the quarters ending 30 Sept., 31 Dec. 1904; 31 Mar. 30 .
June 1905. The Department

Sone

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. xlix,

Honotunvu H.I.— Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum of Polynesian
Ethnology and Natural History. Occassional Papers,
Vol. 11., No. 3, 1905. The Museum

Hopton, Mirfield—Yorkshire Geological and Polytechnic Society.
Proceedings, New Series, Vol. xv., Part ii., 1904. The Society

InpDIANAPOLIS Ind.—Indiana Academy of Science. Proceedings,
1903. The Academy

JENA—Medicinisch Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft. Jen-
aische Zeitschrift, Band xxx1x., N.F. xxx11., Heft 2-4,
1904-5; Band xu., N.#. xxxiir., Heft 1, 2, 1905. The Society

J OHANNESBURG—Government Observatory. First Report, Trans-
vaal Meteorological Department. Observations for the

period 1 July 1903 - 30 June, 1904. The Director
Krew—Royal Gardens. Hooker’s Icones Plantarum, 4 Ser., Vol.
vill., Part iv., January 1905. The Trustees

Kierr—Société des Naturalistes. Mémoires, Tome x1x.,1905. The Society
KoniesBeRG—Konigliche Physikalisch-6konomische Gesellschaft.

Schriften, Jahrgang xuiv., 1903. a
Lansine.—Michigan Academy of Science. Annual Report (5th)
1903. The Academy

LAUSANNE—Société Vaudoise des Sciences Naturelles. Bulletin,
4 Sér., Vol. xxxix., Nos. 146 - 148, 1908. Observations
Météorologiques faites au Champ-de-l’Air, Tableaux
Mensuels, Année 1902. The Society

LeEDs— University. First Report, 1903-4. The University

Lerpzigc—K 6nigliche Sachsische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften.
Berichte iiber die Verhandlungen, Band tv1., Part iv.,
190+. The Society
Liiaz—Société Geologique de Belgique. Annales, Tome xxx.,
Liv. 2, 1904; ‘ome xxx1., Liv. 1, 3, 4, 1904-5; Tome
xxxit., Liv. 1,2, 1905. Mémoires, Tome 11., Liv. 1, 1904. ,,
Société Royale des Sciences de Liége. Mémoires, 3 Série,
Tome v., 1904. eg
LitLeE—Société Geologique du Nord. Annales, xxx11., 1908. s;

Lima—Ministeriode Fomento. Boletin del Cuerpo de Ingenieros
de Minas del Peru, Nos. 10, 11, 13, 15 — 24, 1904-5. The Minister

LIincoun (Nebr.)—American Microscopical Society. Transac-
actions, Vol. xxv., 1904. The Society

Liverroot—Literary and Philosophical Society of Liverpool.
Proceedings, Vol. tvi1., Sessions 92 and 93, 1902-1904. _,,

Lonpon—Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland.
Journal, Vol. xxxiv., July —- Decr., 1904. The Institute

Board of Trade. Board of Trade Journal, Vols. xtvit., Nos.

415 —422, 1904; Vol. xtviit., Nos. 423 —435; Vol. xurx.,
Nos. 436 - 444, 1905. The Board

British Museum (Natural History). Blood-sucking Flies,
Ticks, &c.,and how to collect them, by E. HE. Austen, 1904.
Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Phalene in the British
Museum, Vols. Iv., v., 1903-4. Guide to the Coral Gallery

d—Dec. 6, 1905.

1. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.’

Lonpbon—continued.

in the Department of Zoology, 1902. Guide to the Fossil
Mammals and Birds in the Department of Geology and
Paleontology (Eighth edition) 1904. Guide to the
Gallery of Birds in the Department of Zoology, 1905.
Guide to Shell and Starfish Galleries Department of
Zoology, 1905. Handbook of Instructions for Collectors,
Second edition, 1904. The Museum

Chemical News, Vol. xc., Nos. 2848 — 2358, 1904; Vol. xor.,
Nos. 2354 - 2379; Vol xctt., Nos. 2380-2394, 1905. The Editor

Chemical Society. Journal, Vols. uxxxv. and Lxxxvi., Nos.
505, 506, 1904 and Supplementary Number; Vols.
LXXXVII. and Lxxxvitl., Nos. 507 - 515, 1905. Proceedings
Vol. xx., Nos. 284-287, 1904; Vol. xx1., Nos. 288 — 298,
19085. The Society

Electrical Engineer. Old Series Vol. xu., New Series Vol.
xxxiv., Nos. 19- 27, 1904; Old Series Vol. xu1., New
Series Vol. xxxv., Nos. 1-26, 1905; Old Series Vol.
xuu., New Series Vol. xxxvi., Nos. 1—15, 1905. The Publishers

Geological Society. Geological Literature added to the
Library during year ended 31 Dec., 1904. List of
Fellows, Nov. 10, 1904. Quarterly Journal, Vol. tx.,

Part iv., No. 240, 1904; Vol. uxi., Parts 1., ii., ii, No.
241 - 243, 1905. The Society

Imperial Institute. Bulletin, Vol. 11., No. 4, 1904. The Institute

Institute of Chemistry of Great Britain and Ireland. Pro-
ceedings, Part 111.,1904; Parts i., 11.,1905. Register of
Fellows, Associates, and Students, April 1905. Regu-
lations for the admission of Students, Associates, and
Fellows, &c., 1905. *

Institution of Civil Engineers. Minutes of Proceedings,
Vol. civi., Part iv., 1903-4; Vol. cu1x., Part i., 1904-5;
Vol. cux., Part ii., 1904-5. Subject and Index, Vols.
CLV. — CLVIII,, Session 1903-4. The Institution

Institution of Mechanical Engineers. Proceedings, Nos. 3,4,
1904; No. 1, 1905. List of Members, lst March 1905. ee

Iron and Steel Institute. Journal, Vol. txv., No.1, and
Supplement; Vol. uxvi., No; 2,1904; Vol. uxvir., No.
1, 1905. Rules and List of Members corrected to July 1,
1905. The Institute

Linnean Society. Journal, Botany, Vol. xxxvi1., Nos. 257,
258; Zoology, Vol. xx1x., Nos. 190-192, 1904-5. Pro-
ceedings, 116th Session, from Nov. 1903 to June 1904.
List of Fellows, 1904-5. The Society

Meteorological Office. Additions to the Library during the
year ending 31 March, 1904. London Fog Inquiry,
1901-2; 1902-3 [ Official No. 160]. Meteorological Obser-
vations at Stations of the Second Order for the year 1900.
Report of the International Meteorological Committee,
Southport, 1903 [Official No. 164]. Report of the Mete-
orological Council for the year ending 31 March, 1904. The Office

Mineralogical Society. Mineralogical Magazine, Vol. x1v.,
Nos. 63, 64, 1903-5. The Society

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. Abt

Lonpon—continued.

Museum of Practical Geology. Handbook to British Minerals
by F. W. Rudler, 1.s.0., #.4.8., 1905. Summary of Pro-
gress of the Geological Survey of the United Kingdom
for 1904. : The Museum

Pharmaceutical Society of Great Britain. Calendar 1905.
Pharmaceutical Journal, Vol. uxxir., No. 3446 — 3454,
19044; Vol. uxxtv., No. 3455 — 3479, 1905; Vol. Lxxv.,
Nos. 3480 - 3494, 1905. The Society

Physical Society of London. Proceedings, Vol. x1x , Parts
lil., iv., 1904; Parts v, vi., 1905. Science Abstracts,
Vol. vir., Parts xi., xii., Nos. 88, 84 and Index 1904;
Vol. vimt., Parts i. - vili., No. 85 — 92, 1905.

Quekett Microscopical Club. Journal, Ser. 2, Vol. vii1., No. 53,

33

1903; Vol. 1x., Nos 54-56, 1904. The Club
Royal Agricultural Society of England. Journal, Vol. uxv.,
1904. The Socrety

Royal Astronomical Society. Monthly Notices, Vol, uxv.,
Nos. 1-8, 1904-5. Memoirs, Vol. Lv., appendix 2, 1904:
Vol. tvu., Parts i., ii., 1905. List of Fellows.

Royal College of Physicians. List of Fellows, Members,
Extra-Licentiates and Licentiates, 1905. The College

Royal Colonial Institute. Proceedings, Vol. xxxiv., 1902-3;
Vol. xxxv., 1903-4. The Institute

Royal Economic Society. Economic Journal, Vol. xiv., No.
56, 1904; Vol. xv., No. 57 — 59, 1905. The Society

Royal Geographical Society. The Geographical Journal, Vol.
mcivas No. 6, 1904. Vol. xxv.,Nos“ 1-6, 1905, Vol.
xxvi., Nos. 1-4, 1905.

Royal Institution of Great Britain. Proceedings, Vol. xvir.,
Part n1., No. 97, 1903. The Institution

Royal Meteorological Society. Quarterly Journal, Vol. xxx1.,
Nos. 133 - 135, 1905. Meteorogical Record, Vol. xxiv.,
Nos. 93 — 96, 1904. The Society

Royal Microscopical Society. Journal, Part vi., No. 163,
1904; Parts i.—iv., Nos. 164-167, 1905.

Royal Sanitary Institute of Great Britain. Journal, Vol.
xxv., Parts il.,iv. and Supplements 1904-5; Vol. xxvt.,
Nos. 1-9, 1905. The Institute

Royal Society. Philosophical Transactions, Series A, Vol.

204; Series B, Vol.197, 1905. Proceedings, Vol. LxxIv.,
Nos. 502-506; Vol. uxxv., Parts i. —iv., 1904-5 ; Series
A, Vol. txxxvi., Nos. A507 — A512; Series B, Vol. txxv1.,
Nos. B507- B511,1905. Reports to the Evolution Com-
mittee, Report 11.,1905. Reports of the Sleeping Sick-
ness Commission, Nos. 5,6,1905. Year Book, No.9,1905. The Society

Royal Society of Literature. Transactions, Second Series,
Vol. xxv., Parts ii., iv., 1994; Vol. xxvi., Parts i. —iii.,
1905. Report and List of Fellows 1905.

Royal United Service Institution. , Journal, Vol. xuviit.,
No. 322, 1904; Vol. xuix., Nos. 323 - 331,1905. The Institution

Society of Arts. Journal, Vol. t11., Nos. 2713 — 2759, 1904-5. The Society

39

eB)

99

lii. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS,

Lonpun—continued.
War Office.™ Handbook of the Land Forces of the British

Colonies’and Proctectorates, 1905. Intelligence Division
Zoological Society of London. Proceedings, 1904, Vol. 11.,
Part ii.; 1905, Vol. 1., Parts i., 11. The Socrety
LuxemBoure—Institut Royale Grand-Ducal de Luxembourg.
Publications, Tome xxvit. (B) 1904. The Institute
Mapison—Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Transactions, Vol. xiv., Part ii., 1903. The Academy

Mapras—Kodaikanal and Madras Observatories. Annual Report
of the Director for 1904. Bulletin of the Kodaikanal
Observatory, No. 1. The Director

MancHESTER—Conchological Society of Great Britain and Ireland.
Journal of Conchology, Vol. x1., Nos. 5-8, 1905. The Society

Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society. Memoirs
and Proceedings, Vol. xu1x., Parts 1.—iu1., 1904-5. a2

University. Calendar 1905. The University

Marsure—Gesellschaft zur Beforderung der gesammten Natur-
wissenschaften. Sitzungsberichte, Jahrgang 1904. The Society
University. Inaugural Dissertations 1903-4 (113 Stick).
| The University
MarstILues—Faculté des Sciences. Annales, Tome xtv., 1904. The Faculty

MrLBouRNE—Australasian Institute of Mining Engineers. Trans-
actions, Vol. x., 1905. The Institute

Broken Hill Proprietary Co. Ltd. Reports and Statements
of Account for Half-Year ending Nov. 30,1904; 31 May,
1905. Report of Fortieth Half Yearly Meeting held 25
August 1905. The Secretary

Commonwealth of Australia, Patent Office. The Australian
Official Journal of Patents, Vol.1., Suppiement, Statistics
and Indexes 1904; Vol. 11., Nos. 1 - 45, 1905. The Office

Field Naturalists’ Club of Victoria. The Victorian Naturalist,
Vol. xx1., Nos. 8-12, 1904-5; Vol. xx11., Nos. 1—7, 1905.
Rules, Revised and}|Passed 14 April 1902, Amended 11
July, 1904. The Club

Mining Department. Annual Report of the Secretary for
Mines and Water Supply for year 1904. Bulletins of
the Geological Survey of Victoria, Nos. 14-17, 1904-5.
Memoirs of the Geological Survey of Victoria, No. 3.
Records of the Geological Survey of Victoria, Vol. 1.,

Part iii., 1904. The Department
Observatory. Reports (37th and 38th) of the Board of
Visitors from 1 April 1902 to 31 Mar. 1904. The Observatory

Public Library, Museums, and National Gallery of Victoria.
Catalogue of Current Periodicals received at the Public
Library of Victoria 1905. Report of the Trustees for
1904. The Trustees
Royal Geographical Society of Australasia, (Victoria).
Victorian Geographical Journal, Vol. xx11., 1904. The Society
Royal Society of Victoria. Proceedings, New Series, Vol.
XviL., Part ii.; Vol. xvi11., Part i., 1905. os

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. lili.

Messtna—Osservatorio di Messina. Annuario per l anno 1904,
The Observatory

Metz—Vereins fiir Erdkunde zu Metz. Jahresbericht xxtv.,
1901 - 4. The Society

Mexico—Instituto Geolégico de}México. Tomo, Nos. 4-8, 1904-5.
The Institute
Observatorio Astrénomico Nacional de Tacubaya. Anuario,
para el ano de 1905, Vol. xxv. Observaciones Meteoro-
légicas durante el ao de 1896. The Observatory

Sociedad Cientifica ‘Antonio Alzate.”” Memorias y Revista,
Tomo xi1., Nos. 7-10, 1903-4; Tomo x1x., Nos. 8-12,
1903-4; Tomo xx., Nos. 5-12, 1903; Tomo xxt1., Nos.
1-4, 1904. The Society

Mitan—Reale Istituto Lombardo di Scienze e Lettere. Rendi-
conti, Serie 2, Vol. xxxvul., Fase. 17 - 20, 1904; Vol.
Xxxvill., Fasc. 1—4, 1905. The Institute

Societa Italiana di Scienze Naturali e del Museo Civico di
Storia Naturale in Milano. Atti, Vol. xu111., Fasc. 4,

1904; Vol. xttv., Fasc. 1, 2, 1905. The Society
Mons—Société des Sciences, des Arts et des Lettres du Hainaut.
Mémoires et Publications, Série 6, Tome vi., 1904. oF

MontTevipro—Museo Nacional de Montevideo. Anales, Seccion
historico-filosdfica, Tomo 1., 1904.. Flora Uruguaya,
Tomo I1., pp. 161 —376, 1905. The Museum

MonTPELLIER—Académie des Sciences et Lettres de Montpellier.
Mémoires de la Section des Sciences, Sér. 2, Tome I1t.,

No. 4, 1904. The Academy
MontTREAL— Natural History Society of Montreal. The Canadian
Record of Science, Vol. 1x., Nos. 3, 4, 1905. The Society

Royal Society of Canada. Proceedings and Transactions,
Second Series, Vol. virr., 1902; Vol. 1x., 1903; Vol. x.,
Parts 1., 1i., 1904. 5

Moscow—Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou. Bulletin,
Nos. 2—4, 1904. Nouveaux Mémoires, Tome xv1.. Liv.
3, 4, 1901-5. 2

Mutuovse—Société Industrielle de Mulhouse. Bulletin, Aug.
- Dec., 1904; Jan.- July, 1905. Programme des Prix
a décerner en 1906. Séances, Sep., Nov., Dec., 1904; Feb.
April— July, 1905. os

Munico—K. Bayerische Akademie der Wissenschaften zu
‘Munchen. Abhandlungen der Mathematisch-physikal-
ischen Klasse, Band xxu1., Abteilung 2, 1904. Sitzungs-
berichte, Heft 3-5, 1903; Heft 1, 2, 1904. Pamphlets

(2). The Academy
Société Botanique Bavaroise. Berichte, Band x., 1905.
Mitteilungen, Nos. 32, 33, 1904. ; The Society

NanTeEs—Société des Sciences Naturelles de l’Ouest dela France.
Bulletin, Sér. 2, Tome 111., Trimestres 3, 4, 1903; Tome
Iv., Trimestres 1 — 4, 1904. »

Narpies—Societa Africana d’ Italia. Bollettino, Anno xxXIII.,
Fasc. 10-12, 1904; Anno xxiv., Fasc. 1—9, 1905. oF

liv. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.

NapLes—continued.
Societa Reale di Napoli. Rendiconto dell’ Accademia delle
Scienze Fisiche e Matematiche, Serie 3a, Vol. x., Fase.
8-—12,1904; Vol. xr., Fasc 1-3,1905. Indice Generale

dei Lavori pubblicati dal 1737 al 1903. The Society
Stazione Zoologica di Napoli. Mittheilungen, Band xvt.,
Heft 4, 1904. The Station

NEwcastTLE-UPON-TynE—North of England Institute of Mining
and Mechanical Engineers. ‘Transactions, Vol. ir.,
Part viil., 1902-3; Vol. tiv., Part vii., and Annual Report
etc., Part viii., 1903-4; Vol. tv., Partsi. - iv., 1904-5. The
Anthracitation of Coal, by David Burns c.z., 1904. The Institute
New Puyrmouta—Polynesian Society. Journal, Voi. x111., No.
4, 1904; Vol. xiv., Nos. 1-3, 1905. The Society

New Yorx—American Geographical Society. Bulletin, Vol.

xxxvi., Nos. 10 - 12,1904; Vol. xxxvir., Nos.1-10., 1905. ,,
American Institute of Electrical Engineers Transactions,
Vol. xx1., No. 7, Sept. 1904. Proceedings, Vol. xxiv.,

Nos. 1 - 7, 1905. The Institute
American Institute of Mining Engineers. Transactions,

Vols. xxxiv., 19035 Vol. xxxv., 1904: A
American Mathematical Society. Indices, Transactions,

Vols. 1. —Iv., 1900-4. The Society

American Museum of Natural History. Album of Philippine .
Types, Christians and Moros}(80 Plates) 1904. Annual
Report, 1904. Bulletin, Vol. xviz., Part iii., 1905; Vol.
Xvill., Part iii., 1904 ; Vol. xx., 1904. Memoirs, Vol. 111.,
Part 111., 1904. Reprint (1). The Museum

American Society of Civil Engineers. Transactions, Vol.
Lirr., 1904; Vol. niv., 1905. Constitution and List of

Members, February 1905. The Society
American Society of Mechanical Engineers. Transactions,

Vol. xxv., 1904. i.
Columbia University. School of Mines Quarterly, Vol. xxv1.,

Nos. 1-4, 1904-5. The University

New York Academy of Sciences. Annals, Index to Vol.
XIv., 1901-3; Vol. xv., Part iii., 1904 and Index; Vol.
Xvi., Part i.,1905. Memoirs, Vol. 11., Partiv., 1905. The Academy

NuREMBERG—Naturhistorische Gesellschaft zu Nurnberg. Ab-
handlungen, Band xv., Heft 2. Jahresbericht fiir 1903.
The Society
Orrawa—Department of the Interior. Maps:—Alberta and
Western Portions of Saskatchewan and Assiniboia 1905.
Alienated Lands 1905. Assiniboia 1903. Mounted Police
Stations in Northwestern Canada, and North West
Territories 1904. New Brunswick 1905. Northwest
Territories and the Province of Manitoba 1903. Ontario
—Hamilton Sheet 1905 ; Windsor Sheet 1904. Railways
in Manitoba, Assiniboia, Alberta and Saskatchewan,
1904. Relief Map 1904. Resource Map 1905. Rocky
Mountains—Banff Sheet 1902; Lake Louise Sheet
1902. Saskatchewan 1903. Southeastern Alaska and
part of British Columbia 1908. Yukon Territory— .
Kluane, White and Alsek Rivers 1905. The Department

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. lv.

OTrTawa—continued.
Geological Survey of Canada. Annual Report (New Series)
Vol. x11., 1900. Catalogue of Canadian Birds, Part iii.,
1994. Contributions to Canadian Paleontology, Vol.
111. (quarto), Part 1i., 1904. The Survey
Oxrorp—Radcliffe Library. Catalogue of Books added during
1904. ' : The Library
Patermo—Societa di Scienze Naturali ed Economiche. Giornale
di Naturali ed Economiche, Vol. xxiv., 1904. The Society
Paris—Académie des Sciences de l’Institut de France. Comptes
Rendus, Tome cxxx1x., Nos. 18 - 26, 1904; Tome cxt.,
Nos. 1 — 26, 1905; Tome oxt1., Nos. 1 — 138, 1905. The Academy
Ecole d’ Anthropologie de Paris. Revue, Tome xriv., Nos.
10 -12, 1904; Tome xv., Nos.’ 1—6, 8, 1905. The Director
Ecole Polytechnique. Journal, Ser. 11., Cahier 9, 1904. of
Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes. Revue Mensuelle d’ Histoire
Naturelle, 4 Série, Année xxxv., Nos. 410-416, 419,
1904-5. The Editor
Ministére des Travaux Publics. Statistique de |’ Industrie
Minérale et des Appareils a Vapeur en France et en

Algérie pour Il’ année 1903. The Minister
Muséum d’ Histoire Naturelle. Bulletin, Année 1904, Nos. 1
—8; Année 1905, No. 1. 5 The Museum

Observatoire de Paris. Rapport Annuel pour |’ année 1904.
The Observatory

Société d’ Anthropologie de Paris. Bulletins et Mémoires,

5 Sér., Tome tv., Fasc. 5, 6, 1903; Tome v., Fasc. 1-5,

1904. The Society
Société de Biologie. Comptes Rendus, Tome tvit., Nos. 29

— 37,1904; Tome tviit., Nos. 1 - 21, 1905. -
Société Francaise de Minéralogie. Bulletin, Tome xxvizt.,

Nos. 6-9, 1904; Tome xxvitt., Nos. 1-4, 1905. aS

Société Francaise de Physique. Bulletin des Séances, Année
1904, Fasc. 3, 4; 1905, Fasc. 1. Résumé des Communi-
cations, Nos. 217 — 238, 1904-5. nn

Société Géologique de France. Bulletin, 4 Serie, Tome
11., No. 5, 1902; Tome 111., Nos. 5, 6, 1903; Tome tv.,
Nos. i? 2, 1904. ”
Société Météorologique de France. Annuaire, Année LII.,
Oct., Nov., 1904; Année u111., Jan.— May, July, Aug.,
1905. 3
Société de Spéléologie. Spelunca, Tome v., Nos. 37 —40, 1904-5. ,,
Société Zoologique de France. Bulletin, Tome xx1x., Nos.
1-9, 1904-5. Mémoirs, Tome xv1., 1903. Pe

PrertH—Department of Mines. Mining Statistics Sept. — Dec.
1904, Jan. -July, 1905. West Australian Mining
Industry, 1904. The Department
Geological Survey of Western Australia. Bulletin, Nos. 14
— 20, 1904-5. Geological Map of Boulder Belt and Sec-
tions, 1903. The Survey
West Australian Natural History Society. Journal, No. 2,
May 1905. The Society

lvi. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.

PHILADELPHIA—Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.
Proceedings, Vol. tvi., Parts i1., ii1., 1904; Vol. tvit.,

Part i., 1905. The Academy
American Entomological Society. Transactions, Vol. xxx.,
No. 4, 1904, Vol. xxx1., Nos. 1-3, 1905. The Society
American Philosophical Society. Proceedings, Vol. xu1ir.,
Nos. 177 —178, 1904; Vol. xurv., No. 179, 1905. a
Franklin Institute. Journal, Vol. civii1., No. 6, 1904; Vol.
cuix., Nos. 1—6; Vol. cix., Nos. 1—4, 1905. The Institute
University of Pennsylvania. Bulletin, Fifth Series, No. 2,
Part ii., 1904; No. 3, Part 11., 1905. The University
Zoological Society. Annual Report (33rd), 1905. The Society
PIETERMARITZBURG—Geological Survey of Natal and Zululand.
Second Report, 1904. The Survey

Pisa—Societa Italiana di Fisica. Il Nuovo Cimento, Serie 5,
Tomo vii., Sept.— Decr., 1904; Tomo 1x., Feb. — July.
1905. The Society
Societa Toscana di Scienze Naturali. Atti, Memorie, Vol.
xx., 1904. Processi Verbali, Vol. xiv., Nos. 5-8, pp.
115-178, 1904-5. %

Port Lovis—Royal Alfred Observatory, Mauritius. Annual
Report, 1903 and 1904. Results of the Magnetical and
Meteorological Observations made in the year 1901.
The Observatory
PotspamM —Kdonigl. Preuss. Geodiatisches Instituts. Verdéffent-
lichung, Neue Folge, Nos. 18, 22. The Institute

QurEBEC—Literary and Historical Society. Seventh Series of
Historical Documents, 1905 :—Blockade of Quebec in
1775 - 1776 by the American Revolutionists (Les Bas-
tonnais). Transactions, No. 25, Sessions of 1903 to 1905.
The Society
Rio DE JANEIRO—Observatorio do Rio de Janeiro. Boletim,
Mensal, Jan. —- Sept., 1904. The Observatory

RocHESTER—Geological Society of America. Bulletin, Vol. xv., :
1904; Vol. xvi., No, 1, pp. 1-12; 190s: The Societ

Rochester Academy of Science. Proceedings, Vol. Iv., pp.
187 - 148, 1904. The Academy

Roms— Biblioteca e Archivio Tecnico. Giornale del Genio Civile,
Anno xtit., April - Dec., 1904; Anno x111I., Jan. —- May,
1905. Minister for Public Instruction, Rome

Pontificia Accademia Romana dei Nuovi Lincei. Atti, Anno
LVIIL., Sessione 1, 1904-5. Memorie, Vol. xx1r., 1904.
In Memoria del Prof. Mons. Francesco Regnani,1905. The Academy

Reale Accademia dei Lincei. Atti, Serie Quinta, Rendiconti,
Vol. xi11., 2° Semestre Fasc. 8-12, 1904; Vol. xiv., 1°
Semestre Fasc. 1—12; 2° Semestre Fasc. 1 - 5, 1908.
Rendiconto dell’ adunanza solenne del 4 Giugno 1905,
Vol. 111., pp. 159 - 214. a

R. Ufficio Centrale di Meteorologico e di Geodinamico Italiano.
Annali, Serie 2, Vol. x1v., Parte ii., 1892; Vol. xx.,
Partei., 1898; Vol. xx1., Parte i., 1899; Vol. xx11., Partie
i,, 1900. The Office

|
|

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. lvii.

Romre—continued.
Societa Geografica Italiana. Bollettino, Ser. 4, Vol. v., Num.

7-12, 1904; Vol. v1., Num. 1, 7-10, 1905. The Society
Sr. ANpDREws—St. Andrews University. Calendar for the year
1905-6. The University

Sr. Errenne—Société de 1’ Industrie Minérale. Bulletin, Série
4, Tome 111., Liv. 3, 4, 1904 and atlas ; Tome tv., Liv. 1,
2,1905. Comptes Rendus Mensuels, Nov., Dec. 1904;
Jan. — Aug, 1905. The Society

Sr. Lovurs—Academy of Science of St. Louis. Transactions, Vol.
xir., Nos. 9, 10, 1902; Vol. x111., Nos.1-9, 1903; Vol.
xiv., Nos. 1-6, 1904. The Academy

Missouri Botanical Garden. Annual Report (16th) 1905. The Director

Sr. Pererspurac—Académie Impériale des Sciences. Mémoires,
Classe historico-philologique, Tome vi., Nos. 5, 6, 1904.
Classe physico-mathématique, Tome x1II., No. 6, 1903;
Tome xiv., Nos. 1-10, 1903-4; Tome xv., Nos. 1-11;
Tome xvi., Nos. 1-3, 1904. The Academy

Comité Géologique—Institut des Mines. Bulletins, Tome

xxir., Nos. 5—10, 1903; Tome xxitr., Nos. 1—6, 1904.

Mémoires, Nouvelle série, Liv. 10, 11, 18-15, 17, 1904.
The Committee

K. Mineralogische Gesellschaft. Materialien zur Geologie
Russlands, Band xxir., Lief 1, 1904. Verhandlungen,
2, Serie, Band xi, xXuir., 1903-4. The Society

San Francisco—California Academy of Sciences. Proceedings,
Third Series, Botany, Index to Vol.1.,1897 - 1900; Vol.
11., No. 11, 1904; Geology, Vol. 1., No. 10, 1904, Zoology
Indexes to Vol. 1., 1897-1899; Vol. 11., 1897-1901;
Vol. 111., Nos. 7—138, 1904. Memoirs, Index to Vol. 11.,
1888 — 1896; Vol. Iv., 1904. The Academy

Sao Pavuto—Museu Paulista. Revista, Vol. v1, 1904. The Museum

Sociedade Scientifica de 8S. Paulo. Relatorio da Directoria,
1903-4. Revista, No. 1, 1905. The Society

Scranton, Pa.—Mines and Minerals, Vol. xxv., Nos. 3-12,
1904-5; Vol. xxvi., Nos. 1, 2, 1905. International Textbook Co.

Srzena—R. Accademia dei Fisiocritici. Atti, Serie 4, Vol. xv1r.,
Nos. 7-10, 1904; Vol. xvur., Nos. 1 - 4, 1905. Cataloghi-
Museo Mineralogico, Geologico e Paleontologico, 1905.
The Academy

SinGAPORE—Royal Asiatic Soviety (Straits Branch). Journal,
Nos. 42 - 44, 1905. The Society

StockHotm—K. Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademien. Accessions-
Katalog. 17,1902. Arkiv for Botanik, Band 111., Hiafte
1-4,1904; Bandiv., Hafte 1—3,1905. Arkiv for Kemi

- Mineralogi och Geologi, Band 1., Hiafte 3,4, 1904; Band
11., Hafte 1, 1995. Matematik Astronomi och Fysik,
Band 1., Hafte 3, 4,1904. Zoologi, Band 11., Hafte 1 — 3,
1904-5. Handlingar, Band xxxvii1., No. 8, 1902-38;
Band xxxvitt., Nos. 4, 5, 1904. Peter Artedi, a bi-
centenary Memoir, by Einar Lénnberg, 1905. The Academy

lviii. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.

StocKHOLM—continued.
K. Vetenskaps Academiens Nobel Institut. Les Prix Nobel

en 1901. Meddelanden, Band 1., No. 1, 1905. The Academy
K. Vitterhets Historie och Antiqvitets Akademien. Antik-
varisk Tidskrift for Sverige, Band xvit., Heft 3. z

Stutteart—Gesellschaft der Naturfreunde. Abstammung des
Menschen, Bédlsche. Jst das Tier unverniinftig ? Zell.
Kosmos, Band 1., Heft 1-3, 1904. Weltschopfung,

Meyer. Weltuntergang, Meyer. The Society

Konigliches Statistisches Landesamt. Wirttembergische
Jabrbicher fiir Statistik und Landeskunde, Jahrgang,
Heft 2, 1904. ‘The Landesamt’

Verein fiir Vaterlandische Naturkunde in Wiirttemberg.
Jahreshefte, Jahrgang LIx., and Beilage 1903, Jahrgang
Lx. and Beilage 11., 1904. The Society

Wurttembergische Vereins ftir Handelsgeographie. Jahres-
bericht, Xx., SX, XXII. WML. 190-4

Sypney—Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science.
Report of the Ninth Meeting held at Hobart, Tasmania,
1902. Report of the Tenth Meeting held at Dunedin,
1904. The Association
Australian Museum. Memoir tv., Parts vi., viii., 1903-4.
Records, Vol. v., Nos. 5, 6, 1904-5; Vol. v1., Nos. 1, 2,
1905. Report of the Trustees for the year 1903-4. The Trustees

Botanic Gardens. A Critical Revision of the Genus Euca-
lyptus by J. H. Maiden, Parts vi., vii., 1905. Reports
of the Director for the years 1903 and 1904. The Forest
Flora of New South Wales, J. H. Maiden, Vol. 11., Parts
iv. — vii. (Parts xiv. - xvii. of the complete work) 1904-5.

The Director

British Medical Association (N. S. Wales Branch). The
Australasian Medical Gazette, Vol. xxiv., Nos. 1-11,
1905, The Association
Department of Agriculture. The Agricultural Gazette of
New South Wales, Vol. xvi., Partsi.— xi1.,1905. The Department

Department of Fisheries. Report of Commissioners on the
Fisheries and Oyster Fisheries of New South Wales for

the year 1903, Part i. ”
Department of Lands. Report of the Forestry Branch for
the period 1 Jan. 1904 to 30 June 1905. ”

Department of Mines and Agriculture. Annual Report of
the Department of Mines N.S. Wales for the year 1904.
Geological Sketch Map—Country in the vicinity of
Sydney. Memoirs of the Geological Survey of N.S.W.,
Paleontology No. 13, Part i., The Genus Halysites, by
R. Etheridge, Jnr., 1904. Records, Vol. vir., Part iv.,

1904; Vol. vi11., Part i., 1905. 5s
Department of Prisons. Annual Report of the Comptroller-
General of Prisons for year 1904. Py

Department of Public Instruction. Results of Meteoro-
logical Observations in New South Wales during 1900,
1901,and 1902. Results of Rain, River and Evaporation

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. lix,

SYDNEY—continued.
Observations made in N.S. Wales during 1901-2. Tech-
nical Education Branch, Calendar 1892-4, 1899 — 1905.
The New South Wales Educational Gazette, Vol. xIv.,
Nos. 7-12, 1904-5; Vol. xv., Nos. 1 - 5, 1905. The Department

Department of Public Works. Conference on Water Con-
servation and Irrigation, Report containing Minutes of

Proceedings and Debates etc., 16 Jan. 1905. f
Engineering Association of New South Wales. Minutes of
Proceedings, Vol. xvill., 1992-3. The Association

Government Statistician. A Statistical Account of Australia
and New Zealand, 1903-4. Agricultural and Live Stock
Statistics of New South Wales year ended March 1905,
Preliminary Tables. Comparative Tables and Rates of
Marriages, Births, and Deaths for New South Wales for
the year 1903. Comparative Tables shewing Deaths
from all causes in New South Wales during the year
1903. Government Statistician’s Report on the Vital
Statistics of the Metropolis for the year 1904; Jan. —
Oct., 1905. Government Statistician’s Annual Report
showing the Marriages, Births and Deaths by Districts
in New South Wales for 1904. New South Wales Sta-
tistical Register for 1903 and previous years (Bound
copy); ditto, 1904, Parts i.—ix. Results of a Census of
New South Wales taken for the night of the 31 March,
1901, in eight parts (Bound copy). Vital Statistics,
(N.S.W.) for 1903 and previous years; ditto 1904 Pre-
liminary Report. Government Statistician

Institution of Surveyors, New South Wales. The Surveyor,
Vol. xvir., Nos. 10-12, 1904; Vol. xviir., Nos. 1-10,
1905. The Institution

Linnean Society of New South Wales. Abstract of Pro-
ceedings, March 29, April 26, May 31, June 28, July 26,
Aug. 30, Sept. 27, Oct. 25, Nov. 29. Act of Incorpora-
tion, Rules, List of Members etc., July 14th 1905. Pro-
ceedings, Vol. xx1x., Parts iii., iv., Nos 115, 116, 1904;
Vol. xxx., Parts i.,ii., No. 117 and Supplement, 118, 1905.
The Society
New South Wales Ethnological Committee. Third Annual

Report, 1904-5. The Committee
Public Library of New South Wales. Report of the Trustees

for the year 1904. The Trustees
United Service Institution of New South Wales. Journal

and Proceedings, Vol. xv1., 1904. The Institution
University. Calendar of the University of Sydney for the

year 1905. The University

Tarpinc—‘ The Perak Government Gazette,’ Vol. xvir., Nos. 45
—51, 1904; Vol. xvur., Nos. 1-22 and Supplements
June 16, 30, July 14 and Sept. 8,1905. The Federal Secretary F.M.S.

Toxro—Asiatic Society of Japan. Transactions, Vol. xxxII.,
Vol. xxxtit., Part i., 1905. The Society
Imperial University of Tokio. Journal of the College of
Science, Vol. xvii1., Art. 8, 1904; Vol. x1x., Art. 1,5 -7,
9, 15, 1903-4. Vol. xx., Art. 1-7, 1904-5. The University

lx. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.

ToxK1o—continued.

Meteorological Society of Japan. Journal, Vol. xxu1,, Nos.
11, 12,1904; Vol xxiv., Nos. 1—8, 1905. The Society

Publications of the Earthquake Investigation Committee
in Foreign Languages, Nos. 19 - 21, 1904-5. The Committee

Tokyo Imperial Museum. Proceedings of the Department
of Natural History, Vol. 1., Nos. 1, 2, 1904. The Museum

Toronto—University of Toronto. Studies—Biological Series,
No. 4, 1905. Geological Series. No. 3, 1905. History
and Economics, Vol. 11., No. 3, 1904; Vol. 111., No. 1,
1905. Papers for the Chemical Laboratories, Nos. 44 -
52, 1904-5. Psychological Series, Vol. 11., No. 2, 1904.
The University

TouLouse—Académie des Sciences, {nscriptions et Belles-Lettres.

Mémoires, Série 10, Tome tv., 1904. The Academy
Trizste—I. R. Osservatorio Astronomico-Meteorologico. Rap-
porto Annuale, Vol. xvit1., 1901. The Observatory

Tromso—Tromso Museum, Aarsberetning for 1901, 1902, 1903.
Aarshefter, 21 and 22, 1898-9, Afdeling 3; Aarshefter,
26, 1903. The Museum

Tunis—Institut de Carthage. Revue Tunisienne, Année XI.,
Nos. 47, 48, 1904; Année x11., Nos. 49 — 52, 1905. The Institute

Turin—Reale Accademia delle Scienze di Torino. Atti, Vol.
xu., Disp. 1-15, 1904-5. Osservazioni Meteorologiche
fatte neil’ anno 1904 all’ Osservatorio della R. Universita
di Torino. The Academy

Ursana, Ill.—Illinois State Laboratory of Natural History.
Bulletin, Index to Vol. v1., 1903-4, Vol. vir., Article 4,
1905. The Laboratory

Urrecut—Koninklijk Nederlandsch Meteorologisch Instituut.
Annuaire 1903, A. Météorologie (No. 97); B. Magnétisme
Terrestre (No. 98). Etudes des Phénomeénes de Marée
sur les Cétes. Néerlandaises, Parts ii., 111. (No. 90) 1905. :

The Institute

Virnna—Anthropologische Gesellschaft in Wien. Mittheilungen,
Band xxxIv., Heft 3 -6,1904; Band xxxv., Heft 1, 1905.
The Society

Commission internationale de Nomenclature botanique.
Texte Synoptique des documents destinés a servir de
base aux débats du Congrés International de Nomen-
clature Botanique de Vienne 1905. The Commission

Kaiserliche Akademie der Wissenschaften. Mitteilungen

der Erdbeben-Kommission N. F., Nos. 22-24, 1903.

Sitzungsberichte, Math.-Naturw. Classe, Band cxu.,

Abth. 1, Heft 4-10; Abth. 2a, Heft 7-10; Abth. 26,

Heft 7-10; Abth. 3, Heft 1—10, 1903. The Academy
K.K. Central-Anstalt fir Meteorologie und Erdmagnetismus. ;

Jahrbiicher, N.F., Band xt., Jahrgang 1903 (2 Vols.) The Station
K. K. Geologische Reichsanstalt. Jahrbiich, Band u111., Heft

8, 4, 1903; Band tiv., Heft 1-4, 1904. Verhandlungen

Nos. 18— 18, 1904; Nos. 1 - 9, 1905. The Reichsanstalt

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. ]xi,

VIENNA—continued.

K. K. Gradmessungs-Bureau. Astronomische Arbeiten,
Band xi1r., 1903. Die Schlubfehler der Dreiecke der
Triangulierung erster Ordnung 1904-5. The Bureau

K.K. Zoologisch-Botanische Gesellschaft. Verhandlungen,
Band 1111., Jahrgang 1903; Band tiv., Jahrgang 1904. The Society

WasHineton—American Historical Association. Annual Report
for the year 1908, Vols. 1., 11. The Association

Bureau of American Ethnology. Annual Report (21st),
1899 — 1900 (1908); (22nd) 1900-1, Parts 1,, 11., (1904). The Bureau

Carnegie Institution of Washington, Publication, Nos. 4.

238, 24, 30, 1905. The Institution
Department of Commerce and Labor. Bulletin of the Bureau
of Standards, Vol.1., Nos. 1, 2, 1904-5. The Department

Department of the Interior. Annual Reports, Commissioner
of Education, Parts i. ii., 1902; Parts 1., i., 1908.
Annual Reports of the Department for the fiscal year
ended June 30, 1908. Annual Report (24th), of the
U.S. Geological Survey. Ethnological Survey Publi-
cations, Vol. r1., Part i., 1904. Indian Affairs, Parts 1.,
ii., 1903. Miscellaneous Reports, Parts i.-1iii., 1903.
Secretary of the Interior, Commissioner of the General
Land Office 1908. At

Engineer Department U.S. Army. Annual Report of the
Chief of Engineers U.S. Army, Partsi. -iv.and Supple-
ment 1904. Professional Papers, No. 31, 1904. An

Smithsonian Institution. Annual Report of the Board of
Regents for the year ending June 30, 1903. Contribu-
tions from the U.S. National Herbarium, Vol. vii1., Part
iv., 1905; Vol. 1x., 1905. Report of the U.S. National
Museum for the year ending June 30, 1903. Smithsonian
Contributions to Knowledge, Vol. xxxu., 1904; Vol.
xxxiv., Nos. 14388, 1459, 1903-4, Smithsonian Miscel-
laneous Collections, Vol. xuiv., Nos. 1375, 1440, 1994;
Vol. xtvy., Nos. 1444, 1477, 1548, 1544, 1571, 1572, 1904-5;
Vol. xtvit., Parts i. —iv., 1904-5; Vol. x~1x., No. 1584,
1905. The Institution

U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey. Appendices, Nos. 3-9.
Report of the Superintendent of the Coast and Geodetic
Survey, showing the progress of the work from July 1,
1903 to June 30, 1904. Terrestrial Magnetism and
Atmospheric Electricity, Vol. 1x., No. 4, 1904; Vol. x.,

Nos. 1, 2, 1905. The Survey
U.S. Department of Agriculture (Library). Year Book,
1904. The Department

U.S. Department of Agriculture—Weather Bureau. Bul-
letin, No. 35—W.B. No. 322, 1904. Crop Reporter, Vol.
vi., Nos. 7-12, 1904-5; Vol. vir., Nos. 1, 2, 4-6, 1905.
Monthly Weather Review, Vol. xxx1t., Nos. 8 - 18, 1904;
Vol, xxx111., Nos. 1-6, 1905. Report of the Chief of
the Weather Bureau, 1902-3.

Ixil. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.

W ASHINGTON—continued.

U.S. Geological Survey. Annual Report (25th) of the
Director, 1903-4. Bulletin, Nos. 233-242, 244 — 246,
248 - 250, 252-255, 258-261, 264, 1904-5. Mineral
Resources of the United States 1903. Professional
Papers, Nos. 24-27, 29-33, 35, 39, 1904-5; Water
Supply and Irrigation Paper, Nos. 96-118, 1904.5. The Survey
U.S. Navy Department. Annual Reports of the Chiefs
of the Bureaus of :—Construction and Repairs; Equip-
ment; Ordnance; Navigation; Steam Engineering ;
Yards and Docks, 1904. Brigadier-General Commandant
of the United States Marine Corps 1904. Judge-Advocate-
General, 1904. Register of the Commissioned and
Warrant Officers of the Navy of the United States and
of the Marine Corps to Jan. 1.1905. Secretary of the
Navy 1904. Superintendent of Library and Naval War
Records 1904. Superintendent of the U.S. Naval Obser-
vatory, 1904. Surgeon-General U.S. Navy, 1904. The Department

U.S. Naval Observatory. Publications, Second Series, Vol.

Iv., Appendix 4, 1905. The Observatory —
War Department. Annual Reports for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 1904, Vols. I1.-—IVv., The Department
Washington Academy of Sciences. Proceedings, Vol. 111.,
pp. 189 - 147, 1901. The Academy
WELLINGTON— Mining Department. Papers and Reports relatin
to Minerals and Mining 1904 and 1905. The Department
New Zealand Institute. Transactions and Proceedings, Vol.
XxxviI., 1904. The Institute
ZAGREB (Agram)—Meteorologisches Observatoriums. Jahrbtich
fiir das Jahr 1902, Jahrg 2. The Observatory
ZuricH—Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Vierteljahrsschrift,
Jahrgang xuix., Heft 1, 2, 1904. The Society
MIscELLANBOUS.

(The Names of Donors are in Italics.)

Advocate, N.S., Vol. 111., No. 32, June 14, 1905, The Publisher ~
Arctowski, Henryk.—Apercu des Résultats Météorologiques de

l Hivernage Antarctique de la “ Belgica,” 1904. The Author
Art and Architecture, Vol. 11., Nos. 2 to 5, 1905. The Publishers
Backhouse, T. W., F.R.A.s.—Publications of West Hendon House

Observatory, Sunderland, No. 3, 1905. The Author
Borredon, Capitano G.—Excelsior ovvers l’ Astronomia ridotta

alla sua piu semplice espressione, 1905. 3

Branner, John C., Ph. D.—Annual Report of the Geological Survey
of Arkansas for 1887. Bibliography of the Geology,
Mineralogy, and Paleontology of Brasil, 1903. Natural
Mounds or ‘ Hog Wallows,’ 1905. Origin of Travertine

Falls and Reefs, 1901. os
British Medical Journal, Jan. 7-— Oct. 14, 1905. Dr. Walter Spencer
Crowell, H. C., and Lenth, G. C. D.—An investigation of the

Doble Needle Regulating Nozzle, 1903. The Authors

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. )xiii,

Josephson, Aksel G. S.—Proposition for the establishment of a
Biographical Institute, 1905. The Author

Kiseljak, M.—Grundlagen einer Zahlentheorie eines speziellen
Systems vom komplexen Groéssen mit drei Einheiten 1905. _,,

Lohest, Max—Habets Alfred et Forir Henri—La Géologie et
La Reconnaissance du Terrain Houiller du Nord de la
Belgique, 1904. The Authors

Mingaye, John C. H., F.1.c., F.c.s.—Notes' on, and Analyses of
Mount Dyrring, Barraba, and Cowra Meteorites. The Author

Mingaye, J. C. H. and White, Harold P.—Analyses of Leucite
Basalts ete., and Olivine Basalts from New South Wales.

The Authors

Mining Magazine, Vol. x1., Nos. 1, 2, 5, 1905. The Publishers

Piette, Edouard.—Classification des Sédiments Formés dans les
Cavernes pendant |’ age du Renne 1904. Consequences
des Mouvements Sismiques des Regions Polaires, 1902.
Gravure du Mas-d’ Azil et Statuettes de Menton, 1902.
La Collection Piette au Musée de Saint-Germain, 1902.
Les Causes des Grandes Extensions Glaciaires aux Temps
Pleistocénes, 1902. Notions Complémentaires sur l’
Asylien, 1904. Sur une Gravure du Mas-d’ Azil, 1908. The Author

Preliminary Report of the Commissioners on Agricultural, Com-
mercial, Industrial, and Education generally, 1904.
G. H. Knibbs, F.R.A.8.

Report of the Commissioners, mainly on Secondary Education,
1904. i"

Report of the Commissioners on Agricultural, Commercial,
Industrial, and other forms of Technical Education, 1905. __,,

Russell, H. C., c.m.G., F.R.s.—Report on Meteorological Observa-
tions made at Funafuti, 1904. The Author

The Purgatorio and Paradiso of the Divina Commedia of Dante.
‘Translated into English Verse by C. Potter. 8° London
1904. The Publishers

PERIODICALS PURCHASED IN 1905.

American Journal of Science, (Silliman).
Annales des Chimie et de Physique.
Annales des Mines.

Astronomische Nachrichten.

Australian Mining Standard.

Berichte der Deutschen Chemischen Gesellschaft.
Dingler’s Polytechnisches Journal.

Electrical Review.

Engineer.

Engineering.

Engineering and Mining Journal.
Engineering Record and Sanitary Engineer.
English Mechanic.

Fresenius’ Zeitschrift fiir Analytische Chemie.

Geological Magazine.

lxiv. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS

Journal of the Institution of Electrical Engineers.
Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland.
Journal of the Society of Chemical Industry.

Knowledge and Illustrated Scientific News.
L’ Aéronaute.
Mining Journal.

Nature.
Notes and Queries.

Observatory.

Petermann’s Erganzungsheft.

Petermann’s Geographischen Mittheilungen.
Philosophical Magazine.

Photographic Journal.

Proceedings of the Geologists’ Association.

Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science.
Revue Critique Paleozoologie.

Sanitary Record.

Science.

Scientific American.

Scientific American Supplement.

Booxs PuRcHASED IN 1905.
Australian Handbook 1905.

Biedermann—Tech. Chemisches Jahrbiich, Vol. xxv1., 1903,

Hazell’s Annual, 1905.

Jahres-bericht der Chemischen Technologie, 1904, Parts i., ii.

Minerva Jahrbuch der Gelehrten Welt, Jahrgang xtv. — xv., 1904-5 - 1905-6.

Obstetrical Society—Transactions, Vol. xuvi., 1904. é
Official Year Book of the Scientific and Learned Societies of Great Britain and
Ireland, 1905.

Pathological Society, Transactions, Vol. tv., Part iii, 1904; Vol. tvt.,
Parts i., ii., 1905.

Ray Society Publications for 1904.

Sands’ Directory, 1905.
Schmidt, Dr. Adolph, Atlas der Diatomaceen-Kunde, Heft 64, 65.

The Oxford New English Dictionary to date.
Whitaker’s Almanack, 1905. ;

PROCEEDINGS

ENGINEERING SECTION.

i—June 28, 1905.

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. III.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENGINEERING SECTION.

(IN ABSTRACT.)

The First Meeting of the Section was held 28th June, 1905, at
The University.
Mr. 8S. H. BARRACLOUGH, in the Chair.

The principal business of the evening was the Chairman’s
address, which dealt mainly with the question of Technical
and Industrial Hducation; afterwards the Chairman
exhibited, by means of lantern slides, some very fine views
of the principal educational and technical schools of Hurope
and Great Britain.

Mr. JOSEPH DAVIS, mu. mst.om, Was then installed as
Chairman for the current year, and in the course of a
short address to the members, he alluded to the services
rendered by Mr. BARRACLOUGH during the two years he
occupied the position of Chairman of the Section.

The resignation of Mr. C. O. BURGE, M. Inst.c.E., as a
member of committee and of the Section owing to his
departure for England was received with deep regret.

The Second Meeting was held at the Society’s House, on 20th July,
1905.

Mr. JOSEPH DAVIS in the Chair.

The discussion on the papers on Reinforced Concrete,
read by Mr. GUMMow and Prof. WARREN at the previous
Session was entered upon and aroused a good deal of interest,
there being present several visitors from other Societies.
Messrs. ANDERSON (Hon. Sec. of the Institute of Architects),
WALSH, W. H. Cook, C. E. CARDEW (a visitor from Burma),

IV. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.

the Chairman, and the Hon. Secretary, took part in the
discussion. :
.The authors of the papers having replied, the meeting
then terminated.

The Third Meeting was held on the 20th September, 1905.

Mr. JosEPH Davis in the Chair.

Mr. Henry DEANE read a very interesting paper entitled
‘‘Notes on a tour through America, Great Britain, and
Hurope,’’ which was followed by a general discussion
participated in by the Chairman and Messrs. P. ALLEN,
G. Hoskins and CARDEW. |

The author having replied, the meeting then terminated.

The Fourth Meeting was held on the 14th December, 1905.

Mr. JOSEPH DAVIS in the Chair.

Mr. WHITCHURCH SEAVER, B.E., communicated a paper
through Mr. W. E. Cook, on “‘ The Storage and Regulation
of Water for Irrigation Purposes,’’ which by permission of
the Chairman was read by the author.

A discussion followed in which Mr. McKinnrky dealt with '
the question of movable weirs and various kinds of modules.

Mr. JAMES DAVIS, a visitor from Colorado, addressed the
meeting by invitation of the Chairman, on the storage of
water from an American’s point of view.

Mssrs. SMAIL and CARDEW contributed to the discussion,
and Mr. McKay moved that the paper be printed and that
the discussion be adjourned until next meeting.

The Chairman expressed the thanks of the Section to
Mr. SEAVER for a very useful and interesting paper.

The meeting stands adjourned until next Session.

J. HAYDON CARDEW, Hon. Sec.

ANNUAL ADDRESS. Vi

ANNUAL ADDRESS.

By S. H. BARRACLOUGH, B.E., M.M.E, Assoc. M. Inst. C.B.,

Chairman of the Engineering Section.

[Delivered to the Engineering Section of the Royal Society of N. S. Wales,
27th July, 1995. ]

SUMMARY.

Introductory—Progress of Section—Choice of a Subject for
Address—Brief review of the past three or four years—
Directions of engineering progress—Progress of educational
reform—Commissioners’ reports—Sir P. N. Russell’s second
gift to the University of Sydney—P. N. Russell Scholarships
—A School of Architecture—Surveying—Reorganisation
of the P. N. Russell School of Engineering—Future needs—
Our position in relation to others—Extraordinary activity in
oth+r countries—Correspondence Schools—The late Dr. R. H.
Thurston and the Sibley College of Engineering— American
progress—The case of Germany—Japan’s achievement—The
virtue of war—‘‘Sport for sport’s sake ”—The art of invention
—WNational efficiency—The menace to England—The position
of Australia—The urgent necessity for national training—
Rational v. empirical methods in industry—Types of labour
—Primary and secondary industries—Agricultural education
— Education not a luxury—The limits of prudent expenditure
—The Morill Land Act in America—The urgency of the

question—Conclusion.

BEFORE vacating the Chair custom demands that I occupy
your attention fora short time with some remarks of a
general nature appropriate to the occasion. In the first
place, I have to thank you most sincerely for the privilege
of being allowed to serve the Hngineering Section for a
second year of office. It is needless to state that I do not

VI. S. H. BARRACLOUGH.

assume that the unusual course of re-electing the chairman
for a further term of service was on account of any special
merits of the holder of the office, still I cannot but be dis-
tinctly conscious of the honour you did me and of the cordial
good feeling which prompted my re-election.

It is now two years since the Section decided to suspend
its regular monthly meetings, and to try and concentrate
the papers in two or three special sessions during the year.
It must be confessed that it is still open to question whether
the scheme has been a successful one or not. In some
respects it undoubtedly has; the session dealing with Water
Conservation and Irrigation excited a great deal of interest
amongst members of the Society and others, and the fact’
of the extra copies of the papers read at that session hav-
ing all been disposed of, some to distant parts of the world,
makes it apparent that our discussion of the question was
considered to be of value. We have this year to decide
whether it will be better to continue the sessional idea, or
to revert to regular monthly meetings. Probably no alter-
ation in the method of holding meetings will entirely get
rid of the difficulty of small audiences which at times besets
our Society, and which to a greater or less degree is appar-
ently felt by all other technical and scientific bodies in
Australia. The real difficulty consists in the number of
societies as compared with the limited number of citizens
who take any direct interest in scientific and technical
matters. Through the kindness of the secretaries of the
various societies, I quote the following figures, giving the
approximate membership of the institution and the average
attendance at meetings in each case.

Rony: Approximate

Society. bership average
* attendance.
Royal Society of N. S. Wales aoe we $345
a (Engineering Section)... 100 25

Linnean Society of N.S. Wales... sant opt LO 23

ANNUAL ADDRESS, VII.

Approximate
Society. Mem-

bership. attendance.
N.S. Wales Engineering Association... 122 40
Hlectrical Association of N.S. Wales... 92 40
Institution of Surveyors ... abs Ce oO 15)
Institution of Architects ... sas ss LOD 15

Sydney University Hngineering Society... 170 45

The total membership of these societies is considerable,
but no one has yet been able to suggest a method by which
their efforts should be more concentrated. We have a
certain small consolation at any rate in knowing that the
same difficulty besets many, even of the largest scientific
societies in other parts of the world.

It is practically certain that we shall at least have one
continuous session this year to deal with the subject of
scientific and industrial education in Australia. This it
was proposed to hold last year, but it seemed wiser to again
postpone it until the publication of the Hducation Com-
misioners’ Report on Technical Hducation, which it is
expected will be ready in the course of a few weeks, the
whole of it lam led to understand being now set up in type.
The object of this session, in which it is hoped representa-
tives ofall other kindred associations will participate, will
not be so much to discuss the general question of technical
education as an endeavour to discover the proper conditions
for industrial and scientific training in this country.

It was at first proposed that the remarks I address to
you to-night should be in the nature of an introduction to
this session. It has proved, however, more convenient to
hold this special meeting for the election of officers and to
inaugurate the work of the year, but you will naturally
understand that owing to the interest I take in the subject
of scientific and industrial education, part at least of my
remarks will be concerned with that topic.

VIII. S. H. BARRACLOUGH.

In preparing his address the Chairman has choice of
several methods. Commonly the address takes the form
of an historical summary of the directions of progress
during the immediately preceding period. On looking back
over the remarks of the Chairmen for the last three or four
years, I find that for one reason or another this course has
not been adopted, so that no such review has been published °
during that time. If I do not follow this plan it is not that
the period of the few years just passed does not offer con-
siderable temptation for an historical sketch of progress.

Although, doubtless, each generation is inclined to over-
estimate the value or importance of contemporary occur- |
rences, yet it is hard to believe that even future historians
will not regard the present period as one of distinct interest,
and at least considerable importance. It has been a period
of wars with their marked effect on trade and industry; it
has witnessed the close of the struggle of the South African
Republics against Great Britain, the last effort as it seemed
of the old type of civilization against the new; and it has
witnessed the beginning, and may we trust the almost
ending of the titanic conflict between Russia and Japan,
the first effort as it seems to some of the awakened eastern
civilization against the western.

It has been a period of industrial war marked by the
growth of gigantic trade trusts and monopolies on the one
hand, and the each year more elaborate organization of
labour on the other. In England it has witnessed what a
few years ago would have seemed the astounding proposal
to foster our industries by tariffs, and to threaten neighbour-
ing nations with fiscal retaliation. In Australia it has been
the period of early experience with federation, with its
inevitable disappointments. It has witnessed sociological
experiments on a large scale; the practical prohibition of
immigration of industrial workers, the establishment of

ANNUAL ADDRESS. IX.

compulsory courts of arbitration and the like. It has
witnessed previously unexampled illustrations of ‘‘spirited
public works policies’’ with other people’s money, and
Sweeping retrenchment schemes when the money was gone.
It has been a time of great activity and controversy in
educational matters the wide world over and in Australia,
and particularly this State, there has been set on foot a
movement of vital significance in the direction of educa-
tional reform. Finally, it has been a period of marked
development in engineering matters, one or two of which
will merit slightly extended reference. A very casual
examination of this long but still very partial list will show
that any of the topics could with advantage be discussed
by this Section, but it is only the last two items that time
will allow me to mention.

DIRECTIONS OF ENGINEERING PROGRESS.

The one development of a strictly engineering nature to
which I will refer on this occasion is that of prime-movers,
to which subject I had occasion to give some special atten-
tion during a recent short trip to Kurope, and there are a
few points of progress in this direction worthy of at least
passing notice. Steam turbines have more than fulfilled
their promise of a few years ago as rivals of the recipro-
cating steam engine, and it seems to be now the almost
universal opinion that no further marked improvement in
the older type of engine may be looked for, or indeed is
desirable. We may regard for example the reciprocating
engines of such a vessel as the N.D.L. Kaiser Wilhelm II.
as being the crowning effort of the designer of this type.
Indeed it is hard to imagine anything in its way more
perfect than these machines. |

A good deal has been hoped for from the use of the Binary
Vapour Engine as extending the usefulness, and increasing
the efficiency of the ordinary cylinder and piston type, by

xX. S. H. BARRACLOUGH.

utilizing through the instrumentality of a second substance
the lower temperature ranges, which cannot be effectually
worked through with steam as the agent on account of the
great specific volume and low pressure of steam at such
temperatures. The elaborate experiments by Professor
Josse on an engine of comparatively large size, and which
in the early part of the year I had an opportunity of inspect-
ing at the Charlottenburg Technical School, have been
everywhere watched with great interest. In this engine,
as many of you are probably aware, the second working
substance was sulphur dioxide, the waste heat from the

steam engine proper being used to evaporate the SO. which —

was used aS a working substance in a special cylinder.
These experiments have now been concluded, but I found
that as regards their application to new engines probably
not so great a field is available as was at one time thought,
as the margin of waste in the primary engine, to be saved
in this fashion, is not so great in the modern steam engine
as it was in the earlier ones, and hence there is not so
valuable a return to be obtained as an offset to the increased
complexity necessarily caused by the addition of a cylinder
using a Second vapour. It is thought, however, that there
are many older reciprocating engines already in use of less
than modern maximum efficiency which both in efficiency
and output might be improved materially by the addition
of the extra parts. - A fresh set of experiments is about to
be undertaken for the purpose of determining what advan-
tage may result from the use of these additional appliances
in connection with the waste heat from gas engines, and it
is very possible that here a much more promising field
is available.

®

For certain classes of work we may assume that the usual
type of steam engine will still be largely used, but there can
be no doubt that the steam turbine, in one of its now many

ANNUAL ADDRESS, XI.

forms, is to be the popular steam engine of the immediate
future. It is hard to imagine anything, apart say from a
great catastrophe in connection with the new Atlantic
liners recently launched with turbine engines—a catas-
trophe there is not the slightest reason to expect—that
can prevent this result being achieved. The prompt intro-
duction of the turbine steamer into the Australian coastal
trade is a matter for gratification, and speaks much for the
energy and enterprise of the company concerned. The
well known turbine types of Parsons, De Laval, Curtis,
Zoelly, Rateau, and Riedler-Stumpf, are now being
developed in the hands of large companies or syndicates in
England, America, and on the continent of Hurope, and
orders for immense horse-powersare being rapidly executed.
In addition to these six types, there are a considerable
number of others, perhaps not so well known, but doubtless
in a few years the number of types in actual operation will
be largely increased. In fact so anxious are the big
engineering firms to build turbines, that in addition to
manufacturing the better known descriptions on a royalty
basis, any new, if promising design for a steam turbine
receives very respectful consideration at their hands.

Meanwhile, it is obvious that the steam turbine is to
find an active competitor in the shape of the large modern
gas engine operated with cheap gas of various descriptions,
and the recent introduction of the smaller suction-gas
plants has made this a source of power which is very hard
to excel from the point of view of economy and convenience.
One such plant at least is in operation in Sydney at the |
works of Messrs. John Sands, and a large plant of a similar
type is being installed in New Zealand. It is hoped in the
near future to instal an experimental gas producer plant in
the P. N. Russell Hngineering School at the University,
and doubtless also considerable activity in the same direc-

XII. S. H. BARRACLOUGH.

tion will be experienced in many parts of Australia during
the next few years. An important application of large
gas and oil engines will yet be found in marine engine work,
and the question of the special problems in mechanical
design for this purpose I found is now being seriously taken

up in Germany. Both steam turbines and gas engines still

Ssufier from the great mechanical defect of not being able
to reverse. It is true that devices for producing reversal
have been suggested in each case, but there is nothing to
indicate that the problem has been satisfactorily solved.
Meanwhile, it is worth noting that the gas turbine is dis-
tinctly looming in the future as the goal of the thermo-
dynamic machine. One type at least of this machine is
advertised on the market, and although there are many
special difficulties in the way, many designers are working
at them, and when the type is perfected and made rever-
sible probably a fairly definite limit will be reached in
the direction of apparatus for transforming heat into
mechanical energy.

EDUCATIONAL REFORM.

One need have no hesitation in saying that the most
important topic, looked atin the broadest sense, to attract
recent public attention is that of Hducational Reform. This
is not the time or place to discuss the general question in
any detail, but one or two matters emerge which merit
passing notice. There probably has been no period within
recent times when so much consideration has been given
to the question of education, and its proper organisation.
. All over the world the matter has been discussed with an
amount of detail, and a persistency merited by its supreme
importance. The most striking features in this connection
in Australia have been the appointment of the Educational
Commissioners, one of whom it is gratifying to note is a
member of this Section, and the consequent improvement

ANNUAL ADDRESS. XIII.

in the public attitude towards educational subjects. This
great improvement in the educational atmosphere is one,
if not the most important result already achieved by the
Commissioners, and is the only reply needed to the objection
raised by some that no commission of inquiry was called for.
One has but to compare the degree of interest now being
evinced in educational matters, and the intelligence thereof,
with that which characterised the public mind some three
or four years ago to realise what a marked improvement
has taken place. It was previously alleged that no Com-
mission was necessary, aS already there was to handa
sufficient amount of information on the educational methods
of other countries in the published reports of previous
inquiries both by the authorities here and in other parts of
the world, but fortunately this erroneous view did not
prevail, and the commissioners have vigorously attacked a
task much more difficult than that of merely collecting
information as to what other peoples are doing, viz.—of
determining why they are doing it, and so endeavouring to
discover what are the right methods for this country to
adopt to meet its own particular needs. No scheme of
education can be imported ready made, and wholesale, from
even the best educated country in the world.

We may trust that one direct result of improvement in
the educational atmosphere of the community is that we
have once and for all got rid of the idea—‘‘Ours is the best
in the world.’’ It hadso long and so often been reiterated
that Australia had little to learn and much to teach, in the
matter of education, that one of the first steps necessary
for real progress was to obtain such a view of the educa-
tional position of other nations that we should realise how
very far indeed we were from occupying so enviable a
position, and in this matter the commissioners have been
distinctly successful.

XIV. S. H. BARRACLOUGH.

The sections of their report at present published have

created a widespread interest, and evoked much discussion. |

As was to be expected, the conclusions arrived at have not
been unanimously accepted in every detail, but there can
be no doubt as to the marked service which the commis-
sioners have already rendered to the community. With

the appearance of the third and final section of their report —

dealing with technical and industrial education, which I
believe now is practically set up in type, it is not unreason-
able to hope that a very genuine effort will be made towards
putting the educational system of the community upon such

a basis that in course of time will make us worthy to rank —

with the at present better educated nations of the world.

SIR P. N. RUSSELL’S SECOND GIFT TO THE UNIVERSITY.

It is most proper when recording recent educational
developments in Australia, before a society such as this,
which is directly interested in the engineering and industrial
progress of the community, that I should refer to the recent
gift by Sir Peter Nicol Russell of a second sum of £50,000,
to be added to the original gift of the same amount, for the
purpose of endowing the School of Engineering within the
University of Sydney. In making this gift, Sir Peter has
shown himself to be a patriot in the truest sense, for
although now long resident out of Australia he is evidently
far from forgetting the land in which he achieved such
great success, and where for many years he was so honor-
ably connected with the industrial development of the
colony. He sets a worthy example which we can hope
will be imitated by many others similarly circumstanced.
His action is in striking contrast to that of some, who
having found health and fortune in this part of the world
have retired to selfishly enjoy their wealth in the Old
Land, and to judge by their words and actions are uncon-
scious of any responsibility towards a country which even

ANNUAL ADDRESS XV.

now supports them in affluence, but to whose interests they
are apparently quite indifferent.’

P. N. RUSSELL SCHOLARSHIPS.

One of the objects for which the money was given to the
University was that of founding scholarships for the pur-
pose of helping the youth in the workshop, or the technical
college student of unusual ability to enter the University
and obtain the advantages of an engineering education. It
cannot be doubted that in the course of time these scholar-
ships will be as well known and as highly valued in this
community as are the Whitworth Scholarships in Great
Britain. Three awards are made yearly, each of the value
of £75 per year for four years, so that at any one time there
will be twelve P. N. Russell Scholars attending the
engineering lectures at the University. To maintain these
scholarships requires the perinanent investment of the large
sum of from £20,000 to £25,000. The awards are made
after examination, and only those candidates are eligible
who have been engaged for at least three years in a work-
shop, or who have been one year in a workshop and have
taken a two year’s course at the Sydney Technical College,
or who have followed the full three years’ day course at
the Technical College. It is doubtful, if taking all the
circumstances of the case into consideration, more liberal
encouragement is anywhere to be found for the enterprising
and capable youth in the shops to obtain the advantages
of a complete engineering education. .

1 As these pages were going through the press news was received of
the death of Sir Peter Nicol Russell. Although this is not the place to
make a full reference to this sad event, yet the opportunity cannot be
allowed to pass without giving expression to the universal regret with
which the news was received, as well as of our respectful sympathy with
Lady Russell in her bereavement. The name and memory of Sir Peter
Russell must always be held in high and affectionate esteem in this
country which his labours and generosity have done so much to benefit.

XVI. S. H. BARRACLOUGH.

A SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE.

One addition to the engineering department for which a
great need exists is that of a properly organised school of |
architecture. At present a short course of lectures on
building construction and the history of architecture is
given to certain of the students, but neither at the
University nor the Technical College, nor indeed in any
part of Australia is a comprehensive scheme of instruc-
tion for men desiring to follow this great profession to be
found. Nothing indicates the character and taste of the
community more than its buildings, and these again in their
turn react in the development of the taste of succeeding
generations. Few things are more worth a people’s while
than to live in the “ House Beautiful.’’ I do not for a
moment argue that we have not in Sydney many fine archi-
tectural examples, not only insome of the larger buildings,
public and ecclesiastical, but also in the more limited
sphere of house architecture. The community indeed has
a good deal to be thankful for when it is remembered that
practically no thorough and systematic attempt has been
made to train the designers of these buildings. In the
early days there were two or three men, whose names
should never be forgotten, who left behind them public
buildings which are monuments to their artistic skill and
constructive ability; and the effect of these buildings in
setting a standard cannot be over estimated in importance.

Succeeding these few masters came a number of men
trained in the better established schools of the Old World,
who did much to beautify the city, and their pupils are
now, in many instances, ably supporting the best of the
early traditions. But it must also for truth’s sake be con-
fessed that with this there is a woeful quantity of the
worst kind of architecture to be seen in all directions, and
it is folly to hope that, unless definite steps are some day

ANNUAL ADDRESS, XVII.

taken for the training of the architects of the future, the
average of building can ever rise beyond the mediocre.
At present it is greatly to be regretted that, side by side
with buildings in the city evidencing the skill, taste and
power of initiative of the designer, huge structures are
erected—their very size making them monumental—
which transgress almost every canon of art, architecture,
and engineering.

While referring to matters architectural it will not be
out of place to incidentally record the admiration which
everyone interested in technical subjects must feel for the
enterprise, no less than the skill evidenced by our confreres
of the Institute of Architects in publishing their bi-monthly
journal “‘Art and Architecture.’’ Not only for its matter
and illustrations, but even as an example of the printer’s
and publisher’s art, it merits nothing but praise. One
cannot but hope that it will have an increasingly liberal
Support, not merely from professional men, but from the
general public.

SURVEYING.

Another subject to which I am glad to see attention has
several times of late been drawn, is that of instruction in
surveying. This is a subject which peculiarly lends
itself to systematic instruction such as may be organised
in an engineering college, and it is hard to see that anything
but good could result from the organisation of a complete
course of training in that subject at the University. It is
not of course possible to produce by any such curriculum a
professional expert in surveying any more thanin any other
subject. Some subsequent experience would of course be
necessary, but the naturally haphazard instruction obtained
during pupilage has even less to recommend it in the case
of so precise a subject as surveying than in engineering or
architecture.

2—June 28, 1905.

XVIII. S. H. BARRACLOUGH.

Some one perhaps may wish to remind me that, according
to recent utterances of deputations to Cabinet Ministers
published in the daily press, both these ancient and honor-
able professions appear to be going to suffer eclipse, and
therefore any anxiety as to the training of architects and
surveyors is quite superfluous; but one cannot but believe
that such conditions are temporary, and that in a country
like this both professions must have a great future before
them.

REORGANISATION OF THE P. N. RUSSELL SCHOOL.

The new gift has made it possible to effect a reorganisa-
tion of the school, with a corresponding increase in the
efficiency of the instruction imparted. Several new lecture-
ships have been instituted, and the courses of instruction
have been largely developed. The equipment of the school
is gradually being improved as opportunities occur and
funds allow. The apparatus provided for the testing of
materials was already fairly complete, and the facilities
available in this important direction considering the size
of the school, compare favorably with those of older insti-
tutions. In other directions, however, there are very
obvious defects which it is hoped to at least partially
remedy in the near future. In the subjects of mechanical
and electrical engineering a great deal of lee-way has to
be made up. For instance, in the important subjects of
mechanical refrigeration (in the early development of which
Australia played so important a part), compressed air
machines, modern oil and gas engines, producer gas plants,
and steam turbines, to mention only a few, the school has
hitherto had no equipment of any kind, but a beginning is
now being made to remedy these defects.

In this connection I should like to take the opportunity
of mentioning the great kindness of Mr. C. A. MacDonald
of the Hercules Ice Machine Company, in donating to the

ANNUAL ADDRESS, X1X,

school a complete refrigerating plant, which is now being
installed and includes a steam driven ammonia machine
and a small set of ice tanks and refrigeration chamber. In
both America and Germany the large manufacturing firms
have shown great generosity towards the engineering and
technical schools in the matter of presenting them with
typical examples of the products of their works. It is
there recognised that this practice is to the benefit of both
the firms and the Universities, the latter having the
advantage for instructional purposes of modern types of
machinery, while the former have the satisfaction of know-
ing that the students, who are to be the future engineers,
are obtaining an intimate knowledge of the special virtues
of their machines. Several other firms in the city have
also been kind enough to lend pieces of machinery or
apparatus for the instruction of the students, for longer or
shorter periods.

PROGRESS OF THE SCHOOL AND FUTURE NEEDS.

There have now passed through the Engineering School
something over 150 graduates, and there are about 80
undergraduate students in engineering on the University
roll. Notwithstanding the dullness of trade and the absence
of many great engineering enterprises in the community
the great majority of the graduates have obtained satis-
factory employment, and a considerable number are
occupying responsible positions. They are very widely
scattered however as regards location, and the greater
part of them are not occupied in New South Wales, for
reasons which it is unnecessary here to elaborate.

Very much remainsto be done. The most urgent need at
the present moment is the new building, for the erection and
equipment of which the State Government have agreed to
contribute £25,000 in compliance with a stipulation made
by Sir Peter Russell. Unfortunately, however, there seems

xXx. Ss. H. BARRACLOUGH.

a delay in providing the money, and meanwhile the work
of the school is greatly handicapped.

OUR POSITION IN RELATION TO OTHERS.

After thus briefly noticing some of the signs of progress
and movement in our local educational world, it is not out
of place to remark that progress is a relative thing, and that
the essential question is not, have we made an advance ?
but rather, has our rate of progression kept pace with that
of other countries? And from this point of view the out-
look is not so promising. A short visit to Hurope a few
months ago only served to emphasise to my mind the fact
that in the matter of engineering and technical progress, ~
and in industrial training we are distinctly falling back.
One is impressed with the fact that there is

EXTRAORDINARY ACTIVITY IN OTHER COUNTRIES.

Indeed, in noting the signs of progress in German institu-
tions during the last two or three years one cannot help a
Slight feeling of depression on realising the almost impos-
sibility, as it seems, of keeping our institutions proportion-
ately abreast of theirs. EHven England, although herself
in not too enviable a position, is leaving us distinctly behind,
which could not be said ten or twelve years ago; and in
America it is almost impossible to keep oneself informed
of the rate of progress, and of the colossal sums that are
being invested in scientific and industrial training. I pro-
pose to attempt no sketch of this progress at present, but
as indicating the very genuine interest which is taken in
the subject I would like to call your attention to the fact,
probably not known to all, that there is a society in
America, of which I have the privilege of being a member,
devoted entirely to the consideration of the one subject of
the promotion of engineering and industrial education.
This society has now published 12 annual volumes of papers
and discussions, covering the whole field of education for

ANNUAL ADDRESS. XXI.

engineers and for industrial workers, and by means of
special committees is engaged upon important inquiries in
regard to professional education in directions in which
there have been controversies.

CORRESPONDENCE SCHOOLS.

As an indication of the extraordinary demand that exists
for technical instruction of various kinds it is not inappro-
priate to instance the institutions known as Correspondence
Schools, and this more especially as they have recently
been introduced into Australia, and already have attracted
a good deal of support, especially, I understand, from people
in country districts who have not the advantage of a regular
college in their neighbourhood. These schools have sprung
up like magic in America during the past ten years, and
although some refuse to regard them seriously, are now
thought by many to be serving a great need. Whether they
will remain in demand, or are only a passing phase of
educational opportunity, may be questioned. Until other
opportunities of acquiring a technical training become
practically universal, however, the evidence is already
clear that they will find a great work todo. The fact that
a Single one of these schools has now on its roll of students
several hundred thousand names is the best possible proof
of the great demand for technical education. These
schools supply their students with specially prepared text-
books and pamphiets, and have developed systematic
methods of imparting instruction by correspondence—a
System indeed organised to a pitch of elaborateness and
efficiency that commands the admiration even of those who
criticise the method.

THE LATE DR. R. H. THURSTON AND SIBLEY COLLEGE.
As no earlier opportunity has occurred of mentioning it
I cannot let the occasion pass when speaking of educational
work without referring to the death which has taken place

XXII. S. H. BARRACLOUGH.

during my term of office of my sincere friend, and one time
instructor, Dr. R. H. Thurston, the Director for 18 years
of the Sibley College of Hngineering at Cornell University.
Although probably not generally known to the public of
this country, his name was a household word amongst
engineers and educators in America and Hurope, both as a
professional man, and an expert in educational matters.
He has not inappropriately been called the father of the
modern engineering school. As a young man he passed
through the engineering workshops, took an arts degree at
the University, entered the Engineering Corps of the U.S.
Navy, and served all through the Civil War; and aiter-
wards occupied a chair in the Naval Academy until in~
1870 he accepted the then rather novel Professorship of
Mechanical Hngineering in the Stevens Institute of Tech-
nology, where for 15 years he laboured in developing, what
was for its time, an unusually efficient course of instruction.
Indeed his syllabus of instruction of that early date is in
many respects a model even for to-day.

In 1885 he was called to be the first director of the Sibley
Coliege of Mechanical Engineering at Cornell, and began,
what he rightly felt to be, the great work of his life. Start-
ing as it did from small beginnings, and a few dozen
students, he had the great reward for his labours of seeing
the College, with its now more than one thousand students
and its splendidly differentiated courses of instruction,
develope into what, even at the risk of being considered
biassed, I cannot but describe as one of the finest pieces
of organisation in engineering education in existence.

Amidst the multitudinous duties of so great an office, he
had that highest of all arts of seeming and being always a
friend to the many thousands of students who came under
his care. Their wants always claimed his ready attention;
their letters years after leaving college were always

ANNUAL ADDRESS. XXIII.

promptly and sympathetically answered, and their interests
were never forgotten. He died, suddenly, as I have
occasion to remember, on his birthday and mine, as he sat
in his study chair at Cornell. Fittingly enough the sum of
£50,009 is being collected to erect a memorial laboratory
for research in engineering to his memory, but such bene-
factors of his race as he, require no monument.

SIBLEY COLLEGE.

This is not the place to discuss in detail the organisation
of the Sibley College of Engineering, although on a fitting
occasion few subjects might more usefully be considered.
Perhaps if it needs any expression of commendation it may
best be had by reminding ycu of the great success which
the University of Birmingham in Hngland is achieving, and
which, as is unstintedly admitted, obtained its inspiration
largely from Cornell and Sibiey. Sibley College was one
of the early departments of Cornell University to be estab-
lished, and accorded well with the ideal of Hzra Cornell,
the quaint, shrewd man of business, of rather the old type,
who conceived the idea of founding a great and truly
democratic University; and though perhaps it lacks a
certain glamour that attaches to the older New England
Colleges, such as Harvard and Yale, whose history goes
back to the early Puritan days, yet from a fairly intimate
knowledge of all three, I venture to think that nowhere is
the democratic ideal of American education better illus-
trated than in the Cornell of to-day. The University
begins to realise, at least in some degree, the hopes of its
large minded founder, who remarked in words which sound,
in their simplicity, plain, but which embody a very noble
thought, “‘I would found here an institution where any
person may receive instruction in any subject.’’ ‘‘Cornell,”’
said a well known English educator—Principal Fairbairn of
Mansfield College, Oxford—*‘is an example of a University

XXIV. S. H. BARRACLOUGH.

adapted to the soil, bravely modern and industrial without
ceasing to be ancient and classical, or philosophical and
historical.”’

Before leaving this subject, there are two policies
pursued by the authorities at Sibley College which must
commend themselves to every engineer, and which I per-
sonally trust it may be possible some day to embody in our
own University. They are two policies which aim at
keeping the engineering department in close and intimate
touch with the actual practice of the profession outside.

The first is, to have each year a carefully organised set of
lectures delivered by experts in the different branches of
the profession to the students attending the regular college
courses. This practice has the double advantage of enabling
the experts in the profession to obtain a sympathetic insight
from time to time into the organisation and working of the
school on the one hand, and on the other hand it allows
the students to become acquainted, at least by sight and
voice, with the leaders of the profession which they aspire
to enter. The second policy, which has recently been
brought into force, is to insist upon the necessity of pro-
fessors and lecturers keeping in active touch with the
practice of their profession, and for this purpose leave of
absence is to be granted at fairly short intervais, for a year
or even two years to the members of the staff for the pur-
pose of enabling them to resume for a time their profess-
ional practice. .

One of the chief competitors of the Sibley College as a
place of training for engineers is the Massachusetts Insti-
tute of Technology in Boston, and it is worthy of note that
this institution during the last few months has become
amalgamated with the Applied Science Department of
Harvard University, the ultimate aim doubtless being to
attach the great school of engineering and technology,

ANNUAL ADDRESS. XXV.

which will thus result, to the Harvard University as one
of its constituent parts. Both these institutions already
were possessed of large endowments and were provided
with an elaborate staff of instructors, and housed in splendid
buildings, but as I learn from a letter received a week or
two ago from a member of the Harvard staff, they are about
to receive the first instalment of a huge bequest, which
will almost immediately yield an income of £10,000 a year,
and as various annuities lapse their income from this one
source will finally reach the magnificent figure of £100,000
a year. In view of these circumstances it is proposed to
abandon the present buildings of both institutions, and to
erect a magnificent pile in a locality where more room is
available. When this is done it will probably be the most
perfect institution of its kind in America.

Yet another plan worthy of special note is the arrangement
recently made by one or two American and German Univer-
sities for the interchange of professors for periods of a year
atatime. Nothing could be more stimulating to all con-
cerned than such a scheme.

AMERICAN PROGRESS.

However it would be a hopeless task to attempt to
enumerate, even in outline, the great achievements of the
American schools during the last few years. They are now
to be counted in very fact by the score, and set the British
nation, and I think Australia in particular, an example
which they should endeavour to emulate. It may be
replied of course and with a certain amount of justice that
America with her vast opportunities and immense natural
resources cannot under ordinary circumstances avoid
achieving large success. In a sense this is true. It is
doubtful if ever before in the history of the world, man had
such extraordinary opportunities for material good as in
North America. As it has recently been put, and with

XXVI. S. H. BARRACLOUGH.

some justice
there such a land. With a soil of exhaustless fertility if
properly cultivated; with original forest resources sufficient
to supply the world for centuries; with an almost infinite
energy stored in the ample coal beds, and in the oil and
gas deposits, which are almost co-extensive with their

territorial limits; with the richest iron ores so plentiful |

and abundant as to make their value scarcely more than
common rock or earth; with copper, lead, ziné, gold, and
silver deposits in marvellous quantities; witha climate all
that could be desired and nowhere equalled for agricultural

purposes; and finally, but most of all, peopled by the most —

progressive races under the sun; with all these infinite
opportunities, surely something should have been accom-
plished.’’? But even admitting all this, it is a sorry argu-
ment that because natural opportunities are less, a people
therefore is to be excused from making an equal effort. It
has yet to be shown that this country is not possessed of as
fine possibilities as America, and if, as is evident, the
resources of the country are not quite so readily to hand
as in the United States, it is surely all the stronger argu-
ment for a resolute and determined exploitation of those
resources. .

THE CASE OF GERMANY.

No such argument, however, applies to the case of Ger-
many, which during the last century, has shown how in
the face of obstacles that a less courageous and wise people
might have regarded as insuperable, a nation may bring
itself from a position of apparent ruin to the very summit
of international success. The history of this development
has already several times been referred to in the recent
educational discussions, so I will merely content myself
with pointing out that within 12 years of the date of the
Franco-Prussian War, a Royal Commission from Hngland,

‘* Nowhere else on the face of the globe is

ANNUAL ADDRESS. XXVII.

aiter a most careful study of the situation, reported that
Hngland had everything to fear and many things to learn
from hernewrival. ‘‘ The situation,’ says a friendly critic,
‘“‘becomes annually more acute and to-day England is
realising the risk that she runs of losing possibly for ever
her position as the leading manufacturing and commercial
nation of Hurope.”’

The explanation of this remarkable transition is deserving
of the most careful study, and it is of peculiar interest to
the members of this Society. Asan American writer’ has
recently put it, ““That an interior country like Germany,
without a navy, and with little foreign commerce, could
in a quarter of a century by increasing her manufacturing
capacity tenfold make it equal to that of Hngland;
increase her shipping twenty-fold, making it second to that
of England; effectually establish a regular export trade
with every country on the globe, and by at once cheapen-
ing products and improving their quality, put herself in a
position to hold these markets indefinitely; that all this
could be accomplished in the face of open competition, and
in this age of universal publicity, is indeed marvellous, and
would alone prove that old methods have lost their potency
and that something new has arisen under the sun.”’

JAPAN’S, ACHIEVEMENT.

But if the case of Germany is remarkable, what can be
said of Japan which almost within the space of a single
generation has progressed from medizvalism to modern
civilization. However puzzled we may be by the spectacle,
and however dubious as to the value of the civilization, it
would be the worst folly to miss the obvious lesson of so
extraordinary a national performance. It is in a very
striking degree an illustration of deliberate adaptation of
means to an end; of national organisation on a large scale,

* Prof. Johnston, Vol. v1., Proc. Soc. Prom. Eng. Education.

XXVIII S. H. BARRACLOUGH.

and with unparalleled efficiency; and of a zealous loyalty
and patriotism that no obstacle could thwart. To emphasise
the spirit that animated these neighbours of ours in the
North, I cannot refrain from quoting two remarks made by
the Mikado, when in 1872 the government promulgated the
complete scheme of education which was part of the plan
that aimed at placing Japan in the first rank of civilised
peoples. The Hmperor said in words which are worthy of
oft repetition :—‘‘It is intended that henceforth education
shall be so diffused that there may not be a village with an
ignorant family, or a family with an ignorant member.
Persons who have hitherto applied themselves to study
have almost always looked to the Government for their
expenses. This is an erroneous notion proceeding from
long abuse, and every person shall henceforth endeavour
to acquire knowledge by his own exertions.’’ It is impos-
sible to know which to admire most, the first sentiment
or the last.

The long list of primary and high schools, technical and
trade schools, colleges for medicine, for agriculture, and for
veterinary science, for commerce, and for the fine arts;
institutes for training teachers and technical instructors ;
and last, but not least, the great Universities of Japan
testify to the zeal and success with which the task has
been carried out. The result of the present war, even
before its conclusion is reached, is only a fitting climax to
such efforts by such a people.

THE VIRTUE OF WAR.

It is Ruskin, I think, who points out that sometimes the
blessings of war overbalance its curse. Indeed it is not
hard to realise that there are worse things than war. HKven
making allowance for the colossal material waste, the
hideous loss of life, and the almost unimaginable suffering,
who could deny that the present war is a blessing to Russia,

|
:

ANNUAL ADDRESS. XXIX,

giving her people as a whole an opportunity that might
otherwise not have offered itself again for generations, of
escaping from a tyrannical bondage and becoming actually
the great nation they are potentially. And not less isita
benefit to Japan, testing her qualities, proving her powers,
enlightening the minds of the people, and confirming them
in the wisdom of their long preparation, and still further
preparing them for their great destiny.

Further, will anyone lightly deny that looked at from a
national point of view, one of the most bracing experiences
that could befall us as a people would be the presence of
an enemy at our gates. Nothing could more quickly reduce
matters to the basis of a reality they at present lack.
Nothing would more readily convince that large and possibly
major section of the community whose ideal may he not
unjustly stated in the motto, “‘Sport for Sport’s sake,”’ that
especially in a democracy such as this, national success
can be achieved only through the responsible and deliberate
efforts of the citizens.

THE ART OF INVENTION.

It may seem on casual consideration that it is a matter
of small moment whether (so long as a worker perform his
labour faithfully), he works with pleasure and zest in the
task, or merely as a means to subsequent amusement, but
this argument will not bear close examination. Professor
Reuleaux, one of the greatest of all the German engineer-
ing educators, has shown in an admirable passage that the
process of invention, and of industrial discovery is not, as
is popularly supposed, a haphazard matter. Inventions
rarely come as flashes of intuition or as accidents, but are
the results of long cogitation and rumination, and this none
the less so because the inventor subsequently is not him-
self always conscious of the various steps by which he
arrived at the result. Now these processes of thought are

XXX. S. H. BARRACLOUGH.

absolutely essential to industrial improvement and advance-
ment, and if this zest for labour, this inspiration of toil is
lacking in the worker of all grades (it applies to the highest
as to the lowest) much progress cannot be looked for.

The British people have been, and are, great inventors.
It was an Englishman—or at any rate a Scotchman—James
Watt, who nearly one and a half centuries ago produced
the steam engine in a practicable form; it took other
nations half a century to get proper possession of it, so to
speak, and to this fact our past material prosperity is to a
considerable extent due. It is equally true that it was an
Englishman

the steam turbine ina practicable form some 20 years ago,
but in these days progress is fast, and not 10 years were
required for other nations to have full possession of it.
To-day, more Parsons steam turbines are built out of
England than in it.

NATIONAL EFFICIENCY.

The methods of the past willnot serve. They were good,
but something more efficient isnow required. It was Lord
Rosebery who in a remarkable speech a few years ago put
this matter with great emphasis, and set forth the position
that the vital question now confronting Great Britain was,
Whether she intended abandoning her ancient policy of
‘““muddling along,” and substituting for it that of “‘ effici-
ency.’’ National efficiency, the adaptation of means to
ends, is what is lacking at present in our Nation. For the
time Australia’s prosperity, commercial and industrial, is
largely bound up with that of Great Britain, and the
important question for us is whether our methods display
this quality of “‘efficiency.’”’ It would not be hard to
establish the fact that at present they largely do not.
Without going into such a discussion in detail, I think it is
a fair comment to make that the three public Commissions

or at any rate an Irishman—who produced |

ANNUAL ADDRESS. XXXI,

of Inquiry recently appointed, are somewhat striking
evidences of the inefficiency of our method of doing things.
I refer to the Cataract Dam Commission, the Lands Inquiry,
and the recent Butter Commission. It would not be proper
to-night to discuss anyone of these three, more especially
‘as two of the matters are sub judice, but the fact of such
inquiries being necessary cannot but demonstrate that in
the three important directions of public works, land settle-
ment, and commerce our system, regarded from the point
of view of benefit to the State, lacks efficiency.
THE MENACE TO ENGLAND.

I think it may be agreed that England has lately dis-
tinctly recognised the menace to her position, and is now
bestirring herself with considerable vigour to meet the
-ehemy. She has proposed two distinct lines of effort. The
first is the improvement of her system of scientific and
industrial training, which everyone will admit to be a sound
and safe path. The second, is the proposal of a consider-
able section for retaliatory tarifis, which some may fear
is a weapon of the boomerang order, but in any case is
certainly not proper for discussion this evening. The
evidences of an attempt to improve the educational system
in England are many. For instance, the fact quoted by
His Excellency, the State Governor, in a public speech the
other evening, that the expenditure on technical education
by the London County Council had increased during the
last 10 years from only £4,590 a year to over £300,000 per
annum is most striking; and I Should also have liked to
refer amongst others, to the splendid equipment and
organisation of the Manchester School of Technology, and
of the Birmingham University, both of which institutions
are on the best modern lines, and in different directions.

THE POSITION OF AUSTRALIA.
Meanwhile, what have we been doing here during recent

years? One can only say we have been virtually standing

XXXII. 8. H. BARRACLOUGH.

still for 10 years past. After the erection of the present -
Technical College buildings, the State seemed to have
temporarily exhausted its efforts, and beyond a very small
increase in the expenditure, and the loyal efforts made by
the authorities and teaching staff of the Technical Colleges
to improve the conditions here and there wherever the
limited means at their disposal allowed, we have done little
in the direction of planning a systematic scheme of instruc-
tion. At present it is only recording a fact of the case to
state that there is no co-ordination between the various
technical institutions, either with primary and secondary
education on the one hand, or with the University on the ~
other, nor yet with the industrial life of the community
which technical education should foster and encourage.
There has been no elaborate and consistent planning of
means to this definite end, no adequate preparation for
taking our right place, nor even for sufficiently defending
ourselves in the industrial war of nations. That such a
state of warfare exists it is impossible todeny. No friendly
treaties can prevent it, nor is it easy to see how peace can
be secured. The relations between civilised nations are
much more primitive than between civilised individuals.
It is not an army of soldiers that constitutes the real
menace in these days, but the regiments of scientifically
trained directors of industrial enterprise, the armies of
intelligent mechanics and artizans.

Although all nations may, in the words of an ancient writer,
‘*‘turn their swords into ploughshares, and their spears into
pruning hooks,”’ yet if the spirit of competition still remain,
the weapons, even in their tranquil disguise, are just as
formidable. The only defence in this kind of strife is to
reply to action with action; to meet education with train- -
ing, and excellence with yet more. ‘‘Captains of industry,”’
says Carlyle, ‘‘are the true Fighters, henceforth recognisable

ANNUAL ADDRESS XXXIII.

as the only true ones.’’ The situation is complicated by
the fact that there is dissension in the camp. There is
discord in our midst when all should be united to meet the
keen competition of other nations. Our efforts are largely
negatived by our domestic quarrels. Class is opposed to
class; labour is opposed to capital. We have monopolies
on the one hand, attempts at State socialism on the other.
Equality of opportunity is demanded by some; equality of
reward required by others. In endeavouring to solve the
problem of training a nation in the arts and industries,
these difficulties must necessarily be taken into account.
It is quite evident that ‘ Demos’ for better or worse is in
power, and that permanently. But properly interpreted
this may be, and I think should be, regarded as a great
ground for hopefulness. As arecent writer has put it—
‘*In our modern democracy the nation has called out its
last reserves, and its success or failure must depend upon
the action of the great body of the citizens, and not upon
any small classofthem.’’ Once this is realised the urgency
of the proper taining of the great bulk of the people which
must and should be in the direction of industrial enterprise,
is only made more evident.

THE URGENT NECESSITY FOR NATIONAL TRAINING.

The pressing necessity which should weigh upon the mind
of every statesman, and every man in any public capacity,
in fact upon every citizen should surely be this one of
providing that adequate scientific and industrial training
for the nation, which for convenience we commonly refer
to as technical education. We at present have no
systematic scheme for training the great bulk of the people
for ‘the sequel of their lives.’ We have tacitly agreed
with most other nations that apprenticeship is dead, and
have virtually abandoned apprenticeship as a system, but
have substituted nothing forit. Weare right to assume that

3 —June 23, 195.

XXXIV. S. H. BARRACLOUGH.

apprenticeship as a system of instruction is no longer
adequate to modern needs. ‘“‘ When industrial capacity
rested wholly upon tradition and empirical knowledge,
and upon manual skill, it was absolutely essential that
artisans should obtain all this knowledge and skill as
apprentices in the shops and mills as manual helpers, and
as unintelligent copyists. But since nearly all processes
of the artisan have now a Scientific and rational basis, and
the work is done by machines which are the embodiment
of the highest type of human reason and understanding,
and since the machines require an almost equally intelligent
oversight and direction to produce their largest output,
and furthermore, since the new discoveries of science
require continued changes in materials and methods to keep
abreast of the times and to hold the market, and entirely
new industries are daily established, founded on some new
discovery or invention, and since the demand no longer
determines the supply, but new and improved supplies are
constantly creating their own demands in all lines of
industry, it is evident that the efficient direction of any
industry to-day demands a very large amount of technical
knowledge which cannot be learned at the bench or in the
shops. While self education is always possible, the
obstacles are commonly prohibitive, and at best the results
are meagre and unsatisfactory.’’’

RATIONAL versus EMPIRICAL METHODS.

But it is necessary to substitute a rational system of
instruction for an empirical one. The modern position is
that scientific investigation is the basis of industry, and
that systematic training of the workers is the proper
method of extending and developing it. This in no way
denies the value of experience, but it should be pointed
out that experience is simply the experimental method

1 Prof. J. B. Johnson.

ANNUAL ADDRESS. XXXV,

applied in a haphazard and costly fashion. Much has been
accomplished doubtless in the past by the trial-and-error
method, but this must more and more give way to the
modern and rational one.

All this is true, and only emphasises the necessity for
adopting some better system than we have. ‘There is
indeed an added reason for us in Australia to amend our
systems of training. In this country, whether it is
expressed in so many words or not, a distinct ideal of a
great section of the community is, that there shall be short
hours of labour, high rates of pay, and a limited number of
workers and a limited output by the workers. Inso faras
these desires imply a determination to prevent sweating
and civilized slavery, and the maintenance of a decent
average of living in the community, they must command
the support of everyone, but it is obvious that these ends
cannot be achieved by enactments of Parliament, or decis-
ions of Industrial Courts. The only possible means of
making such schemes practicable is an extremely high
efficiency of the workers. This country in truth cannot
afford to have unskilled labour in its midst. So obvious is
this statement that it seems almost gratuitous to suggest
it, but thus far no attempt has been made to put any such
scheme into practice. The providing of an adequately
efficient system of industrial, scientific, and technical train-
ing for every man and woman in the land, who cared to
avail themselves of it, would seem to bea natural corollary
of our national conditions and system of living. To use a
very technical phrase, one would expect to find as a marked
‘plank’ in the programme of any party that assumed to
legislate for the industrial workers of a community an
insistance upon the steady and progressive organisation of
such a system of national training. Personally, I should
not be surprised to see this question obtrude itself actively
into politics.

XXXVI. S. H. BARRACLOUGH.

Lately, it is true, we have in this State—and we are to
be congratulated on doing so—taken what may prove to be
the first step in this direction by establishing the office of
Director of Technical Education, and appointing thereto a
man admirably fitted to reorganise and supervise such a
system, but this is only the beginning. To instal and main-
tain the system will cost large sums of money, much larger
than anything that has hitherto been provided. The great
point which everyone interested in the matter should
endeavour to make is that such expenditure should not be
grudgingly allowed as if in deference to the clamour ofa
section of the community, but that it ought to be entered
into with the whole hearted support of every enlightened
citizen who desires that this people should gain and keep
its rightful place in the community of nations.

To argue that the country cannot afford the expenditure
necessary for such training, or to express doubts as to the -
ultimate result of such training, is as irrational as for a
farmer to affirm that he cannot afford the wheat with which
to sow his land, and has not the patience to wait for the
crop.

TYPES OF LABOUR.

In order to give precision to my concluding remarks it
will be sufficiently satisfactory to divide the workers of
the community into three clearly recognisable, although
not sharply defined types, viz.:—

(a) The artisan type, merging gradually from the practi-
cally unskilled labourer through various types of
skilled workers to

(b) The foreman type with opportunities and occasions
for advancing to

(c) The professional and scientific type,
and this division holds satisfactorily both as regards the
primary producers in the great primary industries, and the
secondary or manufacturing industries.

ANNUAL ADDRESS. XXXVII.

There seems little room for doubt that a people con-
stituted as we are, must and should develop first and
principally our primary industries, and those secondary
industries which are connected therewith, and to this end
it would be definitely false economy to put any limit to the
expenditure of any sum necessary for the attainment of
this end. No good reason can be alleged why in the course
of time, and very largely now, Australia should not be’
absolutely unexcelled in the world, not only for such funda-
mentally important products as wool, wheat and meat,
but also for such staple commodities as sugar and wines,
dairy produce and fruits, as wellas for timbers and leather
and the great minerals. That we are not at present in
this satisfactory condition will be sufficiently evident to
anyone who has carefully perused the reports of our com-
mercial agents published in the press during the last two
or three years.

AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION.

In this connection it will not be out of place to refer to
the Hawkesbury Agricultural College, in which, owing to
having been examiner in mechanical subjects for a number
of years, and to various visits to it, I naturally take a great
interest. It isno detriment tothe undoubtedly good work
done by this institution—probably the best of its kind in
Australia—and to the marked effect it has had on farming
in the State, to say that it is far indeed from being what
it should be ina country with such vast agricultural possi-
bilities awaiting development as Australia, and such
intricate problems needing solution. The usual course is
limited to two years, and every alternate day is spent in
actual field work. The time available for work within the
college is thus limited to the equivalent of one year. The
efiects produced upon students, who often enter witha
preliminary education of a not necessarily high order, can-

XXXVIII. S. H. BARRACLOUGH.

not be expected to compare with those obtained in, for
instance, the best class of agricultural college in America,
the course in which occupies four years, and in which very
often a student is required either to have had experience
in farm work before entering the college, or to obtain it
during the vacations.

One further remark seems necessary, although I do not
know if the statement will meet with the approval of
either the one department concerned or the other, but I
can see no sound reason why agricultural education should
not be under the supervision of the Department of Public

Instruction, and this more especially since it is proposed —

now to re-organise the scheme of technical instruction in
this State. It would appear to be almost-obvious that the
expert knowledge necessary for the direction of such a
fundamentally important educational institution is to be
looked for rather in a department specially devoted to
education than to any other. This would make it possible
to co-ordinate the instruction given in the Sydney Technical
College and the various country branches, with that to be
had at the Hawkesbury College and the Experimental
Stations. At present there appear to be several subjects
that are taught in common at the two institutions, and
there appears to be room for possible overlapping, and con-
sequent inefficiency and lack of economy in the scheme of
instruction from the point of view of the State. To have
both under one department would also make possible the
utilising of the country technical colleges for instruction
in agriculture and mining, which would seem to be largely
their proper sphere. Sound instruction in these matters
must pay aS a hational concern. The highest class of
instruction is not a luxury which can be limited, or even
dispensed with when funds are low,—it isa national invest-
ment, thereturn from whichitis hard tooverestimate. Even

ANNUAL ADDRESS. XXXIX.

lavish expenditure towards this end is amply justified, quite
aS much so as for roads and bridges.

THE LIMITS OF PRUDENT EXPENDITURE.

It would be a very interesting question for discussion as
to what the limit of efficient expenditure for national
education really is. How much in fact would it definitely
pay a people to invest yearly in the training of all its
members, and what are the conditions that set an economic
limit to this expenditure? Without attempting to solve
such a problem this evening, it is perfectly safe to say that
much more can be economically expended than has yet:
been the case by even the most lavish nation. I would
ask in all seriousness what would be the result if a country
like England, specifically decided to invest £100,000,000
during the next ten years in the scientific and industrial
training of her people? It may be replied that such a
project is chimerical, and not worth discussing, but the
essential reasonableness of the proposal is more apparent
when compared with the spending of £250,000,000 in three
years on a war, which however necessary, produced little
direct commercial return, and could only be justified, as I
believe it was justified, on other grounds. But is the case
different with education? Is it not providing a people with
ammunition much more effective than powder and shot
both for attack and defence in the modern strife of nations?

THE MORRIL LAND GRANT ACT.

The United States, alone, in its legislature seems to
have conceived a scheme, if not precisely along the lines
suggested at least with equal enterprise and large hearted
courage. Few people would appear to be aware that in
1862 by the passing of the Morrill Land Act the United
States Legislature made a colossal effort towards putting
the industrial training of the nation on a permanent and
liberal footing. They dedicated an area of over five hundred

XL. S. H. BARRACLOUGH.

millions of acres of State lands, from the sale of which
there should be established a perpetual fund, “‘ the interest
of which shall be inviolably appropriated by each State
which may take and claim the benefit of this Act, to the
endowment, support, and maintenance of at least one
college, where the leading object shall be, without excluding
other scientific and classical studies, and including military
tactics, to teach such branches of learning as are related
to Agriculture and the Mechanic Arts, in such manner as
the legislatures of the States may prescribe, in order to
promote the liberal and practical education of the industrial
classes in the several pursuits and professions in life.’’ The
Act forbade the use of any portion of the aforesaid fund, or
of the interest thereon, for the purchase, erection; yor
maintenance of any building or buildings; but the several
States claiming and taking the benefit of the provisions of
the Act were required, by legislative assent previously
given, “‘to provide, within five years, not less than one
college”’ for carrying out the purposes of the Act.

These Land Grant Colleges of the United States are the
product of one of the grandest examples of statesmanlike
legislation that the world has yet seen. “Like all great
enterprises having for their purpose the benefit of the
people by legislative enactments, this failed of complete
success through the indifference and folly, and the absolute
stupidity of many of those public servants to whom its
operation was entrusted; it has, nevertheless, produced
incalculable good, both directly in the foundation and
partial support of technical education, and also partly
through its influence upon the States, inducing them to
take up and carry on the work from the point at which the
General Government left it.’’’ Since the passage of the
Morrill Land Grant Act in 1862 there has been a steady

1 Prof. R. H. Thurston.

ANNUAL ADDRESS. XLI.

development in America of the system of State Universities
as the apex of the educational pyramid, and also in the lower
planes, of more general and effective support of primary
and secondary education.

THE URGENCY OF THE QUESTION.

In the foregoing discussion I have avoided details; these
we can consider later at the conference on scientific and
industrial education, which it is proposed to hold shortly,
and from which I trust some very definite results will follow.
I have ventured to put these suggestions before you as I
am profoundly convinced that the question of the systematic
training of the great bulk of the people in the industries,
arts, and crafts suitable to this land is from an economic
point of view the most urgent and imperative consideration
ofthe time. Thisisa matter that cannot be accomplished
in a day ora year, nor indeed many years, but our national
happiness and prosperity depend largely upon the efforts
we make to achieve this end. It is one of the duties of a
Society such as this, and of all the other kindred institu-
tions to endeavour to stimulate and to guide public opinion
on these questions.

Before concluding, and in order to prevent misunder-
standing, there is perhaps one further remark I should
make. It may have appeared that I have described
technical and industrial education from a purely utilitarian
point of view, and not from the general educational stand-
point, but I should like to make it very clear that in my
opinion technical education is infinitely more than a pre-
paration for the earning of bread and butter; in fact as
regards its effect on character, I venture to think that in
a great many cases it may be more truly educative than
much that is popularly so described. Technical education
begins essentially in the Kindergarten, where the mind of
the child is tempted out as it were, it is continued in any

XLII. S. H. BARRACLOUGH.

proper system of primary education in which the faculties
rather than the memory of the boy or girl are evolved, and
in its later aspects of definite training for a trade or industry
it developes the mind, and should ennoble the character. A
man who has been so trained that he has a zest for his
work apart from what reward he obtains for it, and who
realises his obligations as a producer in the State, and whose
experience with men and the concrete things of life has
made him conscious of his own responsibilities and the
rights of others has received the best of educations.

It now only remains to me to express again my very
genuine appreciation of your cordial co-operation for the
two years during which I have been privileged to serve as
your Chairman, a service, the deficiencies of which none
can realise more keenly than I do, and to welcome on your
behalf my distinguished successor, under whose experienced
guidance the Hngineering Section is assured of an interest-
ing and permanently valuable session.

STORAGE AND REGULATION OF WATER. XLIII.

SOME NOTES ON THE STORAGE And REGULATION oF
WATER For IRRIGATION PURPOSHS.

By T. WHITCHURCH SEAVER, B.E.

, [Communicated by W. E. Cooks, M.E£.]

[Read before the Engineering Section of the Royal Society of N. S. Wales,
December 14, 1905. ]

THE more general and popular questions of Water Conserv-
ation and Irrigation, have of late years been much
discussed, and from the valuable information which has
been collected, with reference to river discharges, location
of irrigable areas, and so forth, a clear insight into the
whole matter may be obtained. Some time ago several
valuable papers were read before this Section, upon such
subjects as the equitable distribution of water, property in
water, and the chemical nature of soils, besides one which
gave a general review of the progress of water conserva-
tion in this State. The authors showed that a large
amount of water, which, being drained from our own catch-
ment areas, was the sole property of this State, and now
running to waste, should be conserved and distributed, and
they indicated how this could be done, by the construction
of storage reservoirs and diversion channels.

All water conservation and irrigation works may be
classed under two general headings of :—
1. Storage. 2. Regulation.
Of these the first may be divided into:—a Run-off; b Main
Storages; c River Storages; and the second into works
connected with the:—e Controlling; f Raising; and g
Conveying of the water.

Even amongst those whose business it is to deal with
such matters, it may be doubted if the enormous waste of

XLIV. T. W. SEAVER.

our river waters is fully appreciated. Two-sevenths of the
waste flow ofthe Murrumbidgee, said Sir Samuel McCaughey,
would irrigate 2; million acres of cereals, which in his
opinion would give a return of nearly £9,000,000. In the
County of Cumberland alone, if the water now allowed to
run to waste was fully utilized in growing fruit and vege-
tables, the amount of almost £700,000 now sent out of the
State for the purchase of these commodities would be saved.

The most important matter in connection with storage
works is of course the run-off from the catchment area, or
rather, the amount of water that can be drawn from the
reservoir, which will of course, be equal to the inflow, less
the loss from soakage and evaporation. Roughly speaking,
we may assume that 20% of the rainfall will find its way
into the reservoir, and that the annual loss will be equal to
about 7 feet off its top surface.

As an example of an extremely small run off, I may
mention that at the Junee Storage dam with an annual
rainfall of 27 inches, falling on a slate rock catchment of
1,500 acres, there seems to have been only 2%s part delivered
into the storage reservoir. In fact the supply has proved —
so bad, that I understand, a second reservoir is to be con-
structed. That this run off is abnormally small, will be
seen if we compare it with the following case: At Nagpur
in the Central provinces of India a tank catchment was 63
square miles of low basalt hills, a fall of 24 inches took
place in 80 minutes during one month of June, and no flow
took place, the total rainfall for that month was 6% inches,
of which what was considered to be the remarkably small

1

flow of +s part flowed off.

In the Deccan district of India the rainfall being much
the same as Junee, and the nature of the catchment no
better, 114 observations of the run off into tanks were
made and the following results tabulated, on :—

STORAGE AND REGULATION OF WATER. XLV.

26 occasions the flow was less than 10

ra S », between 10 and 20| Pet rah
25 a Ne A a 20 and 30 Seareall

ot y a above 30 sae

STORAGE DAMS.

Storage dams are of two kinds, still water dams which.
are designed to hold water up to a fixed level, and overshot
dams, which are designed to permit of flood waters passing
over their crests. In the former, the exact and definite
strains, at least from outside sources—for there are un-
known strains in the dam itself—can be calculated and
located, but in the latter, by reason of the varying strains
set up by the falling water, the profile cannot be drawn
according to any fixed rules. The truth of this is well
exemplitied by the case of the Gin Gin Weir on the Mac-
quarie River above Warren, which, constructed with the
profile of a still water dam, failed as an overshot dam by
breaking across, at a depth of about 20 feet from its crest.

Now, it is not the dams which stand, but those which
fail, that teach engineers the lessons they are most anxious
to learn, and happily failures have been rare, when however
they do occur, an inquiry into the cause of their downfall
would furnish valuable information. The failure in this
case may have been from an inherent weakness in the con-
crete, or from the design of the profile, or from the lifting
power of the water which might have penetrated its face.
I do not know, but any information on this important sub-
ject will I am sure be appreciated by our engineers.

In the ordinary calculations connected with the design
of masonry dams, we assume in the first place that the
foundations shall be solid and homogeneous rock, and in
the second place that the dam when completed shall be an
absolutely rigid structure, we then proceed to carry. out
the design in connection with the following conditions :—

XLVI. T. W. SEAVER.

1. That the horizontal thrust of the water, must be held
back by the resistance of the masonry to sliding forward
or overturning.

2. That the pressure sustained by the masonry or the
foundations must never exceed a certain fixed limit, usually .
from about 140 to 200 tbs. per square inch.

3. That by causing the resultant of the forces to fall
within the middle third of the base, there shall be no tension
in any part of the structure.

In a new theory of dam strains recently formulated by
Mr. Atcherley and Professor Pearson, both of University
College, London, they join issue in many of these points.
They say that neither the foundation or the dam can be
considered absolutely rigid, that other forces are at work
in the body of the dam and in the foundation owing to the
elasticity of the materials and other causes besides those
of water pressure and weight, that there is tension in the
front of the dam, even though the resultant falls within
the middle third, and lastly that the stresses in the vertical
sections are more critical for stability than those in the
horizontal sections. They maintain “‘that the current
treatment of dams is fallacious, for it entirely screens the
real source of weakness, viz. in the first place the tension,
and in the second place the substantial shear in the vertical
sections.”’

This theory being so much opposed to all former
practice, might be considered as out of the range of prac-
tical constructive engineering, were it not for the effect it
had in postponing the raising of the Assouan Dam.

Sir Benjamin Baker in his report on this subject, writes
thus :—‘‘ I have arrived at the definite conclusion that still
further experience of the working of the dam is required,
before any responsible engineer, knowing the recent

STORAGE AND REGULATION OF WATER. XLVII,

advances in science with regard to the stresses on dams,
would venture to state with confidence how much the
water might be raised in the reservoir.”’

Sir William Garstin, Adviser to the Hgyptian Ministry
on Public Works, writes as follows :—“‘ Hventually it is to
be supposed that specialists will arrive at a conclusion
upon this most important theory, which affects all existing
dams, and which must influence all future designs for such
works.”’

The whole subject is of course very abstruse, and can
only be shortly referred to here, leaving it to be amplified
by the discussion upon it, which must sooner or later take
place. A good idea of the matter may however be obtained
if we lay a number of books on top of each other to repre-
sent a dam, cut (theoretically) into horizontal layers.
Now, according to former dam _ practice, if these books
cannot be pushed asunder, nor the combined books turned
over, they will represent a stable dam. The new theory
says, turn the books on their edges, when this combined
book dam may fail first by a lifting of their lower edges at
the sides nearest the applied force and then by the resis-
tance to shearing, or the friction between the books being
overcome when they will fall down.

It may be stated in mathematical form as follows: The
differential equation for dam strains can be made to consist
of two parts, viz.

Tensional or pressural stress = p, + pry
Shearing stress = 1S) + Se
when p, = pressure, as the strain varies, according to its
distance from the neutral axis
pi = certain additional strains of positive or negative
magnitudes
S; = the parabolic distribution of stress
S. = certain additional stresses of positive or negative
magnitude

XLVIII. T. W. SEAVER.

If the height is great compared with the base, p. and S, may
be neglected, and the stress is parabolic.

But, says Professor Pearson, p. does not = 0 as we do
not know what these internal pressures may be, and if to
the parabola or triangle of pressures, we add any system
of equilibrated pressures, then the outside pressure remains
the same but the internal stresses will be changed. He
therefore sums up thus:— (See Fig. 6.)

MCS
Shear

Shows Max tension ot A

' I
1 x
Xx
gl 3
4 Ss
NERS :
j 8/5 3 y of s
“ SPSS SS aN aS
af a] 8 3 32 ye
oes ces
5 ess SS
aS Se "
=) S| tN Se
S) SSS UN
= Ne ~ N&
Ne CF g§é
: S|SPRES NN i
iS) a 8
4 AIRING BN )
4 <| pS
° econ
« of ¢ DE
«x Ge s
< ALS os
fy) Sn
S sj< $3
SG SS
x
Sieeem
|S De
yyy
ase
© SS
<I
G

Vertical pressures
On Horigonle/ pla.

Se
Mas
»
Ss
~re
a)
oc v
Qs :
te :
Fe i]
ay y
°
me ie
as N
$ S
as 3
aS =. S
DS 5 eS
RES ., 4
Ce >
sys NY I.
vst San SB
69 § SS] op
Sos Nee
Ssh aN)
atl
; Js AN
4 Ss IS =
8
US ;
g S aa
° v
x
&- N a &
y 3 8
a Q a
<2 R
Sas
sz
Ls
~
6k

Gory 295 VOISUd/

A

Oragram of
s/eesses on base of Dam
|

.

$ Ory 235 wt surah Zi
afar

To shear resisting Weights

ee

STORAGE AND REGULATION OF WATER. XLIX.

a. There is the tension at the tail of dams, but it is not -
of first class importance, because

b. The tension in the substructure is much greater than
in the tail, and the substructure, not the dam, is the weakest
part.

e. Rupture will take along a line drawn from the tail at
an angle of 45° towards the toe. .

d. The shear in the base is neither triangular nor para-
bolic, but is maximum towards the front of the dam, mini-
mum towards the centre, with a second maximum towards
the toe.

As I understand it, the shearing alluded to may some-
times be rather a crushing by shearing, as when a short
stone column fails by sliding taking place along a single
plane surface or an angle of about 45° with its sides.

As regards the vertical shearing strains it would seem
that the critical section is through the point where the
resultant cuts the base, as it is at this point that the dam
would tend to overturn, supposing the support of the toe
was removed. That is to say, the support afforded by the
toe might equally well be afforded by means of a chain
attached to the base of the dam at this point and fastened
to a point vertically above it. Ifthe face of the dam were
lifted it would overturn either by the breaking of this
chain, that is by the masonry shearing or by turning over
on the toe.

Some very interesting experiments on a dam profile con-
structed of thick indiarubber, have been carried out by
Messrs. Wilson and Gore, which generally prove the state-
ments made by Messrs. Atcherley and Pearson. The
rubber was ruled into squares, each of which was strained
by means of weights of the correct caiculated amounts
representing the water pressure, the weights of the dam

5 4—June 28, 1905.

L. T. W. SEAVER.

sections and the shearing forces along the base. The lines
were photographed before and after the weights were
applied, and the distortion of the angles in the latter case
showed the amounts of the stresses. The total shear resist-
ing weights were equal to the total water resisting weights,
but the former could be adjusted so as to give a maximum
shear either at the front or at the toe of the dam, and it
was found that if the front of the dam was kept down and
the maximum shear resisting force applied there, there was
a maximum lifting tendency and also a shearing force near
the toe.—(Figs. 1 to 5.) The shear along each horizontal
section increased gradually towards the toe, but as a ver-
tical section would cut several of these maximum shears,
the failure would be more likely to occur in such a section
than in a horizontal one. A full account of these experi-
ments is given in Engineering for August 4th, 1905.

In this connection it is interesting to note that the length
of the vertical section referred to is in Weigmann’s Prac-
tical profile equal to $ of the height; in the Furens dam in
France, which has its water face curved, $ of the height;
and in the great Perrier dam in India, one of the few in
which the curve of the toe is upward, also $ of the height.
So that these two forms of profiles would seem to be the
best for the resistance of vertical strains.

A great source of danger in a dam may arise from the
porosity of the masonry or concrete, which under a head
of say 150 feet, will give rise to an upward hydrostatic
pressure of about 65tbs. on the square inch. In some of
the more recent German dams provision is made for the
free escape of any such water by means of agricultural
drain pipes embedded in the concrete which carry it to the
back of the dam. It is however along the foundations
that such percolation is most likely to take place, as either
the joint between the concrete and the rock may be bad,

STORAGE AND REGULATION OF WATER. LI.

or else fissures may occur in the latter; and as it is here
that tension seems to exist, it is evident that any lifting
force must increase the shearing strains in the vertical
sections near the toe.

It will be remembered that a diversity of opinion took
place as to the necessity or otherwise for cutting a gullet
along the foundations of the Cataract dam, which, when
filled with a tongue of concrete, would stop any possible
percolation, and it may be of interest to point out what
has been done in this respect in the case of two recent
American dams. The Boonton dam at Jersey City is 114
feet high, with foundations of shale and sandstone, trenched
to sound rock, in which was excavated a gullet 8 feet wide
and 15 feet deep, afterwards filled with concrete.

At Wachusset Dam, Boston, there was 30 feet of exca- |
vation to schist and granite, which was further excavated
for the body of the dam toa further depth of 13 feet, below
which was cut a trench 20 feet wide and 14 feet deep to
receive the concrete tongue. It would seem therefore,
that although in the Cataract dam such a cut off trench
might possibly be unnecessary, yet in view of the enormous
interests involved, not the slightest risk should be taken.

When concrete is used in the construction of storage
dams, it should not be rammed in the ordinary way, with
heavy broad faced rammers, as such ramming will only
consolidate the top surface to the depth of a few inches.
To ensure solid work the mortar should be puddled round
each stone by means of blunt spades or other similar tools,
so as to leave no cavities. In the construction of the
Boonton dam light rammers were used to ‘‘joggle’’ the
stones to ensure the concrete flowing into all the cracks
and crevices, and at the Bhatgarh Dam it was specified
that the concrete was to be carefully worked up with
stakes.

LII. T. W. SEAVER.

In the ordinary specifications for concrete, the measured
amounts of the materials are stated, but it may happen in
some cases that the quantity of mortar is not sufficient to
fill the voids in the aggregate. This subject is thoroughly
discussed by Lieut. Sankey, R.E., in Engineering for Sep-
tember last; he proposes the following as a specification
for concrete:—‘‘The percentage of voids in the selected
aggregate is to be found, and sand and cement are to be
added to make sufficient cement mortar of the quality x
sand to 1 cement to fill the voids + 20%.”

One point to which I should like to draw special atten-
tion is that of the grading of sand for concrete purposes;
this is already done in the manufacture of concrete pipes,
some of which, with sides only 12 inch thick, will permit
of no leakage under a head of 140 feet. From experiments
made by Trautwine it appears that ordinary pure sand from
the sea shore weighed 97Ibs. per cubic foot, and its voids
were 0°41 of the whole. Some very fine sand weighed 82ibs.
per cubic foot, and the voids amounted to 0°5 of the mass.
From the above we learn that coarse grained sand should
be used for making concrete, if however, we mix both
together, the voids disappear and the weight increases,
from which it follows that the amount of cement can be
reduced.

Some interesting experiments were made as to sand
grading in concrete by F. Latham, m. mst.c.5, during the
last year, and were referred to by him in a paper read
before the Society of Engineers in London. These tests
were made in connection with the Penzance sea wall and
from the materials used ten briquettes were made. In
some cases, the materials were carefully measured accord-
ing to the stereotyped specifications 1 of cement to 4 of
sand &c., and in others care and judgment were used
placing a little finer sand to the mixture and a larger pro-

STORAGE AND REGULATION OF WATER. LIIl.

portion of sand to fill up the voids in the gravel, and
briquettes. made of 1 of cement to 7 of aggregate. The
result was that the 1 to 7 briquette stood 115lbs tensile
strain and the stereotyped mixing of 1 to 4 but 45Ibs. after
21 days immersion in water ineach case. It was also noted
that there was an appearance of excess of cement showing
on the trowelled surface of the former and insufficient
cement in the latter, although the proportions in which
the cement was actually used were the reverse.

These large masonry dams, the construction of which
has just been discussed, are for the storage of large bodies
of water at the heads of our rivers. The necessity for
such works may be taken as an axiom, and it is not possible,
without them, to carry out irrigation sections on any but
the smallest scale.

When however, water has been stored it can only be
rendered available for irrigation purposes, either by raising
its level and so permitting it to flow over the surface of
the ground or by pumping it over the banks of the river.
The main diversion weir at the head of a canal system
must be a fixed structure of sufficient height to turn the
required flow down the cuttings under normal conditions.
In cases of low river discharge, when little or no water
can be spared, the flow down these cuttings must be con-
trolled by means of regulating gates. Weirs which are
to be used in connection with pumping plants may either
be fixed or movable, if the former, they must be of such
a height that they will raise the water level sufficiently
and also conserve a good supply, and at the same time
not so high as to prevent a small flow from passing down
the river. To fulfil both of these conditions they should
be, say 6 feet high, with a movable crest of ‘* drop boards”’
by means of which its height may be increased by say,
4 feet. A small rise will then fill each storage and pass

LIV. T. W. SEAVER.

on to next, and when it has reached a certain fixed
distance, the “‘drop boards’’ may be put in and the full
depth of water conserved. |

In cases, in which it is advisable to have the means of
removing the whole structure, and so give a clear water-
way, some form of falling gates must be used. The oldest
of these weirs, that known as the Bear Trap was first
erected by Josiah White in 1818 across the Lehigh River
in Pennsylvannia, and consisted of two gates, the lower of
which acted as a strut for the upper, being raised by
admitting water beneath it by means of a valve.

1n 1834 weirs formed of long timbers, known as “‘needles,”’
resting at their lower ends against a sill, and at their upper
ends against an iron framework were first erected by M.M.
Poireé and Chanoine. This weir was afterwards improved
by M. Cameré who substituted for the vertical needles
horizontal boards hinged together, and which could be
rolled up like a curtain.

The next important invention in connection with these
works was that of movable shutters by M. Thenard in 1837.
This form of weir, which has been used to a considerable
extent in India, consists of two gates close together and
hinged to the floor. The upper gate falls up stream and is
raised by the force of the water, being held back by chains
when it is up, the lower gate is raised and kept in position
by means ofa strut. This later gate now takes all the
water pressure, when the upper gate can be lowered to its
first position. This weir was defective, in that the great
shock received by the sudden raising of the upper gate,
often caused the chains to break, or the floor to be pulled
up; to remedy this Lieut. Fernacres made use of an
ingenious telescopic strut to be used instead of the holding
back chains. As the gate is raised the piston of this strut
is pushed into a cylinder, the water in which is forced out

STORAGE AND REGULATION OF WATER. LV.

through a small hole, so that the effect of the shock is lost
and the gate comes to rest quickly.

An altogether new style of movable weir, and the best
in use at the present time, was introduced in 1852 by M.
Chanoine. This gate consists of a shutter turning on a
horizontal axis, forming the top of a trestle, which is
hinged to the floor; a strut hinged to the same axis supports
the gate when raised. The bottom of this strut rests in a
cast iron shoe out of which it can be pulled, when it is
necessary to lower the gate horizontally on the floor. A
weir of this description has been in use for some years
across the Darling river at Bourke, where however the
cumbersome “‘tripping bar’’ by means of which in the
French weirs, the strut was pulled out of the shoe is
replaced by a simple device, by means of which the raising
and the lowering of the shutters are both effected in a very
simple manner. When a shutter is to he raised it is pulled
forward till the strut falls into the shoe, and if it is to be
lowered the gate is pulled a little more forward, dragging
the end of the strut up an inclined plane which is cut away
at an angle of 45 in plan, so that when the strut falls over
its top it has nothing to support it and so slides down a
guide with the shutter folding over it.

One great defect in the action of these weirs is that
often when the shutters have tipped over, they will not right
themselves till the water level has fallen very much, and
so reduced the storage capacity by a large extent. In
the case of partly fixed weirs, this difficulty was overcome
by M. Chaubart when he designed his self regulating gate.
This gate, instead of turning on a trunnion joint, issupported
by a pair of sectors which roll on horizontal planes, chains
or links being used to keep them in position. As the
shutter becomes more and more inclined so does the point
of support move proportionally upward, so that it is always
in equilibrium.

LVI. T. W. SEAVER.

The author has designed a joint, by means of which the
above advantage can be secured in connection with gates ©
of the Chanoine type by forming the ends of the upper
horizontal axis into sectors upon which the shutter rests,
and with which they are kept in contact by means of D
straps. Fig. 9.

A great loss of water takes place in storage reservoirs
owing to the flood water which has been backed up by the
dam running off to the sill level of the byewash. At the
Bhatghar Dam, in India, a series of gates slide in grooves
in front of the byewash, and are almost balanced by counter-
poises inclosed in chambers left in the masonry. When
the water reaches its maximum level it flows by means of
pipes into these chambers the outlets of which are smaller
than the inlets. The weights of the counterpoises being
thus much reduced, the gates fall and allow the excess of
stored water to escape. When the level falls below the
inlet pipes the water in the chambers escapes, so that the
full weight of the counterpoises again coming into play,
the gates are raised and the water impounded in the
reservoir.

The author has designed a gate which effects the same
purpose, but in a different manner, and which requires no
chambers in the masonry. This gate is a compound one,
consisting of a falling framework hinged to the floor of the
byewash, and supporting a bascular gate between its
vertical members. A simple tumbling plank hinged to the
top of the main gate, when upright, keeps the bascular
gate in position by means of a latching gear. The action
of this regulating gate is as follows :—When the water rises
to the fixed level it turns the top board over, and releases
the catch, the bascular gate then swings open, thus
taking most of the pressure off the framework, which is
held in position by chains passing round wheels at the floor

STORAGE AND REGULATION OF WATER. LVII,

level and attached to submerged tanks, which now rise and
pull the gates down. As the water falls the tanks descend,
thus allowing the gates to rise sufficiently to be forced
upward by the outward rush of water.

When the irrigation farm is situated close to the river
bank the water must be raised by pumping, and to effect
this either steam, wind, or water power may be employed.
Up to the present time, in this State, the steam engine is
almost extensively used for this purpose.

The following is an example of an ordinary plant which
irrigates 400 acres by means ofa 15 inch centrifugal pump
and an engine, lifting water about 25 feet. The crops
irrigated are 300 acres of lucerne and 100 acres of cereals,
watering taking place about 180 daysin the year to a total
depth of 24 inches. The expenses of the whole scheme are
as follows :—

Cost of engine, boiler, pumps, etc. £1,700 | interest £200

ms laying out the land .. &000 j

» firewood 1 cord @ 5/- per day ee oe 45

» engine driver @ 9/- a es Ii 81

» oil @ 2/- per day ce 33 od bss 18

» Mman irrigating @ 6/- per aoa ah oe 54.
Total yearly cost dts we sth .. £398

or say £1 per acre.

Sir S. McCaughey gives the total cost at 4/- to 4/6 per
acre per watering, which with 5 waterings comes to about
the same figure.

In America of recent years windmills have been largely
used for irrigation, and owing to improvements in their
construction and increase of sail area, they are proving
very valuable machines for the purpose, and in that country
a windmill is almost as common an object on a farm as a
barn or the house the owner resides in. In this State

LVITI. T. W. SEAVER.

there is no reason why they should not be used to pump
water from the rivers or from the sands and gravels of the
Tertiary drifts. To make their employment a success,
however, for irrigation purposes, it must be remembered
that their power increases as the cube of the wind velocity,
so that they should be strongly built and of large size. It
is also essential that they should pump the water into large
reservoirs, so that none of the power will be wasted, for it
is an axiom in windmill irrigation that the time to pumpis
when the wind blows strongly. No expensive works are
required to transform at least small portions of our arid
plains into gardens, orchards, and meadow land, but only
an increase in the number of existing wells, and the employ-
ment of more powerful windmills.

Hydraulic rams of a large size and modern make might
also be used with great advantage for raising water, and
they are the cheapest and simplest water lifters known.
With an average fall of only 8 feet, 3,500 gallons of water
can be raised 35 feet in 24 hours, so that with a battery of
say 10 such rams, at a total cost of say £100, an area of
30 acres could be irrigated. These rams have been con-
structed of great power, and are installed in the French
Department of Correge, working under a head of 20 feet,
raising 122 gallons per minute or 176,000 gallons per day to
a height of 81 feet.

In this connection it may be of interest if I refer to a
very ingenious contrivance, which has been lately used at
Geneva for the purpose of increasing the available head of
water required for working turbines or rams. ‘Two jets of
water are directed through the dam upon the surface of
the lower stream, their action being to produce in it an
artificial depression in which the outlet pipes are placed.
Experiments have proved that by this means the head
could be increased by as much as 30%.

STORAGE AND REGULATION OF WATER. LIX.

Power might also be obtained by running water from the
river, down deep wells to the tertiary drifts for the purpose
of working turbines, whose power when transformed into
electrical energy could be used for pumping river water
for irrigation purposes. The horse power developed will
= *079 Q h, where Q is the quantity of water in cube feet
per second, and h is the fall in feet, so that if only one cubic
foot per second is taken from the river and allowed to
actuate a turbine at a depth of 120 feet, it will generate
almost 10 HP. This power after making all due allowance
for loss in conversion, will raise say 4 cubic feet per second
or 1,500 gallons per minute to a height of 20 feet. The
dynamo is to be worked direct by the turbine at the bottom
of the well and the power conveyed by wires to the river
bank.

When water has been stored it should be delivered to the
consumers in measured quantities and with as little loss as
possible. The measurement may be made in two ways,
either by the use of meters or modules, the first of which
indicates how much has been used, whilst the second only
permits of a certain fixed quantity per minute to pass
through it. Meters are well known under the following
names :—Low pressure positive, in which all the pressure
in the pipes is lost, and the quantity of water passing
through them is actually measured. Inferential, in which
the amount of water is inferred from the velocity of its
flow, this velocity being measured by means of vanes.
Venturi meters, in which the velocity of the water is shown
by means of the height of water ina gauge. This is one
of the best form of meters for measuring large quantities
of water, as it has no working parts, and consequently no
friction. The principle upon which it works, was dis-
covered in 1797 by M. Venturi, who found that the flow of
water in a pipe, past its junction with another pipe, created

LX. T. W. SEAVER.

a vacuum ip the latter in which the water rose as the
velocity increased.

For irrigation purposes it is however more convenient to
have some means by which a fixed quantity of water can
be delivered per minute, and to effect this object when the
head varies, many forms of modules have been used but so
far with but little success. The only one that at all meets
these requirements at present was designed by Mr. A. D.
Foot, c.E., whereby the head over the outlet orifice can be
maintained with some degree of certainty by means of a
long returning weir. A very simple and efficient form of
module was designed in India many years ago by Lieut.
Carroll, of which the following is a short description. Fig. 8.
The mouth of the outlet pipe has a plate hanging in front
of it, to which is attached a quadrant which more or less
closes the waterway. At its highest position there is a
free get-away for the water underneath it and between
the lips of the outlet and hanging plate. If the velocity
be increased, this plate is forced outwards and the quadrant
descending into the tube decreases the flow.

The following is a description of a simple module which
has been designed by the author (Fig. 7):—A gate free to
slide up and down in front of the outlet is suspended from
one end of a lever, the other end of which is attached to a
tank floating in the main channel. To adjust this apparatus,
close the gate down till the required discharge takes place
under any given head. Then keeping the chains from the
gate and tank stretched upwards, mark upon a board the
position of the lever. Repeat this, with various heads,
when a series of lines will be drawn on the board, mark-
ing the positions of the lever, draw a curve to which these
lines form tangents, and cut the board along it. If now
the lever rolls on this curve, the relation between the head
of water and the size of the outlet must always be such
that the discharge will be a constant quantity.

STORAGE AND REGULATION OF WATER. LXI.

Water being stored and raised, it becomes necessary so
to lay out and construct the distributing channels that the
largest possible proportion of it shall be delivered on the
land it is proposed to irrigate. The loss to the Victorian
Irrigation Trusts from this cause is very great, amounting
in many cases to between 40 and 50% of the total quantity
raised. The experience of many of the Victorian irriga-
tionists is that if their properties had been properly pre-
pared and levelled, two or three times the area they now
work could have been irrigated with the same amount of
water. In fact the testimony of all the persons who irrigate
land goes to prove that money is well expended upon the
preliminary work in connection with designs and levels.

The gradients of the drains must be such that on the one
hand no scouring out will take place, and on the other that
no silting up of the channels will be caused. As to the cross
sections, that of a semi-hexagon will give the maximum
discharge, but the banks will have too steep a slope. A
better form is to make the bottom and sides tangents to a
semi-circle, when the top width will in all cases be equal
to the sum of the slopes. The great loss due to evaporation
may often be reduced by altering the sections of the drains,
but in porous ground some protective measures must be
taken.

At Mildura, lime concrete has been laid along the main
channels and laterals, to the thickness of 3 inches in the
former and 2 inches in the latter. The proportions used
were 4 of broken stone, and 1 of slaked lime, and the cost
was for the 3 inch 1/8 per square yard, and for the 2 inch
1/13 per square yard. It has stood fairly well, but cracks
do occur in it which permit of a certain amount of leakage.
An improvement on this, though of course it would be
more expensive, would be to have marsupial netting
embedded in concrete 3 inches thick, such as I have used

LXII T. W. SEAVER.

as a protection to canal banks close to the scour caused by
a regulating gate, where it showed no signs of leaking.

Tarred cloth has been used in America where it was
found that with 12 oz. duck there was no seepage, even
under conditions in which the banks would otherwise seep
out as through asieve. Good results may also be obtained
by carting clay or silt into the head of the channel, and
keeping it well stirred up till it forms a film over the
bottom and sides.

(xxv.)
INDE X.
PAGE PAGE
Address, Chairman of Engineer- Calcium oxalate in bark of
ing Section ae eee wR Eucalypts... 5 .. 28, 1x.
Presidential ata oe 1 | Carumbium populifolium ... 37
Agricultural education XXXVII. | Casuarina inophloia ... XXX.

Alteration of Rule XXVIII. xxxii.

Analysis of oil of me ein,
Liversidgei .. as rae OO
Araucaria Rulei.. 3 Sos Re
Architecture, School of eae
Art (the) of invention . =e ROE.
Astronomical refraction, deter-
mination of ee FO, Xe el
Aiylus anethifolius ... we Ot
anemonifolius ... ie aE i
Augite peridotite 66, xxviii.

Australian tribes, sociology of
some = 104, xl.

B.
Baker, Richard T., F.u.s., On
an undescribed species of
Leptospermum and _ its
essential oil 124, xli.

Banks and Solander plants...34, xx.
Banksia cornucopie ... : 37
dentata ... A Bee | ol,
ericifolia ... wes me
integrifolia Be spepeecy
linifolia ... Se ae OL
serrata... 37

Barraclough, S. i B.E., ME,
Assoc. M. Inst, C.E., ‘Chairman’ S
annual address to Engi-
neering Section ... ve

— Note on a hollow light-
ning conductor crushed by

the discharge 131, xlii.
Basic plutonic rocks near

Kiama 65, XXVii.
Blephocarya involucrigera en Od
‘Blue Mallee’ ... weg
Books purchased in 1905 > Lxiv.
British Science Guild... sve | WL

woad (Isatis tinctoria) XEXIV.
Building and Investment Fund iv.
* Bull Mallee’ ey 24
Bunsen, the late Prof. Robert. ip
Burge, C. O., M. Inst. C.E., Presi-

dential address Sie Me 1

Chlamysporum Banksit sae 37
Clarke medal awards soe) ws
Memorial Fund : Vv.
Cohen, L., a method of sepa-

rating the clay and sand

in clay soils, and those rich

in organic matter 98, xxxvili.
Concrete reinforced 49, xxiv., III.
Correspondence schools ... XXI.
Crystallography elementary,

models for teaching 70, xxix.
Crystoliths ... AG wa 29

Deane, H., M. Inst.c.z. Notes on
a tour through America,
Great Britain,and Europe Iv.
Dixon, W. A., F.I.c., on radia-
tion from coloured flames xviii.

Donations oe vine Xa
Drift of s.s.‘Pilbarra” .... 48
Educational] reform ... ee OEE
Electrodynamic action of
lightning .. 135
Engineering progress, direc-
tiGns OL: "%;. IX.
Section, annual address Vv.
se officers and Com-
mittee He Nesty | Rakes
—— -—— papers read. whe 22
proceedings acne |e En
Enstatite peridotite 67, <x ville

Essential oil of Leptospermum
130, xli.
Eucalypts, calcium oxalate in

bark of ; oss 1b,
Eucalyptus oils 39, Xx.
Eucalyptus acmenoides Ee AT
afinis ... Se ba 46
aggregata... Ag oer 47
albens... we 46
amygdalina 42, 43, 45

angophoroides ... 4:7

(XXvi.)

PAGE
Eucalyptus apiculata... 46
Baeuerlent ais 46
Behriana 24, 25, 30, 31, 45, x.
bicolor 44,
Bosistoana 46
botryoides 45
Bridgesiana 44,
calophylla 45
— Cambager 44,
— camphora... 45
— capitellata 47
—— cinerea 4.4,
citriodora "42, 47, XXXiil.
cneorifolia 560 nae 44
conica 45
— cordata nee 44
— coriacea .. . 40, 46
— corymbosa 46
— crebra ‘ 4.7
—— Dawsoni ... ees ae 47
dealbata ... ae net 44,
delegatensis 506 46
dextropinea 45
diversicolor : 45
dives . 43, 46
— dumosa 24. 380, 31, ae 5
eugentordes 45
eximia : 46
fastigata... 47
—— Fletcheri ... 47
— frawinoides 46
— globulus ... ae 40, 43, 44
—— gomphocephala ... 47
goniocalyx 45

gracilis 24, 25, 27, 30, 31, 45, x.
— hemastoma 4.7

hemilampra es bes 45
hemiphloia 46
— intermedia 46
intertexta ats 45
lactea a. Ba Pe 46
— levopinea te 45
longifolia 45
Luehmanniana ... ; 46
— macrorrhyncha ... ee 47
—— melanophloia ... ss 47
— microtheca : sid 47
— marginata : ane 46
— maculata... es on 46
—— microcorys bia SD 45
—— melliodora ae 45
— Macarthuri . 42, 47, XXili.
— Maiden .. 44
Morrisi 24, 25, 26, 31, 32, 44

ose 44

maculosa...

PAGE
Eucalyptus nigra BS 47
nova-anglica 46
— obliqua 46
— occidentalis 23, 24, 26, 31, 45
— odorata ... “3 45
oleosa 24, 25, 26, 30, 31, 43, 44, 1x.
oreades . 24, 46
— ovalifolia... . 45, 47
paludosa ... 45
paniculata 46
patentinervis 46
—- pauciflora 40
pendula ... 43, 44:
pilularis ... 47
priperita 46
— Planchoniana 47
polyanthema ... th

— peolybractea 24, 25, 31, 32,
39, 41, 45
populifolia 4.4
— pulverulenta 44,
— punctata .. 45, 46
propinqua 356 45
—— quadrangulata .. 45
-—— radiata . 43, 46
— redunca ... 23, "24, 31, 32, 45
—— resinifera sare A5
— Risdoni ... eas 42, 43, 44
— robusta ant x 47
— Rossu =u aa 45
— rostrata ... ha ... 45, 46
— rubida x 46
— saligna 45

salmonophloia 23, 24, 25,
26, 380, 31, 45, ix., x.
salubris 23,24, 29, 30, 31, 46, ix.

Seeana 45
— siderophloia , AT
— sideroxylon . 44, 47
— Sieberiana 46
—_ Smithir : 4A,
— Staigeriana 47, XXill.
stellulata... a3 ee 47
— stricta 24, 25, 31, 32, 44
— Stuartiana 45
squamosa .. : 44
tereticornis Ris “a 46
— tesselaris ... 46
trachyphloia dS
—. viminalis... oe 1b, 47
— virgata ... As i 47
viridis 24, 25, 26, 31,46
— vitrea dros sat 46
— Wilkinsoniana ... 45
— Woollsiana 46

PAGE
Eugenia Banksw 38
Exchanges 21

Rbibigs x., XVil., XX., XXVili.,
XXE., X¥XEV., <1.

F

Financial position 20

Finsen, Prof. Niels R. : vi.
Fossil Halysites from Orange
district... rs a x:
G
General account rity
*‘Gimlet’ ae 23, 29
‘Green Mallee? é 24
Gregory, the late Hon. Sir
Augustus Charles, K.c.M.G.
Xik.. MK
‘Grey Mallee’ 2 24
Grevillea chrysodendron 37
gibbosa 37
glauca 37
parallela ... 37
polystachya 37
—— pleridifolia 37

Gold-coated teeth in sheep : 33, XVI.

H

Hemodorum coccineum 37
corymbosum 37
Honorary auditors XXXvVii.
—— members EVAN. GX VAN
Hutton, the late Capt. F. W..,
F.R.S., obituary notice
XXXVill., 139

Hypersthene gabbro .. 66, xxviiii.

I
Inclusions of basic plutonic
rocks near Kiama 65, xxvii.
International catalogue of

scientific literature Vill., XI.
Irrigation, storage and regu-
lation of water for _IV., XLIII.
Isopogon anemonifolius 37
anethifolius 37
Isostylis dentata 37
— ericifolia... 37
imtegrifolia 37
serrata 37
Isatis tinctoria... JEMEIV:

L PAGE

Latitude of the Sydney Ob-
servatory ... 93, XXxix.
Lectures, popular science 22

Lenehan, H. A.,F.R.A.S., notes
of astronomical interest x.

note on the drift of s.s.
«‘ Pilbarra ” 48, Xxviil.

Leptospermum, lemon scented
124, xli.

Leptospermum arachnoideum... 126
—— flavescens... 125
grandiflorum 125
— levigatum 126
Liwersidget, sp. nov. 124, Salis
—— micromyrtus 125
— nobile 125
— obovatum... 125
—— scoparium 126
virgatum... 126
Library : 20
Lightning conductor crushed
by the discharge... 1305 xhir.
Linkia falcata... 37
lanceolata 37
levis ; at 37
Liversidge, A., LL.D., F.R.S.,
an account of woad (Isatis
tinctoria) and its uses. ...XXXIvV.
— on so-called gold-coated
teeth in sheep ... 38, Xvi.
Lomandra filiformis ... 37
longifolia 37
—— multiflora 37
Longitude, Trans Paeitic XXiii.
M
Maiden, J. H., observations
on the illustrations of the
Banks and Solander plants
34, XX.
‘ Mallee’ 24
— ‘Blue’ 24,
— ‘Bull’ 24
—— ‘Green’ 24
—— ‘Grey’ 24
‘ Mallet’ 28, 26

Mathews, R. Tle L.S. , Sociology
of some acienilinn tribes 104, xl.

Medal Clarke ... xix.
—— Society’s... ise xXx,
Members, list of vil.
—— honorary... XVili.
—— roll of 20

(xxviil.)

PAGE
Merfield, C. J., F.R.A.s., pro-
visional determination of
astronomical refraction,
from observations made
with the meridian circle
instrument of the Sydney

Observatory tee 76, XXXii.

Latitude of the Sydney

Observatory 93; xxXxIx.
Metaliic calcium : XXX.
Moore, Charles, the late Sl
Monchiquite ... 68

Morrillland grant Act U.S.A. Xxx1x.
Myrmecodia Beccarw ... 35
Myristica cimicifera 37

insipida ... 37
N
National training, urgent
necessity for 2 ©-O-4 00

Notes of astronomical interest

oO

x.

Obituary 1905 Aner Lebo

— Notice Bi n.o.6. dit ey dle)

Observatory ene latitude

of <n, DO) REELS:

Oils, eucalyptus a 39
Oil of Leptospermum Liversidget

130; xlie

Omalanthus Leschenaultianus 37

P

Papers read in 1904 ... fe 21
Periodicals purchased in 1905 1 xiii.

Personia falcata 37
lanceolata 37
Petalostigma Banksw ... 38

** Pilbarra”’ s.s. drift of 48, XXVili.

Pimelea cornucopic 37
linifolia ... 37
Piper Betle 37

Plants, Banks and Solander 84, OX,
Pleiogynium Solandri.. A 35
Pollock, Prof. J. A., Note on
a hollow lightning con-
ductor crushed by the

discharge... 131, xlii.
Popular Science lectures 22
Proceedings, Engineering

Section vas Ez

Society Sle ili.
Presidential address 1

Pyroxenite 68, XXVlii.

s PAGE
Radiation from coloured flames xix.
Rational versus oe

training ; XX XLV
Regulation of water for i irriga-

tion purposes 1v., XLIII.
Reinforced concrete... 49, Sie. III.
‘ Rose of Jericho’ xe

Rule XXVIII. proposed alter-

ation of { xis
rs)

‘Salmon gum.. : 23
Santalum (eneeolar ine 37
oblongatum asd ; 37
Scholarships, P. N. Russell xv.
School of Architecture XVI.
Science Guild, British Vil.

Scientific literature, interna-
tional catalogue of Vill.) oak

Seaver, T.. Whitchurch, B.z.,

Some notes on the storage

and regulation of water

for irrigation purposes IV., XLIII.
Sections 22
Selaginella lepidophylla XXX.
Separation of clay and sand

in clay soils 98, Xxxvlii.
Smith, Henry G., F.c.s., On

the occurrence of calcium

oxalate in the bark of

Eucalypts... ... 23, 1X:
— Onan undescribed species

of Leptospermum and its

essential oil 124, xli.
— The refractive indices,

with other data of the oils

of 118 pam, of Eucalyp-

tusis: 39, XxXli.
Sociology of some Australian
tribes 104, xl.
Barkunjee 118
Wombaia 105
Star catalogue 84
Storage dams... XLV.

Surveying... Laie WE
Siissmilch, C. A., F. a. s., On
the occurrence of inclu-
sions of basic plutonic
rocks in a dyke near Kiama

65, XXvil.

sae pe see latitude
of . (98) xmmie

(xxix.)

PAGE

5
Teeth, gold-coated, in sheep 33, xvi.
Teaching elementary crystal-

lography ... 70, XxXix.
Thysanotus tuberosus ... 37
Trans Pacific longitude XXiii.
Tribulus Solandri 35
Types of labour XXXVI

V
Virtue (the) of war ... SOV

WwW
Warren, W. H., wh.Sc., M. Inst.
C.E., etc, Reinforced con-
crete, Paper ern, 49) Xxivs, IE:

‘ Water Mallee’ 24
Water storage and regulation
for irrigation TV., SEIU.

‘ Whewellite ’
‘White gum’.
Woad (Isatis tinctoria) its uses

PAGE
28
23

XXXIV.

Woolnough, W. G.., D. Se, F.G.8.,

Note on some simple
models for use in the
teaching of elementary

crystallography ... 70,
x
Xerotes filiformis
longifolia...
multiflora.
. Z
Zenocrysts
Zenoliths

65, XXViil.

XX1x.

70

Spdnep:
F, W. Waiter, Printer, 344 Kent STREET.

1906.

a

Fs

Journal Royal Society of N.S.W., Vol. XX XIX., 19085. Plate I.

MIcRO-PHOTOGRAPH ENLARGED 300 DIAMETERS.

Crystals of Calcium oxalate from Eucalyptus barks.

[C,0,Ca+H,0]

General type, also showing geniculate twins.

il

Journal Royal Society of N.S.W,, Vol. XXXIX., 1905. \V VY Plate I/.

yy

RIB,
del. ad nat.

LEPTOSPERMUM LIVERSIDGEI, Sp.nov.

Pg

q

Journal Royal Society of N.S.W., Vol. XXXIX., 1908. Plate II.

Houtitow LicgHTnNiInG CONDUCTOR CRUSHED BY THE DISCHARGE.

———

ART.

ART.

ART.

CONTENTS.

. XII.—A method of separating the Clay and Sand in Clay

Soils, and those rich in organic matter. By L: ConEn,
Chemical Laboratory, Department of Agriculture. (Com-
municated by F. B. GuTHRIE, F.L.C., F.C.8.)

. XIII.—Sociology of some Australian Tribes. By R. H.

MATHEWS, L.s., Corres. Memb. Anthrop. Soc., Washington

. X{V.—On an undescribed species of Leptospermum and its

Essential Oil. By RicHarp T. Baxsr, F.u.s., Curator, and
Henry G. Smita, rF.c.s., Assistant Curator, Dep ne
Museum, Sydney. [With Plate]

XV.—Note on a hollow Lightning Conductor crushed a
the discharge. By J. A. Pottock, Professor of Physics, and
S. H. BarractoueH, Lecturer in Mechanical Engineering,
in the University of Sydney, [With Plate.] ...

ENGINEERING SECTION.
XVI.—Annual Address. By S. H. BaRRACLOUGH, B.B., M.M.E.,
Assoc. M. Inst. C.E., Chairman of the Engineering Section

XVII.—Some Notes on the Storage and Regulation of Water
for Irrigation Purposes. By T. WuircHuRcH SHAVER, B.E.

Pags

98

104

131

(Communicated by W. E. Cuokz, m.z.) nu Sy, «KX EEET.

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENGINEERING SECTION ...

InDEX TO VoLUME XXXIX.

(xxy.)

~~ a

‘mien

3 9088 01 308 4330